FCC ID: BCGA1397 iPad 2 (CDMA model)

 

For tips about searching the Internet, visit www.google.com/help/features.html or help.yahoo.com/us/yahoo/search/basics. Find the search word or phrase on the current webpage: At the bottom of the

engine, in Settings, choose Safari > Search Engine, and choose a search engine. Bookmarks You can bookmark a webpage you want to return to later. Bookmark a webpage: Open the page and tap When you save a bookmark, you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at

. Then tap Add Bookmark. If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync bookmarks with the web browser on your computer. Sync bookmarks with your computer:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 Click the Info tab, select Sync Safari bookmarks under Other, then click Apply.

, then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to For more information, see Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Sync bookmarks with MobileMe: In Settings on iPad, select Bookmarks in your MobileMe account. See Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 31. Open a bookmarked webpage: Tap see the bookmarks inside. Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder: Tap bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:

To make a new folder, tap New Folder.

To delete a bookmark or folder, tap

To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag

tap the bookmark or folder.

, choose the folder that has the

, then tap Delete.

Chapter 4 Safari 51 Web Clips Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange them along with the app icons. See Rearranging App Icons on page 38. Add a web clip: Open the webpage and tap When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage comes with its own custom icon. When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen. Web clips arent synced by MobileMe or iTunes, but they are backed up by iTunes. Then tap Add to Home Screen. Delete a web clip:

1 2 Tap 3 Tap Delete, then press the Home in the corner of the web clip you want to delete. button to save your arrangement. 52 Chapter 4 Safari Mail 5 About Mail Read this chapter to learn how to use Mail to read your email messages and compose new messages. You can view messages from all your email accounts at once, and Mail displays message threads so its easy to follow a conversation. You can send or receive embedded photos and graphics, and view PDFs and other attachments. Use AirPrint to print messages and their attachments. Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email servicesincluding Yahoo! Mail, Google email, and AOLas well as other industry-standard POP3 and IMAP email services. To send or receive messages in Mail, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Setting Up Email Accounts You can set up email accounts on iPad in either of the following ways:

Set up an account directly on iPad. See Accounts on page 31. In iTunes, use the iPad settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar

53 Sending Email You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address. Compose and send a message:

at the top of the screen. 1 Tap 2 to add a name from your contacts. As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Note: If youre composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the

. 3 Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account,

4

5 Tap Send. Send a photo in an email message

, then tap Email Photo. In Photos, choose a photo, tap To send multiple photos in the same message, tap when viewing thumbnails in an album. You can also copy and paste photos. The photo is sent using your default email account. To change your default sending account, see Mail, Contacts, Calendars on page 163. Save a draft of a message to complete later Reply to a message Forward a message Share contact information Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved in the Drafts mailbox. To quickly open the most recently saved draft, touch and hold

. Tap Reply to reply only Open a message and tap to the sender or Reply All to reply to the sender and all recipients. Type your return message, then tap Send. Files or images attached to the initial message arent sent back.

, then tap Forward. Add one Open a message and tap or more email addresses, type your message, and then tap Send.

images attached to the original message. In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Share. Add one or more email addresses, type your message, then tap Send. 54 Chapter 5 Mail Checking and Reading Email The Mail icon shows the total number of unread messages in all your inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes.

Check for new messages: Choose a mailbox, tap Inbox, or tap

. On each account screen, you can see the number of unread messages in each mailbox. Tap a mailbox to see its messages. Unread messages have a blue dot next to them. If you have more than one mail account, tap Mailboxes to switch between accounts.

Related messages are grouped together in a thread in the inbox, and the number of related messages is indicated. To view the thread, tap

Organize by Thread.

in your Mail settings, if the messages havent already been loaded automatically. See Mail, Contacts, Calendars on page 163. Chapter 5 Mail 55 Load additional messages: Scroll to the bottom of the list of messages and tap Load More Messages. Read a message: Tap a mailbox, then tap a message. Within a message, tap see the next or previous message. Rotating iPad between portrait and landscape orientation lets you focus on a single message, or see all the messages so you can quickly scan and view the ones youre most interested in. or to 56 Chapter 5 Mail Zoom in on part of a message Double-tap the area to zoom in. Double-tap again to zoom out.

the screen Double-tap the text. Resize a message Follow a link See a links destination address Pinch to zoom in or out. Tap the link. Text links are typically underlined and blue. Many images are also links. A link can take you to a webpage, open a map, or open a new preaddressed email message. Web and map links open Safari or Maps on iPad. To return to Mail, press the Home button and tap Mail. Touch and hold the link. You can open the link in Safari or copy the link address to the clipboard. iPad displays picture attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPad can play many audio attachments

webpage, text, Pages, Keynote, Numbers, and Microsoft Word, Excel, and PowerPoint documents) attached to messages you receive.

Tap the attachment to download it to iPad and then open it.

but you cant open it.

Touch and hold the attachment, then choose an app. If you dont have any apps that can open the attachment, you can

For a list of supported document formats, see Email Attachment Wont Open on page 185. Save an attached photo to your Saved Photos album: Tap the photo, then tap Save Image. See all the recipients of a message Add an email recipient to your contacts list Mark a message as unread Tap Details at the top of the screen. Tap a name or email address to see the recipients contact information. Tap the email address to contact the person. Tap Hide to hide the recipients. Tap the message and tap Details to see the recipients. Then tap a name or email address and tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Open the message and tap Mark as Unread next to the

A blue dot list until you open it again. appears next to the message in the mailbox Chapter 5 Mail 57 Open a meeting invitation: Tap the invitation. You can get contact information for the organizer and other invitees, set an alert, add notes to the event, and add comments that are included in your response emailed to the organizer. You can accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation. See Responding to Meeting Invitations on page 89. Save an attached photo to Photos: Tap the photo, then tap Save Image. Searching Email

downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server. Search email messages: Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search

want to search. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of the list and reveal the

Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPad appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Delete or move found messages: After completing a search, tap Edit, then select the messages you want to delete or move. A checkmark appears next to each message you select. To delete the messages, tap Delete. To move the messages, tap Move, then tap a destination folder. Search messages on the server: Tap Continue Search on Server at the end of the search results. Note: Search results of messages on servers may vary, because some servers search only whole words. 58 Chapter 5 Mail Printing Messages and Attachments You can use AirPrint to print email messages, and attachments that iPad can view. Print an email message: Tap

, then tap Print. Select the print options you want, then tap Print. To print an image without the rest of the email message, save the image (tap the image and tap Save Image), then open Photos and print the image from your Saved Photos album. Print an attachment: Tap the attachment to view it, then tap the options you want, then tap Print. and tap Print. Select For information about using AirPrint printers see Printing on page 40. Or, swipe left or right over the Organizing Email You can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another. Delete a message: Open the message and tap message title in the message list, then tap Delete. Delete multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to delete, then tap Delete. You can also search for messages and choose the ones you want to delete. See Searching Email on page 58.

When viewing a message, tap then choose a mailbox or folder. Move multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to move, then tap Move and select a mailbox or folder. You can also search for messages and choose the ones you want to move. See Searching Email on page 58.

, Chapter 5 Mail 59 Camera 6 About Camera With iPad, you have a great still camera and video camera wherever you go. iPad has a

you make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of yourself. Use the screen to control the back camera and to see the photo or video youre

about 4 inches or 10 cm) and a 5x digital zoom let you take great close-ups. If you have an Internet connection and location services is turned on, photos and videos are tagged with location data. You can use location data with some apps and photo-sharing websites to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the Photos app organizes photos by location. Note: turn it on. If you dont want to include location data with your photos and videos, you can use Camera without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 153. 60 Taking Photos and Recording Videos Taking photos and recording videos with iPad is as easy as pointing and tapping. Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to Take a photo: Aim iPad and tap

. When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons to control the volume of the shutter sound. You dont hear a sound if you set the Side Switch to silent. See Buttons on page 10. Note: is set to silent.

, then tap to start recording. again to stop recording. Record a video: Slide the Camera/Video switch to The record button blinks while you record. Tap Change the focus area and set the exposure: Tap where you want to focus or set the

Zoom in or out: Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom to zoom in or out

(back camera, in camera mode only). Switch between the front camera and back camera: Tap corner of the screen. Review a photo or video youve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the lower-left corner of the screen. Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and

video mode. If you dont see the controls, tap the screen to display them. Delete a photo or video: Tap Take a screenshot: Quickly press and release both the Sleep/Wake button and the

added to the Camera Roll album.

, tap the screen to display the controls. in the upper-right

. If you dont see Chapter 6 Camera 61 Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on iPad. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos. View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album: In Camera, tap the thumbnail image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap

When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the controls. For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:

Viewing Photos and Videos on page 70 Sharing Photos on page 73 Trimming Videos

or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save the trimmed version as a new video clip. Trim a video:

1 While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim. 3 Tap Trim Original or Save as New Clip. Important: If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted from the original video. If you choose Save as New Clip, a new trimmed video clip is

Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac. Upload photos and videos to your computer: Connect iPad to your computer.

Mac: Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.

PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application. If you delete the photos and videos from iPad when you upload them to your computer, theyre removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos (videos can be synced with Macs only) to the Photos app on iPad. 62 Chapter 6 Camera FaceTime 7 About FaceTime FaceTime lets you make video calls over Wi-Fi. Use the front camera to talk face-to-face, or the back camera to share what you see around you. To use FaceTime, you need iPad 2 and a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet. The person you call must also have a device or computer that works with FaceTime. For more information, see FaceTime on page 169. Note: FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions. 63 Signing In To use FaceTime, you need an Apple ID. If you have an iTunes Store account, MobileMe account, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with FaceTime. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one when you open FaceTime. You dont need to sign in or out every time you use FaceTime. Once you sign in, you can start a FaceTime call right away. Sign in to FaceTime:

1 Open FaceTime, enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. If you dont already have an Apple account, you can tap Create New Account and set one up now. 2 On the FaceTime screen, enter the email address others should use to call you in

is automatic.) Now you can choose a contact and start a FaceTime call, and others can call you using the email address you provided. If you use more than one email address, you can add the others as described below. Create a new account:

1 Open FaceTime and tap Create New Account. 2 Follow the onscreen instructions. The email address you enter will be the Apple ID for the new account. 3 On the FaceTime screen, enter the email address you want others to use to call you. This address doesnt need to be the same as the address you entered for your Apple ID, but it must be a working email address. 4 the previous step. If you have more than one email address, you can let people call you using any of them. Add email addresses: Choose Settings > FaceTime, then tap Add Another Email. Sign out: and open FaceTime later without being asked to sign in again. You cant receive FaceTime calls while youre signed out. But if you do need to sign out, choose Settings > FaceTime, then tap Account.

If you dont want to receive FaceTime calls, choose Settings >

64 Chapter 7 FaceTime Making a FaceTime Call To make a FaceTime call, open the FaceTime app, then choose someone from your contacts, favorites, or list of recent calls. Call a contact: Tap Contacts, choose a name, then tap the email address or phone number they use with FaceTime. Add a contact: Tap Contacts, tap address or phone number. For a contact outside your region, be sure to enter the complete number, including country code and area codefor example,

+1 (408) 555-1234 in the United States. Restart a recent call: Tap Recents, then choose a name or number. Call a favorite: Tap Favorites, then tap a name in the list.

, then enter the persons name and their email While Youre Talking While talking to someone in FaceTime, you can switch cameras, change camera orientation, mute your microphone, move your picture-in-picture display, open

Switch between the front and back cameras: Tap Change camera orientation: Rotate iPad. The image your friend sees changes to match. Your friend can still see you, and you can still see and To avoid rotating the screen as you move the camera around, turn on the orientation lock. See Viewing in Portrait or Landscape on page 16. Mute your microphone: Tap hear your friend. Move your picture-in-picture display: Drag the small window to any corner. Use another application during a call: Press the Home application icon. You can still talk with your friend, but you cant see each other. To return to the video, tap the green bar at the top of the screen. End the call: Tap button, then tap an

. Chapter 7 FaceTime 65 Photo Booth 8 About Photo Booth Its easy to take a photo using Photo Booth. Make your photo more interesting by

back cameras.

Tap Distort an image: to change the distortion. You can also pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to change the distortion.

66 Taking a Photo To take a Photo Booth photo, simply aim iPad and tap. Take a photo: Aim iPad and tap

. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPad to control the volume of the shutter sound. You wont hear a sound if you set the Side Switch to silent. See Buttons on page 10 Note: to silent. Switch between the front and back cameras: Tap Review the photo youve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot. Swipe left or right to view more thumbnails. If you dont see the controls, tap the screen to display them. Delete a photo: Select a thumbnail, then tap Manage photos: Tap the thumbnail of the photoyou can select more than one. Tap

, then tap Email, Copy, or Delete. at the bottom of the screen. Viewing and Sharing Photos The photos you take with Photo Booth are saved in the Camera Roll album on iPad. You can view the Camera Roll album in the Photos app. View photos in the Camera Roll album: through the photos, tap the left or right button, or swipe left or right. You can use Mail to send a Photo Booth photo in an email message. Send a photo: Tap a thumbnail to select the photo, or tap again to select more than one photo. Tap

, then tap the Email button at the bottom of the screen. Mail opens and creates a new message with the photo attached. Chapter 8 Photo Booth 67 Uploading Photos to Your Computer Upload the photos you take with Photo Booth to photo applications on your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac. Upload photos to your computer: Connect iPad to your computer.

Mac: Select the photos to upload, then click the Import or Download button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.

PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application. If you delete the photos from iPad when you upload them to your computer, theyre removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos to the Photos app on iPad. 68 Chapter 8 Photo Booth Photos 9 About Photos

are. You can easily share them with family and friends, either directly on iPad, or on an HDTV using AirPlay and Apple TV. You can even print photos from iPad using AirPrint. If your iPad has a camera, you can view photos and videos as you take them. You can sync photos and videos from your computer, import them from a digital camera or iPhone, or save them from email or the web. Use them in apps, send them in email messages, or upload them to your MobileMe Gallery. You can use iPad as a photo frame that displays an animated slideshow of your images. Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer iPad supports standard photo formats such as JPEG, TIFF, GIF, and PNG. You use iTunes to sync photos to iPad. When syncing photos to iPad, iTunes automatically creates a size optimized for iPad, if necessary. See Setting Up Syncing on page 24. iPad supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. You use iTunes to sync videos taken with a digital camera, iPhone, or iPod touch (4th generation) to iPad. 69 Importing Photos and Videos from iPhone or a Digital Camera With the iPad Camera Connection Kit (sold separately), you can import photos and videos directly from a digital camera or iPhone, or from an SD memory card. Import photos:

1 Insert the SD Card Reader or Camera Connector, included in the iPad Camera Connection Kit, into the iPad dock connector.

To connect a camera or iPhone, use the USB cable that came with the camera or iPhone, and connect it to the USB port on the Camera Connector. If youre using iPhone, make sure its turned on and unlocked. To connect a camera, make the sure the camera is turned on and in transfer mode. For help, see the documentation that came with the camera. To use an SD memory card, insert it in the slot on the SD Card Reader. Dont force

For more information about the connectors, see the iPad Camera Connection Kit documentation. 2 Unlock iPad. 3 The Photos app opens and displays the photos and videos that are available for importing. 4 Select the photos and videos you want to import.

To import all of the items, tap Import All.

appears on each), then tap Import, and select Import Selected. 5 After the photos are imported, you can choose to keep or delete the photos and videos on the card, camera, or iPhone. 6 Disconnect the SD Card Reader or Camera Connector. To view the photos, look in the Last Import album. A new Event contains all the photos that were selected for import. To transfer the photos to your computer, connect iPad to your computer and import the images with a photo application such as iPhoto or Adobe Elements. Viewing Photos and Videos Photos lets you view photos synced from your computers photo application, imported from a digital camera or iPhone, or saved from an email message or webpage. Photos organizes collections by Albums, Events, Faces, and Places. Places uses the location information encoded in photos, but not all photos may have this informationit requires a camera that supports geotagging. Events and Faces must

70 Chapter 9 Photos View photos:

1 In Photos, tap Photo, Albums, Events, Faces, or Places. To open a collection, tap it. Or, pinch the collection to spread out a preview of the photos it contains, then let go to open it. Photos are sorted by creation date. When youre viewing Places, tap a pin on the map to display the location, then pinch to zoom and show all photos taken at this location. 2 Tap a thumbnail to view a photo in full screen. You can also pinch to zoom in on the photo. Chapter 9 Photos 71 Show or hide the controls: Tap the photo to show the controls. Tap again to hide the controls.View a photo in landscape orientation: Rotate iPad sideways. The photo or video Zoom in on part of a photo: Double-tap where you want to zoom in. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out.Pan a photo: Drag the photo.See the next or previous photo: Flick left or right. Or tap the screen to show the Delete a photo: You can delete photos from the Saved Photos album, which contains photos you save from email or the web. For photos synced from your computer, you need to delete the photo from the album on your computer, then sync iPad again.72Chapter 9 Photos. To rotate it more, tap again. Rotate a photo: Tap View photos or videos on a TV using AirPlay and Apple TV: Make sure iPad is on the same wireless network as Apple TV, then tap and choose Apple TV from the list.

See Using AirPlay on page 45 for more information. Sharing Photos You can share your photos as slideshows, complete with music and transitions. With AirPlay and Apple TV, you can wirelessly stream your photos to a TV. You can send photos and videos in email messages, and add photos to your MobileMe Gallery. You can also copy and paste photos, save photos from email messages to Photos, and save images from webpages to a photo album. Slideshows You can create and view a slideshow that shows your photos with transitions and music. You can view a slideshow on iPad, or stream it wirelessly to an Apple TV. You can

View a slideshow:

1 Tap an album to open it. You can select an album that contains photos, videos, or both. If your iPad has a camera, photos and videos youve shot appear in the Camera Roll album. 2 Tap the Slideshow button and, in the list that appears, select slideshow options. You can:

Select a song from your music library to play music during the slideshow.

To set how long each photo is displayed, go to General > Settings > Photos. You can also set whether the slideshow repeats, or plays in a random sequence. Available transitions are determined by how you view the slideshow. If youre connected to an Apple TV, choose one of the available transitions. If iPad is connected

about connecting to an external display, see Chapter 10, Videos, on page 77. 3 Tap Start Slideshow. To stop the slideshow, tap the screen. If youre using AirPlay to stream the photos to an Apple TV, tap Apple TV from the list. See Using AirPlay on page 45 for more information. and select the Sending a Photo or Video in an Email Message Send a photo or video: Tap a photo or video, tap If you dont see

, tap the screen to show the controls.

, then tap Email Photo. Chapter 9 Photos 73 Send multiple photos or videos: Tap an album, then tap or videos you want to send (a checkmark appears on each thumbnail), then tap Email. If the Email button is unavailable, select fewer items. Tap each of the photos Copy a photo or video:

. 1 Tap 2 Tap to select the photo or video you want to copy. 3 Tap Copy. Paste a photo or video: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to paste the photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste. Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery If youre a MobileMe subscriber, you can add photos and videos from iPad to your MobileMe Gallery. You can also add items to someone elses MobileMe Gallery if they allow email contributions. Before you can add photos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:

Set up your MobileMe account on iPad. If you dont have a MobileMe account, go to www.apple.com/mobileme/setup/ipad.html. Publish a MobileMe Gallery and allow adding photos from email or iPad.

Add a photo or video to your gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap Send to MobileMe. Enter a title and description if you like, select the album to add the photo to, then tap Publish.

, then tap If you dont see

, tap the screen to show the controls. iPad tells you when the photo has been published, and gives you options to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend. Add a photo to someone elses gallery: Choose a photo and tap Photo. Enter the albums email address, then click Send.

, then tap Email Saving Photos from Email Messages or Webpages Save a photo from an email message to your Saved Photos album: Tap the photo,

Save a photo from a webpage to your Saved Photos album: Touch and hold the photo, then tap Save Image. Copy photos from the Saved Photos album to your computer: Connect iPad to your computers USB port, then use a photo application, such as iPhoto on a Mac, to copy the images. 74 Chapter 9 Photos Assigning a Photo to a Contact You can assign a photo to a contact. Assign a photo to a contact:

1 Choose a photo on iPad, then tap 2 Tap Assign to Contact, then choose a contact. 3 Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out, until the photo looks the way

. you want. 4 Tap Set Photo. In Contacts, you can assign a photo to a contact by tapping Edit and then tapping the picture icon. Printing Photos You can use AirPrint to print photos from iPad. Print a photo: Tap printer options such as the number of copies, then tap Print. If your printer has a tray for photo paper, it may automatically switch to that tray when you print a photo.

, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer and set For more information, see Printing on page 40. Wallpaper and Lock Screen Photos You can display a photo in the wallpaper background of the Lock screen and Home screen. You can choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPad, or you can use a photo of your own. Set a photo as screen wallpaper:

1 Choose any photo and tap 2 Drag to pan the photo, or pinch the photo to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you

, then tap Use As Wallpaper.

3 Tap Set Wallpaper. Then tap to use the image as wallpaper for the Home screen, on the Lock screen, or both. To choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPad, go to Settings >

Brightness & Wallpaper. Chapter 9 Photos 75 Using Picture Frame

iPad while charging it in an iPad Dock. To change Picture Frame settings, go to Settings > Picture Frame, then set any of the following options:

The transition you select is played between photos. The duration of the slideshow cant be changed. Picture Frame can zoom the image to focus on faces in the image. It can also randomly select one of the faces as the center of focus, if more than one face is

photos imported from iPhoto or Aperture on a Mac. Zooming in on faces isnt an option with the Origami transition.

Faces, Albums, and Event selections are the same as those in the Photos app.

Start or stop Picture Frame:

1 Press the Sleep/Wake button to lock iPad. 2 On the Lock screen, tap

. 3 Tap the screen to pause the slideshow, then tap to return to the Lock screen, or slide the slider to unlock iPad.

76 Chapter 9 Photos Videos 10 About Videos You can use iPad to view movies, music videos, video podcasts, and, if theyre available in your area, TV shows. iPad also supports special features such as chapters, subtitles, alternate audio, and closed captioning. You can rent or purchase videos from the iTunes Store, and you can use a video

use AirPlay to watch the videos wirelessly on a TV. 77 Playing Videos Play a video: Tap Videos, then tap a category of videos, such as Movies. Tap the video

. Display playback controls: While a video is playing, tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide them. Controlling Video Playback Rotate iPad to play videos in widescreen orientation and take full advantage of the display.

the scrubber bar. 78 Chapter 10 Videos Pause a video Resume playback Raise or lower the volume Start a video over Skip to the next chapter (if available) Go to the previous chapter (if available) or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset. or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset. Drag the volume slider, or use the iPad volume buttons or the buttons on a compatible headset. Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar all the if the video doesnt way to the left, or tap contain chapters. or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset twice quickly. or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset three times quickly.

Tap

, then choose a chapter from the list. Rewind or fast-forward Skip to any point in a video Touch and hold or

. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide

fast to slow.

Tap Done, or press the Home button.

screen Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay

Show or hide subtitles (if available) Show or hide closed captioning (if available) Tap

tap the video to switch views.

sides or top may be cropped. When you scale it

sides or above and below the video. and choose an Apple TV. See Watching Tap Videos on a TV on page 80.

, then choose a language from the Audio Tap list.

Tap Subtitles list. to show or hide captions, if the movie has Tap them. Syncing Videos Use iTunes to sync videos to iPad. When iPad is connected to your computer, use the Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, and iTunes U panes to select which videos to sync. Chapter 10 Videos 79 Watching Rented Movies

watch them on iPad. You can download rented movies on iPad, or transfer them from iTunes on your computer to iPad. (Rented movies arent available in all regions.) A movie must be completely downloaded before you can watch it. You can pause a download and continue it later. Rented movies expire after a certain number of days,

Movies are automatically deleted when they expire. Before renting a movie, check the iTunes Store for the expiration time. View a rented movie: Choose Videos, tap the Movies category, then tap the movie

Transfer rented movies to iPad: Connect iPad to your computer. Then select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, click Movies, and select the rented movies you want to transfer. Your computer must be connected to the Internet. Movies rented on iPad cannot be transferred to a computer. Watching Videos on a TV To watch videos on a TV, you can connect iPad using AirPlay and Apple TV, or use a cable to connect iPad directly to your TV or AV receiver. For more information about

Video on page 168. and choose your Apple TV Connect using AirPlay: Start video playback, then tap from the list of AirPlay devices. See Using AirPlay on page 45 for more information. While video is playing, you can exit Video and use other apps. To return playback to iPad: Open Videos, then tap and choose iPad from the list. Deleting Videos from iPad To save space, you can delete videos from iPad. Delete a video: In the videos list, tap and hold a movie until the delete button appears, then tap

When you delete a video (other than rented movies) from iPad, it isnt deleted from your iTunes library on your computer, and you can sync the video back to iPad later. If you dont want to sync the video back to iPad, set iTunes to not sync the video. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Important: If you delete a rented movie from iPad, its deleted permanently and cant be transferred back to your computer. 80 Chapter 10 Videos YouTube 11 Finding and Viewing Videos YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. You can watch the latest, most popular videos, search for videos about topics of

from your computer. To use certain YouTube features on iPad, you need to sign in to a YouTube account when prompted. For information about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com. Note: YouTube isnt available in all languages and locations. To use YouTube, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Browse videos: Tap a button in the toolbar to select a category.

Featured:

Top Rated: Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. You can rate videos on iPad, if you have a YouTube account.

Most Viewed: Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.

Favorites: Videos you added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account, account favorites appear.

Most Recent: Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.

Subscriptions: Videos from YouTube accounts you subscribe to. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. 81

Playlists: Videos you add to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.

My Videos: Videos that youve upload to YouTube. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.

History: Videos youve viewed most recently. Search for a video:

1 2 Type a word or phrase, then tap Search. YouTube shows results based on searching video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names. Each search result shows the title, rating, number of views, length, and the name of the account the video was posted from. Play a video: Tap the video. The video begins downloading to iPad, and a progress bar appears. When enough of the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap to start the video. 82 Chapter 11 YouTube Controlling Video Playback Rotate iPad to landscape orientation to view the video at its maximum size. When a video is playing, the controls disappear so they dont obscure the video. Show or hide the video controls: Tap the screen. Play or pause a video Adjust the volume Start a video over Skip to the next or previous video in a list Rewind or fast-forward Skip to any point in a video Stop watching a video or Tap

. You can also press the center button

(or equivalent button) on a compatible headset. Drag the volume slider, or use the iPad volume buttons or the volume buttons on a compatible headset. Tap Tap Tap

. twice to skip to the previous video. to skip to the next video. Touch and hold or

. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Tap Done, or press the Home button. Toggle between full-screen and standard mode Double-tap the video. You can also tap to Add a video to Favorites Email a link to the video Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay View information about a video

to make it Start playing a video, then tap Start playing a video, then tap

. and choose Apple TV. For information, see Tap Using AirPlay on page 45. to exit full-screen mode and view related Tap videos, comments, and more controls. Chapter 11 YouTube 83 Managing Videos While watching a full-screen video, tap to display the controller, then tap related videos and options for managing videos. to see Rate a video or add a comment See more videos from this YouTube user Tap the video to display the toolbar, then tap Rate and select a rating. You must be signed in to a YouTube account. In the sidebar, tap More From. You must be signed in to a YouTube account. See videos similar to this one In the sidebar, tap Related. Subscribe to videos by this YouTube user On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then tap Subscribe to <account> at the bottom of the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube account. Add a video to Favorites or a playlist Tap Add, then select Favorites or a playlist. Email a link to a video Flag a video Tap Share. Tap the movie to display the toolbar, then tap

. Watching YouTube on a TV If you have an Apple TV, you can use AirPlay to watch YouTube videos on a TV. See Controlling Video Playback on page 83.

Video on page 168. 84 Chapter 11 YouTube Calendar 12 About Calendar iPad makes it easy to stay on schedule. You can view calendars individually, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, week, or month, or in a list. You can also search events by title, invitee, or location. You can sync iPad with the calendars on your computer. You can also create, edit, or cancel events on iPad, and sync them back to your computer. You can subscribe to Google, Yahoo!, or iCal calendars. You can subscribe to read-only iCalendar (.ics)

supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and invite people to events youve scheduled. Syncing Calendars You can sync your calendars in these ways:

In iTunes, use the iPad settings panes to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a Mac, or with Microsoft Outlook on a PC, when you connect iPad to your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. In Settings on iPad, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or Microsoft Exchange account to sync your calendar information over the air. If your company or organization supports it, you can also set up a CalDAV account. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31. To sync calendars over the air, iPad must be connected to the Internet. 85 Adding, Editing, and Deleting Calendar Events You can create and edit calendar events directly on iPad. If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting. Add an event: Tap and enter event information, then tap Done. You can enter the following:

Title Location Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day, if its an all-day event) Repeat timesnone, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year

When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert occurs, iPad displays a message. To set iPad to play a sound, see Alerts on page 90. Important: When you travel, iPad may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see Date and Time on page 160. For information

Viewing Your Calendars on page 86. Notes

If you have more than one calendar, you can select which calendar to add the event to. Read-only calendars dont appear in the list. Edit an event Delete an event Tap the event, then tap Edit. Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event. Viewing Your Calendars You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once. This makes it easy to manage work and family calendars at the same time.

Tap Calendars, then select the calendars you want to view.

You can view calendar events in a list, or by day, week, or month. The events for all of your selected calendars appear on iPad. Switch views: Tap List, Day, Week, or Month. 86 Chapter 12 Calendar

List view: All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list, next to the or select a day from the timeline or

below the calendar.

Day view: Scroll up or down to see the days events. Tap or to see the previous or next days events, or select a day from the timeline below the calendar.

Week view: Scroll up or down to see the weeks events. Tap or to see the previous or next week, or select a week from the timeline below the calendar. to see the previous or next

Month view: Tap a day to see its events. Tap or month, or select a month from the timeline below the calendar. See the details of an event: Tap the event. Chapter 12 Calendar 87 See events adjusted for a time zone: In Settings, go to Mail, Contacts, Calendars. Under Calendars, tap Time Zone Support. Turn on Time Zone Support and select a

iPad Wi-Fi + 3G displays events in the time zone of your current location as determined by the cellular network time. Searching Calendars You can search the titles, invitees, notes, and locations of the events in your calendars.

Search for events: Search results appear as you type. Tap a result to view the event. Tap the calendar to close the list of search results. Subscribing to Calendars You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendar-based services, including Yahoo!, Google, and iCal on the Mac, support calendar subscriptions. Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on iPad, but you cant edit them or create new events. Subscribe to a CalDAV or .ics calendar:

1 In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 2 Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar. 3 Enter your account information, then tap Next to verify the subscription. 4 Tap Save. Apple provides links to a number of free iCal calendarsfor national holidays or sports events, for examplethat you may want to subscribe to. You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web, by tapping a calendar link you receive in an email message on iPad. 88 Chapter 12 Calendar Responding to Meeting Invitations If you have a Microsoft Exchange account on iPad with Calendars enabled, a supported CalDAV account, or a MobileMe calendar, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in your calendar with a dotted line around it. The icon in the lower-right corner of the screen shows the number of new invitations you have. To receive and respond to meeting invitations, iPad must have an Internet connection. Respond to an invitation in Calendar:

1 Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap to display the Event screen and then tap an invitation.

Tap Invitation from to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the email address to send the organizer a message. Tap Invitees to see who is invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see the attendees contact information. Tap an email address to send a message to the attendee. Tap Alert to set iPad to sound an alert before the meeting. Tap Add Comments to add comments for the meeting organizer. Your comments will also appear in the Info screen for the meeting.

Notes are made by the meeting organizer. 2 Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline. When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, the organizer is sent a response that includes any comments you add. You can change your response later, unless you decline. Tap Add Comments to change or add comments. Chapter 12 Calendar 89 Importing Calendar Files from Mail

In Mail, open the message and tap the calendar

the events to, and tap Done. Alerts Set calendar alerts: In Settings, choose General > Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts

no sound. Sound alerts for invitations: In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendar. Under Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on. 90 Chapter 12 Calendar Contacts 13 About Contacts iPad lets you easily access and edit your contact lists from personal, business, and organizational accounts. You can search across all of your groups, and the information in Contacts is automatically accessed to make addressing emails quick and easy. You can add contacts directly on iPad, or sync contacts from applications on your computer. If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without connecting iPad to your computer. 91 Syncing and Adding Contacts You can add contacts to iPad in these ways:

Enter contacts on iPad In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your computer (see Syncing with iTunes on page 24) Set up a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account on iPad with Contacts enabled

(see Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31)

Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts on page 172) Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPad to access business or school directories

(see LDAP and CardDAV Accounts on page 173)

Searching Contacts

Microsoft Exchange account on iPad, you may also be able to search your enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have an LDAP account on iPad, you can search contacts on your organizations LDAP server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPad, or searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server. When you enter search information, contacts with matching information appear as you type. Search contacts:

Search a GAL: company name. You cant edit GAL contacts or save them to iPad. Search an LDAP server: or company name. You cant edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPad. Search a CardDAV server: Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the bottom of the list, then enter your search. You cant edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced CardDAV contacts on iPad. 92 Chapter 13 Contacts Managing Contacts You can edit your contacts and mark as favorites the ones you use frequently with FaceTime. Add a contact on iPad: Tap Contacts, then tap

. Delete a contact In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Edit. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. Add a contact to FaceTime Favorites In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Favorites. Edit FaceTime Favorites Edit contact information In FaceTime, tap Favorites, then tap Edit. To delete an item, tap

. In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Edit. To add an item, tap

. To delete an item, tap Assign a photo to a contact:

1 Tap Contacts, then choose a contact. 2 Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo. 3 Tap an album, then tap a photo. 4 Drag and scale the photo. 5 Tap Choose. Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact Open the contacts home page in Safari Find the location of the contacts address in Maps, and get directions Share the contact information with others Call a contact using FaceTime Using Contact Information You can use the information on a contacts Info screen to:

Use a contacts info screen: Tap Contacts and choose a contact, then tap an item. Placing a FaceTime call: Tap Contacts and choose a contact, then tap FaceTime and choose an email address or phone number to use for the call. If you dont see the FaceTime button, turn on FaceTime in Settings > FaceTime. Chapter 13 Contacts 93

When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same person in more than one account. To keep redundant contacts from appearing in the

.

Link contacts: select the other contact, then tap Link. and When a contact is linked, tap the silhouette icon to view, add, or delete linked entries.

changes are copied to each source account that information already exists in. If you

source account. 94 Chapter 13 Contacts Notes 14 Writing and Reading Notes

You can view notes in landscape or portrait orientation. In portrait orientation, tap Notes to view a list of your notes. In landscape orientation, the list of notes appears on the left, and the current note is circled in red.

, type the note, then tap Done.

Add a note: Tap Read a note: Tap the note. Tap Edit a note: Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard. Edit the note, then tap Done. Delete a note: Tap the note, then tap Change the font used to display notes: In Settings, choose Notes and select a font from the list. to see the next or previous note. or

. 95 Searching Notes

Search for notes:

(In portrait orientation, tap Notes to display the notes list.) Search results appear automatically as you type. Tap the keyboard button to dismiss the keyboard and see more results. To view a note, tap it in the search results list. Emailing Notes Email a note: Tap the note, then tap To email a note, iPad must be set up for email. See Setting Up Email Accounts on page 53. Syncing Notes You can set iTunes to automatically sync your notes with some email applications. See Setting Up Syncing on page 24. You can also sync notes over the air, when iPad has an Internet connection. Go to Settings > Notes, then select the default mail account for syncing notes. New notes you create on iPad will be stored in the account you select. To view notes stored in a

96 Chapter 14 Notes Maps 15 About Maps Maps provides classic, satellite, hybrid, and terrain views of locations in many countries. Search for a location, then get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions, as

WARNING: For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. To use Maps, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Important: Maps, directions, and location-based apps provided by Apple depend

and may not be available in all geographic areas, resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPad to your surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. To provide your location, data is collected which doesnt identify you personally. If you dont want this data collected, dont use the

your iPad.

on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 153. Finding and Viewing Locations

97 Searching for Locations You can search for locations in many waysby address, intersection, area, landmark, bookmark, contact, or zip code. Find a location and see a map:

1 2 Type an address or other search information. 3 Tap Search. A pin marks the location.

A location can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (User-

created content), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example,

). Zoom in Zoom out Pan or scroll

you want to zoom in on. Double-tap again to zoom in even closer.

the map. See the location of an entry in your Contacts list: Tap choose a contact. The contact must include at least one address. If the contact has more than one address,

at the top of the screen and 98 Chapter 15 Maps Finding Your Current Location

direction youre facing. Find your current location: Tap in the status bar at the top of the screen. A blue marker shows your current location. If Maps cant determine your exact location, a blue circle appears around the marker. The size of the circle depends on how precisely your location can be determinedthe smaller the circle, the greater the precision. If you drag the map, then tap location. Use the digital compass: Tap compass youre heading. again, iPad centers the map back to your current a second time. changes to and a small digital

Note: calibrate it occasionally after that. Calibrate the compass: When the calibrate eight. You may be asked to move away from a source of interference. See which way youre facing: Hold iPad level to the ground. The compass rotates to point north. Return to map view: Tap

to go back to the map view. iPad uses Location Services to determine your location. Location Services uses available information from local Wi-Fi networks if you have Wi-Fi turned on. This feature isnt available in all areas.

prompted to turn it on. See Location Services on page 153.

In Settings, choose General > Location Services. Get information about your current location: Tap the blue marker, then tap displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this information to:

Get directions to or from this location Add the location to contacts Send the address in email Bookmark the location See a street view (when available)

. iPad Chapter 15 Maps 99 Marking a Location with a Drop Pin A drop pin lets you mark a location by hand. Drop a pin: Touch and hold any location on the map. Or, you can drag or tap the lower-right corner of the screen, then tap Drop Pin. A pin drops on the map. Touch and hold the pin, then drag it to any location you choose. Bookmarking Locations

Bookmark a location: Find a location, tap the pin, tap description, then tap Add to Bookmarks. next to the name or See a bookmarked or recently viewed location: Tap tap Bookmarks or Recents. Clear the list of recents: Tap Clear. Rearrange or delete a bookmark: Tap Edit. at the top of the screen, then 100 Chapter 15 Maps

 

 

iPad Important Product Information Guide This Important Product Information Guide contains safety, handling, disposal and recycling, regulatory, and software license information, as well as the one-year limited warranty for iPad. Look for other environmental information in the iPad User Guide at: support.apple.com/manuals/iPad

 Read all safety information below and operating instructions before using iPad to avoid injury. For detailed operating instructions, read the iPad User Guide on your iPad by visiting help.apple.com/iPad or using the iPad User Guide bookmark in Safari. For a downloadable version of the iPad User Guide and the latest version of this Important Product Information Guide, visit: support.apple.com/manuals/iPad Important Safety and Handling Information WARNING:Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, or other injury or damage to iPad or other property. Carrying and Handling iPad iPad contains sensitive components. Do not drop, disassemble, open, crush, bend, deform, puncture, shred, microwave, incinerate, paint, or insert foreign objects into iPad. Avoiding Water and Wet Locations Do not use iPad in rain, or near washbasins or other wet locations. Take care not to spill any food or liquid on iPad. In case iPad gets wet, unplug all cables, turn off iPad (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider) before cleaning, and allow it to dry thoroughly before turning it on again. Do not attempt to dry iPad with an external heat source, such as a microwave oven or hair dryer. An iPad that has been damaged as a result of exposure to liquids is not serviceable. Repairing or Modifying iPad Never attempt to repair or modify iPad yourself. Disassembling iPad may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. iPad does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Service should only be provided by an Apple Authorized Service Provider. If iPad has been in contact with liquids, punctured, or subjected to a severe fall, do not use it until you take it to an Apple Authorized Service Provider. For service information, choose iPad Help from the Help menu in iTunes or go to:

www.apple.com/support/iPad/service Battery Replacement The rechargeable battery in iPad should be replaced only by Apple. For more information about battery replacement service, go to: www.apple.com/batteries/ipad.html Charging iPad To charge iPad, use only the Apple Dock Connector to USB Cable with an Apple 10W USB Power Adapter or a high-power USB port on another device that is compliant with the USB 2.0 standard, another Apple-branded product or accessory designed to work with iPad, or a third-

party accessory certified to use Apples Works with iPad logo. Read all safety instructions for any products and accessories before using with iPad. Apple is not responsible for the operation of third-party accessories or their compliance with safety and regulatory standards. When you use the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter to charge iPad, make sure that the power adapter is fully assembled before you plug it into a power outlet. Then insert the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter firmly into the power outlet. Do not connect or disconnect the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter with wet hands. The Apple 10W USB Power Adapter may become warm during normal use. Always allow adequate ventilation around the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter and use care when handling. Unplug the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter if any of the following conditions exist:

The power cord or plug has become frayed or damaged. moisture. The adapter is exposed to rain, liquid, or excessive The adapter case has become damaged. You suspect the adapter needs service or repair. You want to clean the adapter. Avoiding Hearing Damage Permanent hearing loss may occur if headphones are used at high volume. Set the volume to a safe level. You can adapt over time to a higher volume of sound that may sound normal but can be damaging to your hearing. If you experience ringing in your ears or muffled speech, stop listening and have your hearing checked. The louder the volume, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. Hearing experts suggest that to protect your hearing:

Limit the amount of time you use earbuds, headphones, speakers, or earpieces at high volume. Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Turn the volume down if you cant hear people speaking near you. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see the iPad User Guide. Driving and Riding Safely Use of iPad alone or with headphones (even if used only in one ear) while driving a vehicle or riding a bicycle is not recommended and is illegal in some areas. Check and obey the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices like iPad in the areas where you drive or ride. Be careful and attentive while driving or riding a bicycle. If you decide to use iPad while driving, keep in mind the following guidelines:

Give full attention to driving or riding and to the road. Using a mobile device while driving or riding may be distracting. If you find it disruptive or distracting while operating any type of vehicle, riding a bicycle, or performing any activity that requires your full attention, pull off the road and park if driving conditions require. Do not email, take notes, look up phone numbers, or perform any other activities that require your attention while driving. Composing or reading emails, jotting down a to-do list, or flipping through your address book takes attention away from your primary responsibility, driving safely. Navigating Safely If your iPad has applications that provide maps, digital compass headings, directions or location-based navigation assistance, these applications should only be used for basic navigation assistance and should not be relied on to determine precise locations, proximity, distance, or direction. Maps, digital compass, directions, and location-based applications provided by Apple depend on data collected and services provided by third parties. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas, resulting in maps, digital compass headings, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. iPad contains an internal digital compass located in the upper right corner of iPad. The accuracy of digital compass headings may be negatively affected by magnetic or other environmental interference. Never rely solely on the digital compass for determining direction. Compare the information provided on iPad to your surroundings and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. For Vehicles Equipped with an Air Bag An air bag inflates with great force. Do not store iPad or any of its accessories in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Seizures, Blackouts, and Eyestrain A small percentage of people may be susceptible to blackouts or seizures (even if they have never had one before) when exposed to flashing lights or light patterns such as when playing games or watching video. If you have experienced seizures or blackouts or have a family history of such occurrences, you should consult a physician before playing games or watching videos on your iPad. Discontinue use of iPad and consult a physician if you experience headaches, blackouts, seizures, convulsion, eye or muscle twitching, loss of awareness, involuntary movement, or disorientation. To reduce risk of headaches, blackouts, seizures, and eyestrain, avoid prolonged use, hold iPad some distance from your eyes, use iPad in a well-lit room, and take frequent breaks. Glass Parts The outside cover of the iPad screen is made of glass. This glass could break if iPad is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If the glass chips or cracks, do not touch or attempt to remove the broken glass and stop using iPad. Glass cracked due to misuse or abuse is not covered under the warranty. Choking Hazards iPad contains small parts, which may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep iPad and its accessories away from small children. Repetitive Motion When you perform repetitive activities such as typing or playing games on iPad, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, arms, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. Take frequent breaks and if you have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician. Holding iPad You can hold and use iPad in many different ways. Its important to find a comfortable posture when using iPad, and to take frequent breaks. Use your lap, or a table, case, or dock accessory, to support iPad during use. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Turn off iPad

(press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider) when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere. Do not charge iPad and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire, resulting in serious injury or even death. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, marked clearly. Potential areas may include: fueling areas (such as gas stations);

below deck on boats; fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders); and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Using Connectors and Ports Never force a connector into a port. Check for obstructions on the port. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Keeping iPad Within Acceptable Temperatures Operate iPad in a place where the temperature is between 0 and 35 C (32 to 95 F). Low- or high-temperature conditions might temporarily shorten battery life or cause iPad to temporarily stop working properly. Avoid dramatic changes in temperature or humidity when using iPad, as condensation may form on or within iPad. Store iPad in a place where the temperature is between -20 and 45 C (-4 to 113 F). Dont leave iPad in your car, because temperatures in parked cars can exceed this range. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. The exterior of iPad functions as a cooling surface that transfers heat from inside the unit to the cooler air outside. Keeping the Outside of iPad Clean Handle your iPad with care to maintain its appearance. If you are concerned about scratching or abrasion, you can use one of the many cases sold separately. To clean iPad, unplug all cables and turn off iPad (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use window cleaners, household cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPad. iPad has an oleophobic coating on the screen; simply wipe iPads screen with a soft, lint-free cloth to remove oil left by your hands. The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and rubbing the screen with an abrasive material will further diminish its effect and may scratch your screen. Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy iPad contains radio transmitters and receivers. When on, iPad sends and receives radio frequency (RF) energy through its antenna. The Wi-Fi and Bluetooth antennas are located behind the screen to the left of the Home button, and behind the Apple logo. iPad has been tested and meets the SAR exposure requirements for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth operation. A cellular antenna is located at the top edge of iPad, opposite the Home button at the bottom. For optimal mobile device performance and so that human exposure to RF energy does not exceed the FCC guidelines, always follow these instructions and precautions: Orient the device with the cellular antenna (located under the black edge at the top of the device) away from your body or other objects. iPad is designed and manufactured to comply with the limits for exposure to RF energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the United States. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate, or SAR. The SAR limit applicable to iPad set by the FCC is 1.6 watts per kilogram (W/kg). Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions specified by these agencies, with iPad transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although SAR is determined at the highest certified power level in each frequency band, the actual SAR level of iPad while in operation can be well below the maximum value because iPad adjusts its cellular transmitting power based in part on orientation and proximity to the wireless network. In general, the closer you are to a cellular base station, the lower the cellular transmitting power level. iPad has been tested,1 and meets the FCC exposure guidelines for cellular operation. When tested at direct body contact, iPads maximum SAR value for each frequency band is outlined below:

FCC SAR Frequency Band

(MHz) FCC 1g SAR Limit (W/kg) Highest Value

(W/kg) 824849 18501910 24002483.5 51505250 52505350 55005700 57255850 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.14 1.15 1.05 0.79 0.85 0.82 0.65 You can further limit your exposure by limiting the amount of time using iPad in wireless mode, since time is a factor in how much exposure a person receives, and by placing more distance between your body and iPad since exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. Additional Information For more information from the FCC about exposure to RF energy, see: www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety The FCC and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration

(FDA) also maintain a consumer website at www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/

RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/

1 The device was tested by Compliance Certification Services, Fremont, CA according to measurement standards and procedures specified in FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (Edition 01-01) and IEEE 1528-2003. HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/default. htm to address inquiries about the safety of mobile phones. Please check the website periodically for updates. For information about the scientific research related to RF energy exposure, see the EMF Research Database maintained by the World Health Organization at: www.who.int/emf Radio Frequency Interference Radio-frequency emissions from electronic equipment can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emission in the United States, the wireless transmitters and electrical circuits in iPad may cause interference in other electronic equipment. Therefore, please take the following precautions:

Aircraft Use of iPad may be prohibited while traveling in aircraft. For more information about using Airplane Mode to turn off the iPad wireless transmitters, see the iPad User Guide. Vehicles Radio frequency emissions from iPad may affect electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. Persons with pacemakers:

Should always keep iPad more than 15 cm

(6 inches) from the pacemaker when the wireless device is turned on If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn iPad off immediately (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider). Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical device, consult the device manufacturer or your physician to determine if it is adequately shielded from radio frequency emissions from iPad. Health Care Facilities Hospitals and health care facilities may use equipment that is particularly sensitive to external radio frequency emissions. Turn iPad off when staff or posted signs instruct you to do so. Blasting Areas and Posted Facilities To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn off iPad when in a blasting area or in areas posted Turn off two-way radio. Obey all signs and instructions. Certification and Compliance See iPad for the certification and compliance marks specific to that device. To view, choose Settings >

General > About > Regulatory. U.S. Model A1397 FCC ID: BCGA1397 Important:Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the EMC and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. FCC Compliance Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Wireless Radio Use: This device is restricted to indoor use when operating in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency band. Disposal and Recycling For information about Apples recycling program, go to: www.apple.com/recycling Software License Agreement Use of iPad constitutes acceptance of the Apple and third-party software license terms found at:

www.apple.com/legal/sla Apple One (1) Year Limited Warranty For Apple Branded Products Only ADDITIONAL RIGHTS FOR CONSUMERS, WHO ARE COVERED BY CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS OR REGULATIONS IN THEIR COUNTRY OF PURCHASE OR, IF DIFFERENT, THEIR COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE, THE BENEFITS CONFERRED BY THIS WARRANTY ARE IN ADDITION TO ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CONVEYED BY SUCH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT EXCLUDE, LIMIT OR SUSPEND ANY RIGHTS OF CONSUMERS ARISING OUT OF NONCONFORMITY WITH A SALES CONTRACT. SOME COUNTRIES, STATES AND PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION MAY LAST, SO THE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS DESCRIBED BELOW MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY BY COUNTRY, STATE OR PROVINCE. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COUNTRY IN WHICH THE PRODUCT PURCHASE TOOK PLACE. APPLE, THE WARRANTOR UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, IS IDENTIFIED AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT ACCORDING TO THE COUNTRY OR REGION IN WHICH THE PRODUCT PURCHASE TOOK PLACE. WARRANTY Apples warranty obligations for this hardware product are limited to the terms set forth herein. Apple, as defined in the table below, warrants this Apple-branded hardware product against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of ONE (1) YEAR from the date of retail purchase by the original end-user purchaser

(Warranty Period). If a hardware defect arises and a valid claim is received within the Warranty Period, at its option and to the extent permitted by law, Apple will either (1) repair the hardware defect at no charge, using new parts or refurbished parts that are equivalent to new in performance and reliability, (2) exchange the product with a product that is new or refurbished that is equivalent to new in performance and reliability and is at least functionally equivalent to the original product, or (3) refund the purchase price of the product. Apple may request that you replace defective parts with user-installable new or refurbished parts that Apple provides in fulfillment of its warranty obligation. A replacement product or part, including a user-installable part that has been installed in accordance with instructions provided by Apple, assumes the remaining warranty of the original product or ninety (90) days from the date of replacement or repair, whichever provides longer coverage for you. When a product or part is exchanged, any replacement item becomes your property and the replaced item becomes Apples property. Parts provided by Apple in fulfillment of its warranty obligation must be used in products for which warranty service is claimed. When a refund is given, the product for which the refund is provided must be returned to Apple and becomes Apples property. EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS This Limited Warranty applies only to the hardware product manufactured by or for Apple that can be identified by the Apple trademark, trade name, or logo affixed to it. The Limited Warranty does not apply to any non-Apple hardware product or any software, even if packaged or sold with the Apple hardware. Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers, other than Apple, may provide their own warranties to the end user purchaser, but Apple, in so far as permitted by law, provides their products as is. Software distributed by Apple with or without the Apple brand name (including, but not limited to system software) is not covered under this Limited Warranty. Refer to the licensing agreement accompanying the software for details of your rights with respect to its use. Apple does not warrant that the operation of the product will be uninterrupted or error-free. Apple is not responsible for damage arising from failure to follow instructions relating to the products use. This warranty does not apply: (a) to consumable parts, such as batteries, or protective coatings designed to diminish over time unless failure has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (b) to cosmetic damage, including but not limited to scratches, dents, and broken plastic on ports; (c) to damage caused by use with non-Apple products; (d) to damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, liquid contact, fire, earthquake or other external causes; (e) to damage caused by operating the product outside the permitted or intended uses described by Apple; (f) to damage caused by service (including upgrades and expansions) performed by anyone who is not a representative of Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider (AASP); (g) to a product or part that has been modified to alter functionality or capability without the written permission of Apple;

(h) to defects caused by normal wear and tear or otherwise due to the normal aging of the product;

or (i) if any Apple serial number has been removed or defaced. Important:Do not open the hardware product. Opening the hardware product may cause damage that is not covered by this warranty. Only Apple or an AASP should perform service on this hardware product. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS WARRANTY AND THE REMEDIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, REMEDIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. AS PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, APPLE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL STATUTORY OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTIES AGAINST HIDDEN OR LATENT DEFECTS. IF APPLE CANNOT LAWFULLY DISCLAIM STATUTORY OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES THEN TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY AND TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SERVICE AS DETERMINED BY APPLE IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. No Apple reseller, agent, or employee is authorized to make any modification, extension, or addition to this warranty. If any term is held to be illegal or unenforceable, the legality or enforceability of the remaining terms shall not be affected or impaired. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, APPLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONDITION, OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF USE; LOSS OF REVENUE;

LOSS OF ACTUAL OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS

(INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS ON CONTRACTS);

LOSS OF THE USE OF MONEY; LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS; LOSS OF BUSINESS; LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY;

LOSS OF GOODWILL; LOSS OF REPUTATION; LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, COMPROMISE OR CORRUPTION OF DATA; OR ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE HOWSOEVER CAUSED INCLUDING THE REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY, ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING, PROGRAMMING OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA STORED IN OR USED WITH THE APPLE PRODUCT AND ANY FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF DATA STORED ON THE PRODUCT. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY CLAIMS, OR ANY STATUTORY LIABILITY FOR INTENTIONAL AND GROSS NEGLIGENT ACTS AND/OR OMISSIONS. APPLE DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION THAT IT WILL BE ABLE TO REPAIR ANY PRODUCT UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR MAKE A PRODUCT EXCHANGE WITHOUT RISK TO OR LOSS OF PROGRAMS OR DATA. OBTAINING WARRANTY SERVICEPlease access and review the online help resources described below before seeking warranty service. If the product is still not functioning properly after making use of these resources, please contact the Apple representatives or, if applicable, an Apple owned retail store (Apple Retail) or an AASP using the information provided below. When contacting Apple via telephone, other charges may apply depending on your location. When calling, an Apple representative or AASP will help determine whether your product requires service and, if it does, will inform you how Apple will provide it. You must assist in diagnosing issues with your product and follow Apples warranty processes. Apple may restrict service to the country where Apple or its Authorized Distributors originally sold the hardware product. Apple will provide warranty service either (i) at an Apple Retail or AASP location, where service is performed at the location, or the Apple Retail or AASP may send the product to an Apple repair service location for service, (ii) by sending you prepaid way bills (and if you no longer have the original packaging, Apple may send you packaging material) to enable you to ship the product to Apples repair service location for service, or (iii) by sending you user-installable new or refurbished replacement product or parts to enable you to service or exchange your own product

(DIY Service). Upon receipt of the replacement product or part, the original product or part becomes the property of Apple and you agree to follow instructions, including, if required, arranging the return of original product or part to Apple in a timely manner. When providing DIY Service requiring the return of the original product or part, Apple may require a credit card authorization as security for the retail price of the replacement product or part and applicable shipping costs. If you follow instructions, Apple will cancel the credit card authorization, so you will not be charged for the product or part and shipping costs. If you fail to return the replaced product or part as instructed or the replaced product or part is not eligible for warranty service, Apple will charge the credit card for the authorized amount. Service options, parts availability and response times may vary according to the country in which service is requested. Service options are subject to change at any time. You may be responsible for shipping and handling charges if the product cannot be serviced in the country in which service is requested. If you seek service in a country that is not the country of original purchase, you will RESOURCES A description of the following Apple resources is available online:

Support and Service Information Authorized Distributors www.apple.com/support/

country http://www.apple.com/lae/buy Apple Authorized Service Providers http://support.apple.com/

kb/HT1434 Apple Retail Store http://www.apple.com/retail/

storelist/

Apple Technical Support Numbers http://www.apple.com/

support/contact/phone_ contacts.html Apple Complimentary Support http://www.apple.com/

support/country/index. html?dest=complimentary Warranty Obligor Apple Inc., 1 Infinite Loop, Cupertino, CA 95014 iPad U.S. Warranty v2.0 comply with all applicable import and export laws and regulations and be responsible for all custom duties, V.A.T. and other associated taxes and charges. Where international service is available, Apple may repair or exchange defective products and parts with comparable products and parts that comply with local standards. In accordance with applicable law, Apple may require that you furnish proof of purchase details and/or comply with registration requirements before receiving warranty service. Resources with more details on this and other matters on obtaining warranty service are described below. PRIVACY Apple will maintain and use customer information in accordance with Apples Customer Privacy Policy available at www.apple.com/legal/warranty/privacy and Apples applicable legal obligations. BACKUP If your product is capable of storing software programs, data and other information, you should protect its contents against possible operational failures. Before you deliver your product for warranty service it is your responsibility to keep a separate backup copy of the contents, remove all personal information and data that you want to protect and disable any security passwords. THE CONTENTS OF YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE DELETED AND THE STORAGE MEDIA REFORMATTED IN THE COURSE OF WARRANTY SERVICE. Your product or a replacement product will be returned to you as your product was configured when originally purchased, subject to applicable updates. Apple may install system software updates as part of warranty service that will prevent the hardware from reverting to an earlier version of the system software. Third party applications installed on the hardware may not be compatible or work with the hardware as a result of the system software update. You will be responsible for reinstalling all other software programs, data and passwords. Recovery and reinstallation of software programs and user data are not covered under this Limited Warranty. 2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. iPad is a trademark of Apple Inc. Apple Store is a service mark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. 034-5941-A Printed in XXXX

 

 

iPad User Guide For iOS 4.3 Software Contents Chapter 1: At a Glance Overview Buttons 9 9 10 12 Micro-SIM Card Tray 13 Home Screen 17 Multi-Touch Screen 18 Onscreen Keyboard 23 Chapter 2: Getting Started 23 What You Need Setting Up iPad 24 Syncing with iTunes 24 Connecting to the Internet 29 Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts 31 33 Disconnecting iPad from Your Computer 33 33 35 Using and Cleaning iPad Viewing the User Guide on iPad Battery Printing Searching 36 Chapter 3: Basics 36 Using Apps 40 42 43 Using Bluetooth Devices File Sharing 44 45 Using AirPlay 46 Security Features 47 Chapter 4: Safari 47 About Safari Viewing Webpages 47 Searching the Web 50 Bookmarks 51 52 Web Clips 2 53 Chapter 5: Mail 53 About Mail 53 54 55 58 59 59 Organizing Email Setting Up Email Accounts Sending Email Checking and Reading Email Searching Email Printing Messages and Attachments 60 Chapter 6: Camera 60 About Camera 61 62 62 62 Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer Taking Photos and Recording Videos Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos Trimming Videos 63 Chapter 7: FaceTime 63 About FaceTime 64 65 Making a FaceTime Call 65 While Youre Talking Signing In 66 Chapter 8: Photo Booth 66 About Photo Booth

66 Taking a Photo 67 Viewing and Sharing Photos 67 68 Uploading Photos to Your Computer Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer Importing Photos and Videos from iPhone or a Digital Camera Viewing Photos and Videos Sharing Photos 69 Chapter 9: Photos 69 About Photos 69 70 70 73 75 Assigning a Photo to a Contact 75 75 Wallpaper and Lock Screen Photos 76 Using Picture Frame Printing Photos 77 Chapter 10: Videos 77 About Videos Playing Videos 78 Controlling Video Playback 78 Contents 3 Syncing Videos 79 80 Watching Rented Movies 80 Watching Videos on a TV 80 Deleting Videos from iPad Finding and Viewing Videos Controlling Video Playback 81 Chapter 11: YouTube 81 83 84 Managing Videos 84 Watching YouTube on a TV Syncing Calendars 85 Chapter 12: Calendar 85 About Calendar 85 86 Adding, Editing, and Deleting Calendar Events 86 88 88 89 90 90 Alerts Viewing Your Calendars Searching Calendars Subscribing to Calendars Responding to Meeting Invitations Importing Calendar Files from Mail 91 Chapter 13: Contacts About Contacts 91 Syncing and Adding Contacts 92 Searching Contacts 92 93 Managing Contacts 93 Using Contact Information 94 s 95 Chapter 14: Notes 95 Writing and Reading Notes 96 96 96 Searching Notes Emailing Notes Syncing Notes Finding and Viewing Locations 97 Chapter 15: Maps 97 About Maps 97 102 Getting Directions 103 s 103 Finding and Contacting Businesses 104 Sharing Location Information 4 Contents 105 Chapter 16: iPod 105 Adding Music and More to iPad 105 Playing Music and Other Audio 109 Using Playlists 112 Home Sharing 112 Transferring Content 113 Chapter 17: iTunes Store 113 About the iTunes Store 113 Transferring Content 114 Finding Music, Videos, and More 114 Following Artists and Friends 115 Purchasing Music or Audiobooks 116 Purchasing or Renting Videos 117 Listening to or Watching Podcasts 117 Checking Download Status 118 Syncing Content 118 Viewing Apple ID Information 118 Verifying Purchases 119 Chapter 18: App Store 119 About the App Store 120 Browsing and Searching 120 Getting More Information 121 Buying Apps 121 Using Apps 122 Updating Apps 122 Writing Reviews 123 Deleting Apps 123 Syncing Purchases 124 Chapter 19: iBooks 124 About iBooks 125 Syncing Books and PDFs 125 Using the iBookstore 126 Reading Books 127 Reading PDFs 127 Changing a Books Appearance 128 Searching Books and PDFs 128 d 128 Having a Book Read to You 128 Printing or Emailing a PDF 129 Organizing the Bookshelf Contents 5 130 Chapter 20: Game Center 130 About Game Center 130 Setting Up Game Center 132 Games 134 Friends 135 Your Status and Account Information 136 Parental Controls 137 Chapter 21: Accessibility 137 Universal Access Features 138 VoiceOver 148 Zoom 149 Large Text 149 White on Black 149 Mono Audio 149 Speak Auto-Text 150 Triple-Click Home 150 Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features 151 Chapter 22: Settings 151 About Settings 151 Airplane Mode 152 VPN 152 Wi-Fi 153 s 153 Location Services 154 Carrier 154 Cellular Data 154 Brightness & Wallpaper 155 Picture Frame 155 General 163 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 166 Safari iPod 168 168 Video 169 Photos 169 FaceTime 170 Notes 170 Store 171 Appendix A: iPad in the Enterprise 171 171 s iPad at Work 6 Contents 172 Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts 172 VPN Access 173 LDAP and CardDAV Accounts 174 Appendix B: International Keyboards 174 Adding Keyboards 174 Switching Keyboards 175 Chinese Japanese 177 177 Korean 177 Vietnamese 178 Creating Dictionaries iTunes and Syncing 179 Appendix C: Tips and Troubleshooting 179 Tips and Troubleshooting 180 181 Backing Up iPad 182 Updating and Restoring iPad Software 184 Safari, Mail, and Contacts 185 Sound, Music, and Video 187 FaceTime 188 188 Restarting and Resetting iPad 188 188 Safety, Service, and Support Information 189 Disposal and Recycling Information 189 Apple and the Environment iPad Still Doesnt Respond After Reset iTunes Store and App Store 190 Index Contents 7 At a Glance1Read this chapter to learn about iPad features, how to use the controls, and more.Overview9 Accessories

Item 10W USB power adapter Dock Connector to USB Cable What you can do with it Use the 10W USB power adapter to provide power to iPad and charge the battery. Use this cable to connect iPad to your computer to sync, or to the 10W USB power adapter to charge. Use the cable with the optional iPad Dock, or plug it directly into iPad. Buttons

Sleep/Wake Button You can lock iPad by putting it to sleep when youre not using it. When you lock iPad, nothing happens if you touch the screen, but music continues playing and you can use the volume buttons.

Lock iPad Unlock iPad

Turn iPad on Press the Sleep/Wake button. Press the Home then drag the slider. button or the Sleep/Wake button, Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button for a few seconds until the red slider appears, then drag the slider. Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. If you dont touch the screen for a minute or two, iPad locks automatically. To change this, see Auto-Lock on page 157. If you want to require a passcode to unlock iPad, see Passcode Lock on page 157. 10 Chapter 1 At a Glance You can use the iPad Smart Cover, available separately, to automatically unlock iPad 2 when you open the cover and lock iPad 2 when you close it. See iPad Cover Lock/Unlock on page 158. Volume Buttons

Increase the volume Decrease the volume Mute the sound

Press the Volume Up button. To set a volume limit for music and other media, in Settings, choose iPod > Volume Limit. Press the Volume Down button. Press and hold the Volume Down button to mute audio or video playback.

playback. See Sounds on page 156. You can also use the Side Switch to lock the screen rotation. In Settings, choose General > Use Side Switch, then tap Lock Rotation. See Side Switch on page 160. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Chapter 1 At a Glance 11 Micro-SIM Card Tray The micro-SIM card in some iPad Wi-Fi + 3G models is used for cellular data. Its also known as a third form factor (or 3FF) SIM. If your micro-SIM card wasnt preinstalled or if you change cellular data carriers, you may need to install or replace the micro-SIM card.

Open the SIM tray:

1

2 Pull out the SIM tray to install or replace the micro-SIM card. For more information, see Joining a Cellular Data Network on page 30. 12 Chapter 1 At a Glance Home Screen Press the Home iPad apps. Tap any icon to open the app. button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your Status Icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPad:

Status icon Airplane mode 3G EDGE GPRS Wi-Fi Activity VPN Lock What it means Shows that airplane mode is onyou cant access the Internet, or use Bluetooth devices. Non-wireless features are available. See Airplane Mode on page 151. Shows that your carriers 3G network (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G) is available, and you can connect to the Internet over 3G. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows that your carriers EDGE network (some iPad Wi-Fi

+ 3G models) is available, and you can connect to the Internet over EDGE. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows that your carriers GPRS network (some iPad Wi-Fi

+ 3G models) is available, and you can connect to the Internet over GPRS. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows that iPad has a Wi-Fi Internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows network and other activity. Some third-party apps may also use this icon to indicate an active process. Shows that youre connected to a network using VPN. See VPN on page 152. Shows that iPad is locked. See Sleep/Wake Button on page 10. Screen orientation lock Shows that the screen orientation is locked. See Viewing in Portrait or Landscape on page 16. Play Bluetooth Battery Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast is playing. See Playing Songs on page 105. White icon: Bluetooth is on and a device, such as a headset or keyboard, is connected. Gray icon: Bluetooth is on, but no device is connected. No icon: Shows the battery level or charging status. See Charging the Battery on page 33. Chapter 1 At a Glance 13 iPad Apps The following apps are included with iPad:

Browse websites on the Internet. Rotate iPad sideways for widescreen viewing. Double-

Open multiple pages. Sync bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites to your Photo Library. Print webpages using AirPrint. See Chapter 4, Safari, on page 47. Send and receive mail using many of the most popular email services, Microsoft Exchange, or most industry-standard POP3 and IMAP mail services. Send and save

messages and attachments using AirPrint. See Chapter 5, Mail, on page 53. Organize your favorite photos and videos into albums. Watch a slideshow. Zoom in for a closer look. Share photos and videos using mail or MobileMe (sold separately), or print photos using AirPrint. See Chapter 9, Photos, on page 69. Sync with your iTunes library and listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts on iPad. Create and manage playlists, or use Genius to create playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. Use Home Sharing to play music from your computer. Stream your music or videos wirelessly to an Apple TV or compatible audio system using AirPlay. See Chapter 16, iPod, on page 105. Keep your calendar current on iPad, or sync it with your Mac OS X or Windows calendar. Subscribe to others calendars. Sync over the Internet with Microsoft Exchange or CalDAV servers. See Chapter 12, Calendar, on page 85. Organize your address book and keep it up to date on iPad, or sync it with your Mac OS X or Windows address book. Sync wirelessly with MobileMe (sold separately), Google Contacts, Yahoo! Address Book, and Microsoft Exchange. See Chapter 13, Contacts, on page 91. Jot notes on the goreminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync notes to Mail or Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express. See Chapter 14, Notes, on page 95. See a classic, satellite, hybrid, or terrain view of locations around the world. Zoom in for a closer look, or check out Google Street View. Find your current location. Get detailed

Find businesses in the area. See Chapter 15, Maps, on page 97. Play movies, TV shows, podcasts, videos from your iTunes library or your movie collection. Buy or rent movies on iPad using the iTunes Store. Download video podcasts. See Chapter 10, Videos, on page 77. Play videos from YouTubes online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured, most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your YouTube accountthen rate videos, sync your favorites, show subscriptions, and more. See Chapter 11, YouTube, on page 81. Safari Mail Photos iPod Calendar Contacts Notes Maps Videos YouTube 14 Chapter 1 At a Glance Search the iTunes Store for music, audiobooks, TV shows, music videos, and movies. Browse, preview, purchase, and download new releases, top items, and more. Buy or rent movies and TV shows to view on iPad. Download podcasts. Read reviews, or write your own reviews for your favorite store items. See Chapter 17, iTunes Store, on page 113. Search the App Store for apps you can purchase or download. Read reviews, or write your own reviews for your favorite apps. Download and install the apps on your Home screen. See Chapter 18, App Store, on page 119. Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends. Invite a friend, or request a match with an opponent. Check player rankings on the leaderboards. Gain achievements for extra points. See Chapter 20, Game Center, on page 130. Make video calls to other FaceTime users over Wi-Fi. Use the front camera to talk face to face, or the back camera to share what you see. See Chapter 7, FaceTime, on page 63. Take photos and record videos. View them on iPad, email them, or upload them to your computer or the Internet. Tap to set the exposure. Trim and save video clips. Upload videos directly to YouTube or MobileMe. See Chapter 6, Camera, on page 60.

stretch, before you take a snapshot. Snapshots are saved in an album in the Photo app. See Chapter 8, Photo Booth, on page 66. Personalize your iPad settings in one convenient placenetwork, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Set up Picture Frame, mail accounts, contacts, and calendars. Manage your cellular data account (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G). Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. See Chapter 22, Settings, on page 151. iTunes App Store Game Center FaceTime Camera Photo Booth Settings Additionally, you can get the following apps from the App Store on iPad:

Download the free iBooks app from the App Store. Tap the store button and browse tens of thousands of ePub and PDF booksmany of them free. Print PDFs using AirPrint. Use bookmarks and highlights to save your place and note your favorite passages. See Chapter 19, iBooks, on page 124. Use Multi-Touch gestures to create and share documents on iPad. Develop letters,

computer. You can purchase the Pages app from the App Store. Develop spreadsheets with tables, charts, photos, and text. With a few taps, you can

or you can choose the Blank template to create a unique spreadsheet. You can purchase the Numbers app from the App Store. Choose from Keynote themes to create a presentation. Add photos and videos from the Photos app; organize data with tables and charts; and when your presentation is ready, use full-screen view to play it on iPad. Import Keynote presentations you create on your computer. You can purchase the Keynote app from the App Store. iBooks Pages Numbers Keynote Chapter 1 At a Glance 15 Note: App functionality and availability may vary depending on where you purchase and use iPad.Viewing in Portrait or LandscapeYou can view iPads built-in apps in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPad You may prefer landscape orientation for viewing webpages in Safari, for example, or when entering text. Webpages automatically scale to the wider screen, making the text and images larger. The onscreen keyboard also becomes larger, which may help increase your typing speed and accuracy. Lock the screen orientation if you want to keep the screen from rotating.Lock the screen in portrait or landscape orientation: Double-click the Home to lock the screen orientation.You can also set the Side Switch to lock the screen orientation instead of silencing 16Chapter 1 At a Glance Multi-Touch Screen The controls on the Multi-Touch screen change dynamically, depending on the task

Adjusting Brightness

button to view the Multitasking status bar. Flick from left to right, then drag the brightness slider.

See Brightness & Wallpaper on page 154. Using Lists Some lists have an index along the side to help you navigate quickly.

Find items in an indexed list:

Choose an item: Tap an item in the list.

open a new list, play a song, open an email message, or show someones contact information. Return to a previous list: Tap the back button in the upper-left corner. Chapter 1 At a Glance 17 Zooming In or OutWhen viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, you can zoom in and out. Pinch your quickly) to zoom in, then double-tap again to zoom out. For maps, double-tap to zoom Zoom is also an accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of any app youre using and helps you see whats on the display. See Zoom on page 148.Onscreen KeyboardThe onscreen keyboard appears automatically anytime you need to type. Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, and web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what youre typing, and learns as you use it.You can also use an Apple Wireless Keyboard to type. When you use an external keyboard, the onscreen keyboard doesnt appear. See Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard on page 20.TypingDepending on the app youre using, the intelligent keyboard may automatically suggest corrections as you type, to help prevent mistyped words.Enter text: 1 2 Tap keys on the keyboard.18Chapter 1 At a Glance

Backspace to delete the previous character Quickly type a period and space Type uppercase Turn caps lock on Show numbers, punctuation, or symbols Use an international keyboard Tap

. Double-tap the space bar.

Keyboard. Tap the Shift hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter. key before tapping a letter. Or touch and key. The Shift key turns blue, and Double-tap the Shift all letters you type are uppercase. Tap the Shift key to turn

Keyboard. Tap the Number additional punctuation and symbols. key. Tap the Symbol key to see key to display Touch and hold the Next Keyboard a menu of languages, then tap the language. See Appendix B, International Keyboards, on page 174. You can add or remove international keyboards in Settings > General > Keyboard. Type letters or symbols that arent on the keyboard Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. Hide the onscreen keyboard Tap the Keyboard key to hide the onscreen keyboard. Chapter 1 At a Glance 19 Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard For ease of typing, you can use an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPad. The Apple Wireless Keyboard connects using Bluetooth, so you must pair the keyboard with iPad. See Pairing Bluetooth Devices on page 43. Once the keyboard is paired with iPad, it connects whenever the keyboard is within range (up to 33 feet or 10 meters). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the

Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard: Hold down the Command key and tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the space bar again to choose a language. Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPad: Hold down the power button on the

iPad disconnects the keyboard when its out of range. Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPad: In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, tap next to the keyboard name, then tap Forget this Device.

B, International Keyboards, on page 174 and Keyboard Layouts on page 22. Dictionary For many languages, iPad has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate dictionary is activated automatically when you select a supported keyboard. To see a list of supported languages, from Settings, choose General > International >

Keyboards. iPad uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word youre typing. You dont need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word. 20 Chapter 1 At a Glance Accept or reject dictionary suggestions:

To reject the suggested word,

for the same word, iPad becomes more likely to accept your word.

To use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character. Reset dictionary suggestions: In Settings, choose General > Reset > Reset Keyboard Dictionary. This resets all the suggestions youve made to the dictionary.

In Settings, choose General > Keyboard, then turn

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then turn

Note: If youre entering Chinese or Japanese characters, tap one of the alternatives the dictionary suggests. EditingCut, Copy, and Paste The Multi-Touch screen makes it easy to make changes to text youve entered. An onscreen magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it. Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut, copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps. Position the insertion point: Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then drag to position the insertion point. Select text: Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to

word to select it. In read-only documents such as webpages, touch and hold a word to select it. Drag the grab points to select more or less text. Cut or copy text: Select text, then tap Cut or Copy. Chapter 1 At a Glance 21 Paste text: Tap the insertion point, then tap Paste to insert the last text that you cut or copied. Or, select text, then tap Paste to replace the text. Undo the last edit: Shake iPad, or tap undo on the keyboard. Keyboard Layouts You can use Settings to set the layouts for the onscreen software keyboard and for any hardware keyboards. Available layouts depend on the keyboard language. Select a keyboard layout: In Settings, choose General > Keyboard > International Keyboards, then select a keyboard. For each language, you can make separate selections for both the onscreen software keyboard and any external hardware keyboards. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPad screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple Wireless Keyboard connected to iPad. 22 Chapter 1 At a Glance Getting Started 2 Connect iPad to your computer and use iTunes to set up, register, and sync content. What You Need

WARNING: and safety information in the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad before using iPad. To use iPad, you need:

A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems:

Mac OS X version 10.5.8 or later Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional with Service Pack 3 or later

iTunes 10.2 or later, available at An Apple ID Broadband Internet access www.itunes.com/download 23 Setting Up iPadBefore you can use iPad, you must use iTunes to set it up. You can also register iPad and create an Apple ID (not available in some countries) if you dont already have one.Set up iPad: 1 Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download. 2 Connect iPad to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came with iPad. 3 Follow the onscreen instructions in iTunes to register iPad and sync iPad with music, video, and other content from your iTunes library, and with your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks on your computer.In the Set Up Your iPad screen, select Automatically sync contacts, calendars and bookmarks to have those items sync automatically when you connect iPad to your computer.Syncing with iTunesUse iTunes to sync your music, videos, downloaded apps, and other iTunes library content from your computer. You can also sync your contacts, calendars, and your browser bookmarks. iTunes lets you choose the content and information that you want to sync with iPad. By default, iTunes syncs automatically whenever you connect iPad to your computer. When you sync, you can also transfer information you create or purchase on iPad to your computer.Setting Up SyncingYou can set iTunes to sync the following:Music Movies TV Shows Games and apps downloaded from the App Store Music videos Podcasts 24Chapter 2 Getting Started

Books and audiobooks iTunes U collections Photos and videos (in your computers photo app or folder) Contactsnames, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more Calendarsappointments and events Notes Email account settings Webpage bookmarks

Sync your music, audiobooks, podcasts, iTunes U collections, videos, books, and apps from your iTunes library. If you dont already have content in iTunes, go to the iTunes Store (available in some countries) to preview and download content to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library from your CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on your computer. New entries or changes you make on iPad are synced to your computer, and vice versa. iTunes also lets you sync photos and videos, either from an application or from a folder. Email account settings are synced only one direction, from your computers email app

email account settings on your computer. Note: You can also set up email accounts directly on iPad. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31. iTunes Store and App Store purchases you make on iPad are synced with the iTunes library on your computer when you connect. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPad. Chapter 2 Getting Started 25 You can set iPad to sync only a portion of whats on your computer. For example, you might want to sync only certain music playlists, or only unwatched video podcasts. Important: You should log in to your own user account on your computer before connecting iPad. Set up iTunes syncing:

1 Connect iPad to your computer, and open iTunes (if it doesnt open automatically). 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 See the following section for a description of each pane. 4 Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen. By default, Open iTunes when this iPad is connected is selected. 26 Chapter 2 Getting Started iPad Settings Panes in iTunes The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPad settings panes. For more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Summary Pane Select Open iTunes when this iPad is attached to have iTunes open and sync iPad automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information about preventing automatic syncing, see Preventing Automatic Syncing on page 29. Select Sync only checked songs and videos if you want iTunes to skip unchecked items in your iTunes library when syncing.

and Video settings panes. Select Encrypt iPad backup if you want to encrypt the information stored on your computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are shown with a lock icon, and require a password to restore the information to iPad. See Updating and Restoring iPad Software on page 182.

see Universal Access Features on page 137. Info Pane

accounts, and web browser.

Contacts You can sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo!

Address Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Microsoft Outlook Express), Windows Vista Contacts, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with only one application at a time.)

new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after youve set up syncing. Calendars You can sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.)

Chapter 2 Getting Started 27

Mail Accounts You can sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 or Microsoft Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are only transferred from your computer to iPad. Changes you make to an email

Note: The password for your Yahoo! email account isnt saved on your computer, so it cant be synced and must be entered on iPad. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password. Other Sync bookmarks from Safari on a Mac, or from Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC. Sync notes in the Notes app on iPad with notes in Mail on a Mac or with Microsoft Outlook 2003 or 2007 on a PC. Advanced Select one or more of these options if your want to replace the information on iPad with the information on your computer during the next sync. Apps Pane Use the Apps pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPad Home screen, or copy documents between iPad and your computer. Select Automatically sync new apps to sync new apps to iPad that you downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPad, you can reinstall it from the Apps pane if it was previously synced. You can create documents on iPad, and then copy them to your computer. You can also copy documents from your computer to iPad, and use them with apps that

File Sharing on page 44. Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, and iTunes U Panes Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies, TV shows, podcasts, and iTunes U collections, or select the content you want on iPad. To watch rented movies in your iTunes library on iPad, transfer them to iPad using the Movies pane. Books Pane You can sync books youve downloaded from the iBookstore, and many free ePub books from other sources. You can also sync audiobooks, and if the book has more

28 Chapter 2 Getting Started Photos Pane You can sync photos and videos with iPhoto 6.0.6 or later, or Aperture 3.0.2 or later on a Mac; or with Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later on a PC. You can also sync photos and videos in any folder on your computer that contains images or videos. Preventing Automatic Syncing You can prevent iPad from syncing automatically when you connect iPad to a

Prevent automatic syncing for all iPads: In iTunes choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC), click Devices, then select Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing automatically. If this checkbox is selected, iPad wont sync automatically, even if Open iTunes when this iPad is connected is selected in the Summary pane. Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings: Open iTunes, connect iPad to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac) or Shift-Control (on a PC) until iPad appears in the sidebar. Sync manually: In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar, then click Sync in the lower-right corner of the window. Or, if youve changed any sync settings, click Apply. Connecting to the Internet

iPad connects to the Internet automatically whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, the App Store, or the iTunes Store. iPad connects to the Internet using a Wi-Fi network. iPad Wi-Fi + 3G can also connect to the Internet using a cellular data network. Data service is sold separately. Joining a Wi-Fi Network

Turn on Wi-Fi: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPad detects

If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear with a lock

last used. icon). When iPad has a Wi-Fi connection, the Wi-Fi connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the connection. icon in the status bar shows the

Wi-Fi on page 152. Chapter 2 Getting Started 29 Joining a Cellular Data Network

cellular data plan with an iPad service carrier in your area. With some carriers, you can choose a data plan, track your data usage, and change or cancel your plan on iPad. On some models, 3G, EDGE, and GPRS provide Internet connectivity over the cellular network available through your carriers wireless service. Check the carriers network coverage in your area for availability.

), EDGE ( ), or GPRS ( ) icon in the status bar. If iPad is connected to the Internet using the cellular data network, you see the 3G (

Turn Data Roaming on: If youre outside your carriers network, you may be able to use a cellular data network from another carrier. In Settings, choose Cellular Data and turn Data Roaming on. Important: Roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, make sure

Monitor your cellular data network usage: In Settings, choose Cellular Data >

View Account. Set up a cellular data plan on iPad: From the iPad Home screen, tap Settings and choose Cellular Data. Tap View Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. Cellular data settings may vary depending on the carrier. iPad is unlocked, so you can choose your preferred carrier. Cellular data settings vary, depending on the carrier. If your iPad Wi-Fi + 3G didnt come with a micro-SIM card, contact your carrier to set up an account and obtain a compatible micro-SIM card.

Internet Access on an Airplane

with airline regulations. In some regions, where allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn on Wi-Fi while airplane mode is on, to:

Send and receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts and calendars over the air Stream YouTube videos Purchase music and apps For more information, see Airplane Mode on page 151. 30 Chapter 2 Getting Started Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts iPad works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you dont already have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com, www.google.com, or www.aol.com. To try a free MobileMe trial, go to www.apple.com/mobileme. For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts on page 172. Setting Up MobileMe Accounts To use MobileMe on iPad, you can set up a MobileMe Free Account or a MobileMe Paid Subscription. A MobileMe Free Account lets you use Find My iPada feature that helps you locate iPad if its been lost or stolen, and protect the information on it (not available in all countries or regions). See Security Features on page 46. A MobileMe Free Account is available to any customer who has an iPad with iOS 4.2 or later. If youve already created an Apple ID for the App Store or Game Center, you can use the same Apple ID to set up your MobileMe account. Create a new account if you dont already have one. Set up a MobileMe Free Account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or tap Create Free Apple ID. 4 Follow the onscreen instructions. Verify your email address if required. 5 Set up a MobileMe Paid Subscription:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or chose to create a new account. 4 Turn on the services you want to use on iPad. A MobileMe Paid Subscription lets you use Find My iPad, plus the following features:

Mail account at me.com Over-the-air contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes syncing MobileMe Gallery for sharing photos and videos

Chapter 2 Getting Started 31 You can try out these features with a 60-day free trial at www.apple.com/mobileme. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPad to your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. You can set up multiple MobileMe accounts; however, only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPad and for syncing contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes. To use Gallery, iDisk, and Find My iPad on iPad, download the free MobileMe Gallery, MobileMe iDisk, and Find My iPhone apps from the App Store. Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPad enters most of the settings for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you want to use with iPad. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Set up an account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL. 3 Enter your name, email address, password, and a description. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPad. Available items depend on the service provider. Setting Up Other Accounts Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts

(such as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or system administrator to get the account settings you need. Set up an account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Other. 3 Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars). 4 Enter your account information and tap Save. 32 Chapter 2 Getting Started Disconnecting iPad from Your Computer Unless iPad is syncing with your computer, you can disconnect it at any time. When iPad is syncing with your computer, the iPad Home screen shows Sync in

Cancel a sync: Drag the slider on iPad. Viewing the User Guide on iPad The iPad User Guide can be viewed on iPad in Safari, or by installing the free iBooks app and downloading the guide from the iBookstore. View the user guide in Safari: In Safari, tap Or go to http://help.apple.com/ipad. Add an icon for the user guide to the Home screen: Tap Home Screen.

, then tap Add to

, then tap the iPad User Guide bookmark. View the user guide in iBooks 1 If you havent installed iBooks, open App Store, search for iBooks, then tap it in the results list. Tap Free, then tap Install. 2 Open iBooks and tap Store. 3 Search for iPad User Guide and tap the user guide in the results list. 4 Tap Free, then tap Get Book. For more information about iBooks, see Chapter 19, iBooks, on page 124. Battery iPad has an internal rechargeable battery. The battery isnt user accessible and should only be replaced by an Apple Authorized Service Provider. For more information about iPad batteries, go to www.apple.com/batteries/ipad.html. Charging the Battery WARNING: For important safety information about charging iPad, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. The battery icon in the upper-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status.

Chapter 2 Getting Started 33 Charge the battery: The best way to charge the iPad battery is to connect iPad to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and 10W USB power adapter. When you connect iPad to a USB 2.0 port on a Mac with the Dock Connector to USB Cable, iPad may charge slowly while syncing.Important: The iPad battery may drain instead of charge if iPad is connected to a PC, USB port on a keyboard.If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. To charge iPad, disconnect it from your computer and connect it to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and 10W USB Power Adapter.Important: If iPad is very low on power, it may display one of the following images, indicating that iPad needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes before one of the low-battery images appears.Maximizing Battery LifeiPad uses a lithium-ion battery. For information about maximizing the battery life of iPad, go to www.apple.com/batteries/ipad.html.Replacing the BatteryRechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually need to be replaced. The iPad battery isnt user replaceable; it can be replaced only by an Apple Authorized Service Provider (AASP). AASPs also recycle iPad batteries according to local laws and regulations. For information, go to www.apple.com/batteries/replacements.html.34Chapter 2 Getting Started Using and Cleaning iPad Handle iPad with care to maintain its appearance. If youre concerned about scratching or abrasion of the screen, you can use a case or a cover, sold separately. Using iPad Comfortably

breaks. Use your lap, or a table, case, or dock accessory, to support iPad during use. Cleaning iPad

button, then slide the onscreen slider). Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use window cleaners, household cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPad. The iPad screen has an oleophobic coating; simply wipe the screen with a soft, lint-free cloth to remove oil left by your hands. The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and rubbing the screen with an abrasive material will further diminish

For more information about handling iPad, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Chapter 2 Getting Started 35 Basics 3

and more. Using Apps

iPad apps. Open an app by tapping its icon. You can switch between apps, rearrange apps, and organize them into folders. Opening and Switching Apps Open an app: Tap its icon on the Home screen. button. Return to the Home screen: Press the Home Multitasking allows certain apps to run in the background, so you can quickly switch between the apps youre using. View the most recently used apps: Double-click the Home button. The most recently used apps appear in the recents list at the bottom of the screen. Flick left to see more apps. 36

. Remove an app from the recents list: Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to

The app is added to the recents list again the next time you open it. Lock the screen orientation or use the iPod controls: Double-click the Home button,

The screen orientation lock, brightness slider, and iPod controls appear.

Delete an app from the Home screen: an to delete the app. appears. Tap Important: Deleting an app from iPad also deletes the documents and data created by the app. Scrolling Drag up or down to scroll. You can also scroll sideways in apps such as Safari, Photos, and Maps.

Chapter 3 Basics 37 Swipe to scroll quickly.You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen to stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling doesnt choose or activate anything on the screen.To quickly scroll to the top of a list, webpage, or email message, tap the status bar at the top of the screen.Rearranging App IconsYou can customize the layout of app icons on the Home screenincluding the icons in the Dock along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home screens.Rearrange icons: 1 2 Arrange the icons by dragging them. 3 Press the Home button to save your arrangement.You can also rearrange the icons on the Home screen, as well as the order of the screens, when you connect iPad to your computer. Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, then click the Apps tab.38Chapter 3 Basics Create additional Home screens: While arranging icons, drag an icon to the right edge of the screen until a new screen appears. You can return to a previous screen and drag more icons to the new screen.You can have up to 11 screens. The dots above the Dock show the number of screens you have, and which screen youre viewing.Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots.Press the Home button.Reset the Home screen to its original layout: Choose Settings > General > Reset, then tap Reset Home Screen Layout.Organizing with FoldersFolders let you organize icons on the Home screen. You can put up to 20 icons in a folder. iPad automatically names a folder when you create it, based on the icons you use to create the folder, but you can change the name. Rearrange folders by dragging them on the Home screen or by moving them to a new Home screen or to the Dock.Create a folder: then drag the icon onto another icon.iPad creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folders name. You can also create iPad folders using iTunes.Create a folder using iTunes: With iPad connected to your computer, select iPad in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home screen near the top of the window, drag an app onto another.39Chapter 3 Basics Add an icon to a folder While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the folder. Remove an icon from a folder Open a folder Close a folder Delete a folder Rename a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then drag the icon out of the folder. Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to open that app. Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button. Remove all icons from the folder. The folder is deleted automatically when empty. While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then tap the name at the top and use the keyboard to enter a new name. Press the Home button to save your changes.

your changes. button to save Many apps, such as Mail and the App Store, display a badge on their Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or an exclamation mark (to indicate a problem). If the app is in a folder, the badge appears on the folder as well. A numbered badge shows the total number of items you havent attended to, such as incoming email messages and updated apps to download. An alert badge indicates a problem with the app. Printing AirPrint lets you print wirelessly to AirPrint-enabled printers. You can print from the following iPad apps:

Mailemail messages and viewable attachments Photosphotos

Other apps available from the App Store may also support AirPrint.

connected to the same Wi-Fi network as iPad. If youre not sure whether your printer is AirPrint-enabled, refer to its documentation. For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4356. 40 Chapter 3 Basics Printing a Document

be connected to the same wireless network as the AirPrint printer. Print a document:

or

(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. 1 Tap 2 Tap Select Printer to select a printer. 3 Set printer options, such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Some apps also let you set a range of pages to print. 4 Tap Print. If you double-click the Home button while a document is printing, the Print Center app appears as the most recent app. A badge on the icon shows how many documents are ready to print, including the currently printing document. Chapter 3 Basics 41 Get the status of a print job: Double-click the Home button, tap the Print Center icon,

Cancel a print job: Double-click the Home button, tap the Print Center icon, select the

Searching You can search iPads built-in apps, including Mail, Calendar, iPod, Video, Notes, and Contacts. Search an individual app, or search all the apps at once using Spotlight. 42 Chapter 3 Basics Go to Spotlight: button. On the Spotlight page, you can press the Home button to return to the main Home screen. Search iPad: appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Tap an item in the results list to open it. Icons to the left of the search results let you know which app the results are from. At the top of the list, iPad shows your top hits based on previous searches. At the bottom of the list, the search results also include options to search the web or search Wikipedia. App Contacts Mail Calendar iPod Notes Whats searched First, last, and company names

messages isnt searched) Event titles, invitees, and locations Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and the titles of podcasts and audiobooks Text of notes Spotlight also searches the names of built-in and installed apps on iPad. If you have a lot of apps, you can use Spotlight to locate and open them. Open an app from Spotlight: Enter the app name, then tap to open the app. You can choose which apps are searched and the order in which theyre searched. In Settings, choose General > Spotlight Search. Using Bluetooth Devices You can use iPad with the Apple Wireless Keyboard and other Bluetooth devices,

support.apple.com/kb/HT3647. Pairing Bluetooth Devices

before you can use them. Pair a Bluetooth device with iPad:

1 Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable. 2 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, and turn Bluetooth on. Chapter 3 Basics 43 3 Select the device and, if prompted, enter the passkey or PIN number. See the instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device. Note: Before you pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard, press the power button to turn the keyboard on. You can pair only one Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPad at a time. To

After you pair the keyboard with iPad, the product name and a Bluetooth appear on the screen. After you pair headphones with iPad, the product name and a Bluetooth audio appear on the screen when youre viewing audio or video playback controls. Tap

icon to icon

Bluetooth Status The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPad status bar at the top of the screen:

(white): Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPad.

(gray): Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If youve paired a device with

No Bluetooth icon: Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPad

Unpair a Bluetooth device:

1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then turn Bluetooth on. 2 Choose the device, then tap Forget this Device. File Sharing

created with a compatible app and saved in a supported format.

app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPad. See the apps documentation

44 Chapter 3 Basics

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left. 4 destination on your computer.

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, click Add. 4

Using AirPlay You can wirelessly stream music, photos, and video to your HDTV and speakers using AirPlay and Apple TV. You can also use AirPlay to stream audio to an Airport Express or AirPort Extreme base station. Other AirPlay-enabled receivers are available from third-parties, see the Apple Store for details. Start streaming to an AirPlay-enabled device:

1 Make sure iPad and the device (such as an Apple TV) are connected to the same Wi-Fi network. 2 Start the video, slideshow, or music, then tap and choose the AirPlay device you want to use. Some devices may ask for a passcode. Once streaming starts, you can exit the app. Stop steaming to an AirPlay-enabled device:

1 Open the app (such as Videos) that youre streaming from. 2 Tap and choose iPad from the list. For troubleshooting help, see No Video or Sound when Using AirPlay on page 186. Chapter 3 Basics 45 Security Features Security features help protect the information on iPad from being accessed by others. Passcodes and Data Protection For security, you can set up a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPad. Set a passcode: Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock > Turn Passcode On. Enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter it again to verify it. iPad will require you to enter the passcode to unlock it, or to display the passcode lock settings. Setting a passcode turns on data protection, which uses the passcode as the key for encrypting mail messages and attachments stored on iPad. (Data protection may also be used by some apps available in the App Store.) A notice at the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings shows that data protection is enabled.

robust passcode that has a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. For more information, see Passcode Lock on page 157. Find My iPad Find My iPad may help you locate a lost or misplaced iPad using another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with the free Find My iPhone app, or a Mac or PC with a web browser. Find My iPad includes:

Find: Locates your iPad on a full-screen map on your computer

Display a Message or Play a Sound: Lets you specify a message to display or a sound to play on your iPad

Remote Passcode Lock: Lets you remotely lock your iPad and create a 4-digit passcode, if you havent set one previously

Remote Wipe: Erases all the information and media on your iPad and restores iPad to its original factory settings Use Find My iPad: Turn on Find My iPad in your MobileMe account settings. See Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 31. Locate your missing iPad: Download and use the free Find My iPhone app from the

me.com in a web browser on a Mac or PC. Note: Find My iPad requires a MobileMe account. MobileMe is an online service that provides Find My iPad free to iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch 4th generation customers. MobileMe provides additional features with a paid subscription. MobileMe may not be available in all countries or regions. For more information, go to www.apple.com/mobileme. 46 Chapter 3 Basics Safari4About SafariUse Safari on iPad to browse the web and visit your favorite sites. Use AirPrint to print webpages and PDFs. Open multiple pages and add web clips to the Home screen for quick access. Create bookmarks on iPad and sync them with your computer.To use Safari, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29.Viewing WebpagesYou can view webpages in portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPad and the 47 Opening Webpages Open a webpage:

As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked pages or recent pages youve opened. Tap an address to go to that page. Keep typing if you want to enter a web address thats not in the list.

. Zooming and Scrolling Zoom in or out: Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out. Scroll around a webpage Scroll within a frame on a webpage Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling, you can touch and drag anywhere on the page without activating any links.

entire webpage. Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage Tap the status bar at the top of the iPad screen. 48 Chapter 4 Safari Navigating Webpages

Follow a link on a webpage: Tap the link. Links on iPad can also display a location in Maps or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link opens another app, double-click the Home button and tap Safari. See a links destination address Touch and hold the link. The address appears in

link in the active page, open it in a new page, or copy the address. Stop a webpage from loading Reload a webpage Tap Tap

. Return to the previous or next page Tap or at the top of the screen. Bookmark a page Add a web clip of a page to the Home screen Return to a recently viewed page Tap Tap and tap Bookmark. and tap Add to Home Screen. and tap History. To clear the history list, Tap tap Clear. Send a webpage address in email Tap and tap Mail Link to this Page. Save an image or photo to your Photo Library Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image. Opening Multiple Pages You can open up to nine pages at a time. Some links automatically open a new page instead of replacing the current one. Open a new page: Tap

Tap

, then tap the page you want to view.

, then tap New Page. Close a page: Tap and tap

. Chapter 4 Safari 49 Entering Text and Filling Out Forms

information from Contacts. Bring up the keyboard

Submit a form

buttons above the onscreen keyboard.

pages also have a link you can tap to submit the form. Close the keyboard without submitting the form Tap the Keyboard keyboard. key to hide the onscreen

In Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:

To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and select the contact you want to use.

To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you

To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.

Use AirPrint to print webpages and PDFs from Safari. Print a webpage or PDF: Tap Printer to select a printer and set the printer options. Then tap Print. at the top of the screen, then tap Print. Tap Select For more information about printing from iPad, see Printing on page 40. Searching the Web

As you type, suggested and recent searches appear. Search the web:

1 2 Type a word or phrase that describes what youre looking for, and then tap Search. 3 Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage. 50 Chapter 4 Safari

 

 

Map Views You can choose classic, satellite, hybrid, or terrain view. You can also see a location in street view, when available. Change the view: Tap or drag the bottom-right corner of the screen, then tap Classic, Satellite, Hybrid, or Terrain. See a street view: Tap a drop pin, then tap

right, to pan through the 360 panoramic view. The inset in the lower-right corner shows your current view. Tap an arrow to move down the street. Street view isnt available in all areas. To return to map view, tap the inset.

Chapter 15 Maps 101 Getting Directions You can get step-by-step driving, public transit, or walking directions. Get directions:

1 Tap Directions. 2 Normally, iPad starts with your current location (if available). If an address is in your contacts list, tap To Here or Directions From Here. Tap to reverse the directions.

, choose the contact, and tap Directions 3 Select directions for driving (

), public transit (

), or walking (

) at the bottom of the screen. The available travel options depend on the route. 4 Do one of the following:

To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, and then tap to see the next leg of the trip. Tap to go back.

To view the directions in a list, tap Start, and then tap

. Tap any item in the list to see a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the overview screen.

points to it, tapping

, then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here. Get reverse directions: Tap See recently viewed directions: Tap See driving or walking directions: Tap

to switch the start and end points. or

. If youre driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear onscreen.

See public transit directions: Tap

to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for the trip. Tap Tap Start, then tap to see the Route Overview screen. From there, you see the estimated arrival time, total fare, information about each leg of the trip, and the mode of transportationincluding where you need to walk. 102 Chapter 15 Maps

the map.

Tap or drag the bottom-right corner of the screen,

not available in all areas. Finding and Contacting Businesses Find businesses in an area:

1 Find a locationfor example, a city or a street addressor scroll to a location on the map. 2 Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and then type movies and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city. Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description.

Type things like:

restaurants san francisco ca apple inc new york Chapter 15 Maps 103 Contact a business or get directions: Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap next to the name. From there, you can do the following:

Tap Home Page to visit the website, or Email to send an email. Tap Add to Contacts, and then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Share the location of the business by email. Tap

See a list of businesses found in the search: Tap Choose a business from the Results list to see its location. Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap next to the business to see its information. to see a street view.

Sharing Location Information You can add a location to your contacts. You can also send links to a map location in email. Add a location to your contacts list: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, tap Add to Contacts, and then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Email a link to a map location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap and then tap Share Location.

, 104 Chapter 15 Maps iPod 16 Adding Music and More to iPad Browse your music collection by song, artist, album, genre, or composer. Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create and manage playlists, or use Genius to create playlists for you. Stream your music, podcasts, or audiobooks wirelessly to an Apple TV using AirPlay. There are two ways to get music and other content onto iPad:

Transfer content by syncing it from iTunes on your computer. You can sync all of

Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Use the iTunes Store on iPad to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows, movies, music videos, and audiobooks. You can also stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a link to get more episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 17, iTunes Store, on page 113.

Playing Music and Other Audio Listen to audio using the built-in speaker. You can also attach wired headphones to the headphones port, or pair wireless Bluetooth headphones. Sound doesnt come out of the speaker when you attach or pair headphones. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Playing Songs Browse your collection: Tap Music, Podcasts, Audiobooks, iTunes U, or Purchased. At the bottom of the screen, tap Songs, Artists, Albums, Genres, or Composers to browse. 105 Browse Genius playlists or Genius Mixes: Tap Genius or Genius Mixes. If Genius doesnt appear, you may need to turn on Genius in iTunes, then sync iPad. See Making Genius Playlists on page 110. Play a song: Tap the song. Controlling Song Playback When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears. Pause a song Resume playback Raise or lower the volume Restart a song or a chapter in an audiobook or podcast Skip to the next song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast Go to the previous song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast Rewind or fast-forward Tap Tap

. Drag the onscreen volume slider or use the iPad volume buttons. Tap Tap

. Tap twice. Touch and hold or the longer you hold the control, the faster the song rewinds or fast-forwards. View album art full-size Tap the album cover when playing a song. You can display playback controls when youre listening to music and using another appor even when iPad is locked. 106 Chapter 16 iPod Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen: Double-

click the Home After using the controls, tap iPod to go your iPod library or click the Home return to the app you were using. button to If iPad is locked, the controls appear at the top of the screen and then disappear after

Additional Song Controls From the Now Playing screen, tap the album cover to see the controls. The repeat elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number.

controls appear along with the scrubber bar. You can see Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar to skip to any point in the song. You can

the playhead along the scrubber bar. The scrub rate becomes slower the farther down

Set iPad to repeat songs Skip to any point in a song

Tap

. Tap current song. again to set iPad to repeat only the

= iPad is set to repeat all songs in the current album or list.

= iPad is set to repeat the current song over and over.

= iPad isnt set to repeat songs. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide your

Tap songs in order. again to set iPad to play

= iPad is set to play songs in order. Chapter 16 iPod 107

album, or other list of songs From the Now Playing screen, tap the album art to show the song controls onscreen. Tap at the bottom of the

at the top of the list of songs.

the top of a list of songs, iPad plays the songs from that list in random order. Play music on an AirPlay sound system or Apple TV and choose a sound system. If Tap or if you dont see the AirPlay system youre looking for, make sure its on the same wireless network. doesnt appear Switch from AirPlay back to iPad Tap and choose iPad from the list. Podcast and Audiobook Controls From the Now Playing screen, tap the podcast or audiobook cover to see the controls. The email control and playback speed control appear along with the scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or chapter number. The scrubber bar lets you skip to any point in the podcast or audiobook.

. Send an email link to this podcast: Tap Skip to any point:

Change the playback speed: Tap

= Play at normal speed

= Play at double speed

= Play at half speed to change the speed.

The 30-second repeat control and track list control appear at the bottom of the screen. Play back the last 30 seconds: Tap

. 108 Chapter 16 iPod See other podcasts in a series or chapters in an audiobook: Tap audiobook thumbnail to return to the Now Playing screen. Tap the podcast or

. Tap a track to play it. Tap the album thumbnail to return to the Now Viewing All Tracks on an Album See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song: On the Now Playing screen, tap Playing screen. In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create smart playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest rated songs. Rate a song:

Searching Music You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other content youve synced to iPad. Search music, podcasts, audiobooks, or other content in your library: Enter text in the

Search results appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. You can also use Spotlight to search for music. See Spotlight Search on page 157. Using Playlists A playlist is a custom compilation of songs. You might want to create a playlist for a

playlists on iPadstandard playlists, Genius playlists, and Genius Mixes. Creating Playlists You can make playlists from the music, podcasts, or audiobooks in your iPod library. Make a standard playlist:

at the bottom of the screen. 1 Tap iPod, then tap 2 Enter a name for the playlist, then tap Save. 3 Tap

tap Sources to browse for selections. 4 Chapter 16 iPod 109 You can also make playlists from other categories in your iPod library, such as podcasts or audiobooks. When you make a playlist on iPad, the playlist is also saved in the iTunes library on your computer the next time you sync. Edit a playlist: Tap the playlist, tap Edit, then do one of the following:

To move a selection higher or lower in the list, drag

To delete a selection, tap next to the selection, then tap Delete. Deleting a song next to the selection. from a playlist doesnt delete it from iPad.

To add more songs, tap Add Songs, tap Clear a playlist: Tap the playlist, tap Edit, then tap

. next to the selection, then tap Done. Making Genius Playlists

collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your library. You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPad. You can also create and save Genius playlists on iPad.

Genius is a free service, but requires an Apple ID. 110 Chapter 16 iPod Make a Genius playlist on iPad:

, then tap New. 1 Tap 2 Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist of similar songs. You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song youre playing. From the Now Playing screen, tap the album cover to display additional controls, then tap Save a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Genius with the title of the song you picked. You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius playlist created on iPad, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect. Refresh a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Refresh.

with the song you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and synced to iPad, or created on iPad. Create a Genius playlist from a new song: In the playlist, tap New, then pick a new song. Delete a saved Genius playlist: Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete. Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you wont be able to delete it directly from iPad. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or delete the playlist. Playing Genius Mixes

that genre or format. Genius Mixes are recreated each time you listen to them, so theyre always new and fresh.

your iPad library. For example, you may have Genius Mixes that highlight Classical, Jazz, or Alternative Rock songs. Browse Genius Mixes: On the left side of the iPod window (below Genius), tap Genius Mixes. Play a Genius Mix: Tap the mix. Chapter 16 iPod 111 Home Sharing Home Sharing lets you play music, movies, and TV shows on iPad from the iTunes library on your Mac or PC. Note: Booklets, albums, LPs, and other bonus content cant be shared. iPad and your computer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. iTunes on your computer must be open, with Home Sharing turned on and logged in to the same Apple account as Home Sharing on iPad. Turn on Home Sharing in iTunes: On your computer, open iTunes and choose Advanced > Turn On Home Sharing. Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Create Home Share. Play music or video on iPad from your iTunes library:

1 In Settings, choose iPod then, under Home Sharing, enter the same Apple ID and password you used when turning on Home Sharing in iTunes. 2 In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose your iTunes library. The Playlists, Artists, Songs, and other tabs in iPod now show the content of your iTunes library, instead of your iPad content. Return to the content on your iPad: In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose iPad at the top of the list. Transferring Content You can transfer purchases you make on iPad to a computer thats authorized to play content from your Apple ID. To authorize the computer, open iTunes on the computer and choose Store > Authorize This Computer. Transfer purchased content: Connect iPad to your computer. iTunes asks if you want to transfer purchased content. 112 Chapter 16 iPod iTunes Store 17 About the iTunes Store Use the iTunes Store to add content to your iPad. You can browse and purchase music and TV shows, buy and rent movies, or download and play podcasts or iTunes U collections.

access the iTunes Store, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Note: The iTunes Store is not available in all regions, and iTunes Store content may vary across regions. Transferring Content You can transfer purchases you make on iPad to a computer authorized to play content from your Apple ID. Authorize a computer: Open iTunes on the computer, then choose Store >

Authorize Computer. Transfer purchased content: you want to transfer purchased content. 113 Finding Music, Videos, and More Browse content: At the top of the screen, browse by Genres, Featured, Top Charts, or Genius. At the bottom of the screen, tap Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, Audiobooks, iTunes U, or Downloads. Search for content: onscreen keyboard to enter one or more words. Tap Search on the keyboard. Search results are grouped by category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts. Tap an item to see more information. You can read reviews, write your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item, you can also buy, download, or rent it. Following Artists and Friends Use iTunes Ping to connect with the worlds music fans. Follow favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an insiders perspective

friends comments about the music theyre listening to, and see what theyre buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Express your musical likes and post comments for your own followers.

Open the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions. 114 Chapter 17 iTunes Store

Explore iTunes Ping on your iPad: if Ping isnt visible), and then:

Tap Activity to see the latest from the people you follow. Updates include purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts. Tap People to see who youre following and whos following you, and to search for artists or friends.

Follow an artist:

By searching: page, then tap Search. Tap the artists name in the list of results, then tap Follow.

While browsing: Follow a friend: using iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can follow friends using Ping on iPad.

By searching: Search. Tap your friends name in the list of matches, then tap Follow.

While exploring Ping: Tap a persons name, then tap Follow.

choose to approve or decline follow requests as they arrive, or simply accept all new followers without review. Share your thoughts: As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a

their iTunes Ping Activity feed. Share concert plans: performances by the artists you follow, and to see which of your friends are going to a show. Tap Tickets to buy your own ticket, or tap Im Going to let others know youll be there too. (Not available in all countries or regions.) Purchasing Music or Audiobooks

purchase and download it to iPad. You can also preview it to make sure its what you want. To make purchases or write reviews, you need an Apple ID. iPad gets your account settings from iTunes when you sync. If you dont have an Apple ID, or if you want to

You dont need an Apple ID to play or download podcasts or iTunes U classes. Preview a song: Tap the number in the column, then tap Preview an audiobook: Tap the item. Chapter 17 iTunes Store 115 Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook:

1 Tap the price and tap Buy. 2 Sign in using your Apple ID if requested, then tap OK. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Purchases are charged to your Apple ID. If you make additional purchases within

An alert appears if you previously purchased one or more songs from an album. Tap Buy if you want to purchase the entire album including the songs you already purchased, or tap Cancel if you want to purchase any remaining songs individually. Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading. See Checking Download Status on page 117. Purchased songs are added to the Purchased playlist on iPad (iPod > Purchased). If you delete the Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes Store.

make purchases. When you sign in to your account, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Music, scroll to the bottom of the screen, tap Redeem, and follow the onscreen instructions. Purchasing or Renting Videos

purchase and download it to iPad. You can purchase movies and TV shows in standard

Preview a video: Tap Preview. Purchase or rent a video:

1 Tap Buy or Rent. 2 Sign in using your Apple ID if requested, then tap OK. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the

Once you purchase an item it begins downloading. Rented movies wont begin playing until the download completes. See Checking Download Status on page 117. Purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist on iPad (iPod > Purchased). If you delete the Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one the next time you buy an item from the iTunes Store. Purchased videos also appear in the Video app. 116 Chapter 17 iTunes Store

purchases. When youre signed in using your Apple ID, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Music, then tap Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions. Listening to or Watching Podcasts You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts on iPad. You can also download podcasts to iPad, and sync them to the iTunes library on your computer when you connect. Tap Podcasts at the bottom of the iTunes Store screen. Browse by Featured or Top Charts. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. The icon indicates video podcasts. Listen to a podcast: Tap the podcast title. Download a podcast: Tap the Free button, then tap Get Episode. Downloaded podcasts appear in the Podcasts list in iPod. Listen to or watch a podcast you downloaded: In iPod, tap Podcasts, then tap the podcast. Video podcasts also appear in the Video app. Get more episodes of the podcast you downloaded: In the Podcasts list in iPod, tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes. Delete a podcast: In the Podcasts list in iPod, swipe left or right on the podcast, then tap Delete. Checking Download Status You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled downloads, including purchases youve pre-ordered. See the status of items being downloaded: Tap Downloads. To pause a download, tap . If a download is paused or interrupted, iPad starts the download again the next time it connects to the Internet. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer has an Internet connection and is signed in using the same Apple ID). See the status of pre-ordered items: Tap Downloads. Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the date the item is released. Tap the item for release date information. Once the item is available for download, a download appears next to the download. Download a pre-ordered item: Tap the item, then tap icon

. Chapter 17 iTunes Store 117 Pre-ordered items arent downloaded automatically when theyre released. Return to the Downloads screen to begin the download. Some albums include bonus content, which is downloaded to your iTunes library on your computer. Not all bonus content is downloaded directly to iPad. Download bonus content: Sign in using your Apple ID. In iTunes, choose Store >

Check for Available Downloads, then click Check. Syncing Content iTunes automatically syncs everything you download or purchase on iPad to your iTunes library when you connect iPad to your computer. This lets you access the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased content from iPad. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased on <name of your iPad> playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it doesnt exist. iTunes also syncs your purchases to the Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that playlist exists and is set to sync with iPad. Podcasts you download sync to the Podcast list in your iTunes library. Viewing Apple ID Information To view iTunes Store information for your Apple ID on iPad, scroll to the bottom of the screen and tap Sign In. If youre already signed in, tap Account. Or, go to Settings >

Store and tap View Apple ID. You must be signed in to view your account information. Verifying Purchases You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library. You might want to do this if a download was interrupted. Verify your purchases:

1 Make sure your computer has an Internet connection. 2 In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check. Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded. The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in to your account, choose Store > View My Account, then click Purchase History. 118 Chapter 17 iTunes Store App Store 18 About the App Store Use the App Store to add apps to iPad. Browse, purchase, and download apps

Apps you download from the App Store and install on iPad are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync. When you sync, you can also install apps on iPad that you purchase through iTunes on your computer. iPad works with most iPhone and iPod touch apps, so if you already have apps for your iPhone or iPod touch, you can sync them to iPad from your Mac or PC. Use them at their original size, or tap lower-right corner of the screen to expand them. in the Note: The App Store and some apps are not available in all areas. App availability and

To use the App Store, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. You also need an Apple ID (not available in some countries) to download apps. iPad gets your Apple ID settings from iTunes. If you dont have an

Store. See Store on page 170. 119 Browsing and Searching Browse Featured to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse Top Charts to

Browse apps: Tap Featured, Top Charts, or Categories at the bottom of the screen. Browse using Genius: Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps, based on whats already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions. Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID. Search for apps: words. Choose from the list of suggestions, or tap Search on the keyboard. Getting More Information Tap any app in a list to see the Info screen, which shows the apps price, screenshots, and ratings. Email a link to the apps Info page: Tap Tell a Friend at the top of the screen. Report a problem: Tap Report a Problem at the top of the Info screen. Select a problem from the list or type your comments, then tap Report. View screenshots: additional screenshots. Get ratings and read reviews: Scroll down to Customer Ratings and Reviews. 120 Chapter 18 App Store Buying Apps

to iPad. If the app is free, you can download it without charge. Once you download an app, its immediately installed on iPad. Purchase and download an app:

1 Tap the price, then tap Buy App (or tap Free, then tap Install App). 2 Sign in using your Apple ID if requested, then tap OK. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Purchases are charged to your Apple ID. If you make additional purchases within

make purchases. When you sign in using your Apple ID, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most App Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Featured or Top Charts, scroll to the bottom of the screen, tap Redeem, then follow the onscreen instructions. See the status of app downloads: After you begin downloading an app, its icon appears on the Home screen with a progress indicator. If a download is interrupted, iPad starts the download again the next time it connects to the Internet. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and signed in using the same Apple ID). Using Apps Apps designed for iPad work in any orientationportrait or landscape. When you use

On iPad, you can use apps designed for iPhone or iPod touch at their original size, or expand them. Expand an app: Tap Return an app to its original size: Tap in the lower-right corner. in the lower-right corner. Some apps let you make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app purchases in Settings. See Restrictions on page 158. Chapter 18 App Store 121

number on the app icon on the Home screen. Updating Apps The App Store checks for updates to apps you install. The App Store icon shows the total number of app updates available. If an update is available when you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears immediately. App updates are downloaded and installed when you choose to update them. Note: App upgrades are new releases, which you can purchase or download. Update an app:

1 At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates. 2 Tap an app to see more information about the update. 3 Tap Update. Update all apps: At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All.

that Apple ID and password. Writing Reviews You can write and submit app reviews on iPad. Write a review:

1 On the Info screen, scroll down to Customer Ratings and Reviews. 2 Tap Write a Review. 3 comments. 4 Tap Submit. Before submitting a review, you must be signed in with your Apple ID and have purchased or downloaded the app. 122 Chapter 18 App Store Deleting Apps You can delete iPad apps that youve installed from the App Store. You cant delete built-in iPad apps. When you sync, iTunes automatically backs up any apps you download to iPad. If you delete an app on iPad, you can reinstall it if it was previously synced. Important: If you delete an app, the documents associated with the app are deleted from iPad, unless you reinstall the app and restore its data from a backup using iTunes. Delete an App Store app:

1 2 Tap 3 Tap Delete. in the corner of the app you want to delete. Press the Home button to cancel. When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Syncing Purchases When you connect iPad to your computer, iTunes automatically syncs apps you download or purchase on iPad to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloaded apps on your computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPad. Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes. Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. Chapter 18 App Store 123 iBooks 19 About iBooks iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. Once you download a book, its displayed on your bookshelf. Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book to start

A wide range of display options makes the books easy to read. iBooks and the iBookstore arent available in all languages and locations.

124 To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection and an Apple account. If you dont have an Apple account, or if you want to make

Syncing Books and PDFs You can download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also add DRM-free ePub

ePub and PDF format. Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPad and your computer. When iPad is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items to sync. Sync an ePub book or PDF to iPad: Download the book or PDF using your computer.

computer, select the book or PDF in the Books pane in iTunes, and then sync iPad. If a PDF doesnt appear in the Books pane, you need to change its type in iTunes.

pop-up menu, then click OK. Using the iBookstore In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse

a book you like, you can purchase and download it. Note: Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations. Get more information: In the iBookstore, you can read a summary of the book, read or write a review, and download a sample of the book before buying it. Purchase a book: Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in using your Apple ID, then tap OK. Some books may be free for downloading. The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases

If youve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in

Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPad with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book from iPad. Chapter 19 iBooks 125 Reading Books Reading a book is easy. Go to the bookshelf and tap the book you want to read. If you dont see the book youre looking for, tap Collections to view other groups of books.

Turn pages: the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks.

Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page, then let go. Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap the current page. Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You dont need to add a bookmark

there when you open the book again. Add, remove, or edit a highlight: Touch and hold any word until its selected. Use the

highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. To change the color of a highlight, tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. Add, view, or remove a note: Touch and hold any word until its selected. Use the grab

note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To remove a note, tap the highlighted text, then choose Delete Note. To change the color of a note, tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. 126 Chapter 19 iBooks See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes: To see the bookmarks, highlights, and notes youve added, tap Enlarge an image: Double-tap an image.

, then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator. To read a book while lying down, use the screen rotation lock to prevent iPad from rotating the display when you tilt iPad. For information, see Viewing in Portrait or Landscape on page 16. Reading PDFs You can use iBooks to read PDFs. Go to the bookshelf and tap Collections, select a collection, then tap the PDF you want to read. Turn pages: Flick left or right. Enlarge a page: Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want.

Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired

Add or remove a bookmark: To add a bookmark, tap the ribbon button. You can have multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You dont need to set a bookmark

when you open the PDF again. Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap

icon instead.

Changing a Books Appearance To change the appearance of a book, access the controls by tapping near the center of a page. Change the font or type size: Tap reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting. Change the brightness: Tap

Change the page and type color: Tap the color of the page and type. This setting applies to all books.

, then turn the Sepia option on to change

, then in the list that appears, tap to or

Chapter 19 iBooks 127 Searching Books and PDFs You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf.

other related resources. Search for a book: Go to the bookshelf. Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the magnifying glass. Enter a word thats in the title of a book, or the authors name, then tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf. Search in a book: Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a search result to go to that page in the book. To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia. Safari opens and displays the result. To quickly search for a word in a book, touch and hold the word, then tap Search.

Look up a word: Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages. Having a Book Read to You If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See VoiceOver on page 138. Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver. Printing or Emailing a PDF You can use iBooks to send a copy of a PDF via email, or to print all or a portion of the PDF to a supported printer. Email a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap and choose Email Document. A new message

message. Print a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap and choose Print. Select a printer and the page range and number of copies, then tap Print. For information about supported printers, see Printing on page 40. You can only email or print PDFs. These options arent available for ePub books. 128 Chapter 19 iBooks

, then select a sort method from Organizing the Bookshelf Use the bookshelf to browse your books and PDFs. You can also organize items into collections. Sort the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap the choices at the bottom of the screen. Rearrange items: Touch and hold a book or PDF, then drag it to a new location on the bookshelf. Delete an item from the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book or PDF that you want to delete so that a checkmark appears, then tap Delete. When

again from Purchases in iBookstore. If youve synced your device with your computer, the book also remains in your iTunes Library. Create, rename, or delete a collection: Tap Collections to display the collections list. Tap New to add a new collection. To delete a collection tap Edit, then tap and tap Delete. You cant edit or remove the built-in Books and PDFs collections. To edit the

Move a book or PDF to a collection: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book or PDF that you want to move so that a checkmark appears, then tap Move and select a collection. An item can be in only one collection at a time. When you add a book or PDF to your bookshelf, its put in the Books or PDF collection. From there, you can

school, for example, or for reference and leisure reading. View a collection: Tap Collections, then tap an item in the list that appears. Chapter 19 iBooks 129 Game Center 20 About Game Center You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world in Game Center.

opponents. Check leaderboards to see who the best players are. Earn bonus points by

Note: Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available games may vary by country or region. To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with Game Center. If you dont already have an Apple ID, you can create one in Game Center, as described below. Setting Up Game Center

Center events, even if youre not using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a friend has invited you to play a game.

Tap OK.

130

Switch (see Side Switch on page 160).

In Settings, choose

Set up Game Center information for your Apple ID:

1 Enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. You may be asked to provide additional information. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one by tapping Create New Account. 2 Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions. 3 Enter a nicknamethe name others will see and know you by. 4

To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned

need to respond to the email that will be sent to that address. To add other email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center, tap Add Another Email. 5 Change Game Center settings for your Apple ID:

1 Tap Me, then tap your account banner. 2 Tap View Account. 3 Make your changes, then tap Done.

1 Tap Me, then tap the account banner. 2 Tap Sign Out. 3 Enter the new Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. Chapter 20 Game Center 131 Games Purchasing and Downloading Games Games for the Game Center are available from the App Store. If you havent entered credit card information for your Apple ID, youll be prompted to enter that information before you can purchase and download games. Purchase and download games: Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games. The Game Center section of App Store displays games that work with Game Center. You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it. See Chapter 18, App Store, on page 119. If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friends info screen to go directly to that game in the App Store. Playing Games The Games screen displays the games you download from the App Store. For each of the games, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the games players are displayed. Get information about a game: Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can

whos recently played the game. Play a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play. Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend

about making friends in Game Center, see Friends on page 134. For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen. Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen:

1 Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen. 2 Choose a friend. 3 Choose a game and tap Play. If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite, then tap Next. 4 Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept. 5 Start the game. If a friend isnt available or doesnt respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match

some other friend. 132 Chapter 20 Game Center Other players may invite you to play the game. Respond to an invitation to play a game: Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that appears. You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See Restrictions on page 158.

Game Invites in Game Center settings. See Your Status and Account Information on page 135. Return to Game Center: Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the Home screen. You can also press the Home button twice quickly and choose Game Center from your recent apps. Leaderboards Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the games players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the players success. See a games leaderboard: Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard. You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game. If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations. The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able

Rotate iPad to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation. Start playing a game from the leaderboard: Tap Play in the upper-right corner. Chapter 20 Game Center 133 Achievements

See the possible achievements for a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Achievements. For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded, and whether youve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your

only once. You may also be able to view achievements from within a game. Recently Played Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game. See whos recently played a game: Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played. Get information about a player: Tap a players name in the list. Friends Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player. Add a friend to Game Center:

1 Tap Friends or Requests. 2 Tap

, then enter a friends email address or Game Center nickname. Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact to include that person in your request. Tap To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts. to browse your contacts. 3 Enter a message for your request, then tap Send. To become a friend, a person must accept your request. Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request screen. A badge on the Requests button displays the number of outstanding friend requests. Respond to a friend request: Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem. When a player accepts another players request, they each become the others friend. Friends names appear on the Friends screen. Get information about a friend: Tap the friends name. 134 Chapter 20 Game Center Search for a friend: Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the

A friends info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the

friend has completed. The info screen may also show:

The games youve played together The games you have in common Other games your friend has You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friends position on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game. Invite a friend to play a game: Tap Friends, tap the friends name, tap a game, then tap Play. See Playing Games on page 132. Remove a friend: Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove.

Report a problem with a friend: Tap Friends, tap the friends name, then tap Report a Problem. Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report.

play games. See Restrictions on page 158. Your Status and Account Information The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your achievements.

Your status appears along with your nickname in other players Friends screens. Change your status: View your account information: Tap the account banner, then tap View Account. You can change or update the following settings:

Nickname Allow game invites Find Me By Email Your email address for Game Center Additional email addresses

Chapter 20 Game Center 135

Sign out: Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out.

Enter the username and password, then tap Sign In. Create a new account: Tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. Parental Controls

multiplayer games in Game Center. Set up Game Center parental controls: Choose Settings > General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions. Enter a four-digit passcode, then reenter the passcode. You can enable restrictions for the following settings:

Multiplayer games Adding friends For more information, see Restrictions on page 158. 136 Chapter 20 Game Center Accessibility 21 In addition to the many features that make iPad easy to use for everyone, iPad includes universal access features. Universal Access Features Universal access features make iPad easy to use for people who have a vision impairment, are deaf or hard of hearing, or have a physical or learning disability. The accessibility features on iPad include:

Support for playback of closed-captioned content VoiceOver screen reader

White on Black Large Text Mono Audio Speak Auto-text Support for braille displays Zoom, White on Black, and Mono Audio work with all apps. Large Text works with Mail and Notes. VoiceOver works with the built-in iPad apps, and with some third-party apps you can download from the App Store. Closed-captioning works with videos and podcasts that support it. For more information about the iPad accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility/ipad.

iPad to your computer. 137

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 4 Select the accessibility features you want to use and click OK. The features you select are available immediately on iPad when you click OK. VoiceOver VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPad without seeing it. VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as you select it. When you select

screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor.

with items on the screen, such as buttons and links, use the gestures described in VoiceOver Gestures on page 140. When you select text, VoiceOver reads the text. If you turn on Speak Hints, VoiceOver may tell you the name of the item. When you select a control (such as a button or switch), VoiceOver provides instructions for you for example, double-tap to open. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and automatically selects and

VoiceOver also lets you know when the display changes to landscape or portrait orientation, and when the screen is locked or unlocked. Note:

but not all. 138 Chapter 21 Accessibility Setting Up VoiceOver VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. Once you turn VoiceOver on,

and resume standard operation.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar. In the Options

click OK.

Triple-Click Home on page 150. Note: You cannot use VoiceOver and Full-screen Zoom at the same time. VoiceOver Settings You can set VoiceOver to give spoken hints, increase or decrease the speaking rate, or give typing feedback.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver,

Set the VoiceOver speaking rate: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

You can choose what kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word when you enter a space or punctuation. Choose typing feedback: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver >

Typing Feedback. You can choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing for software keyboards and for Apple Wireless Keyboards. Use phonetics Use pitch change In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics switch to turn it on. Use this feature when you type or read character-by-character, to help make clear which characters were spoken. When Use

speaks a word beginning with the character. For example, if you type the character f, VoiceOver speaks f, and then a moment later, foxtrot. In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change switch to turn it on. VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering a letter, and a lower pitch when deleting a letter. VoiceOver also uses a higher pitch

and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Chapter 21 Accessibility 139

language for VoiceOver. Change the language spoken by VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General >

International > Language, then select a language and tap OK.

General > International > Region Format, then select the format. Set the rotor options for web browsing: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an item in the list, touch Select the languages available in the Language rotor: In Settings, choose General

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a language in the list, touch The Language rotor is always available when youve selected more than one language. next to the language and drag up or down. next to the item, then drag up or down. VoiceOver Gestures When VoiceOver is turned on, it changes the gestures you use to control iPad, so that you can hear descriptions without activating buttons. These VoiceOver gestures let you move around the screen and control the individual elements that you select. Some

space between them.

If your gestures dont work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and

Practice gestures: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Practice Gestures, then tap the Practice VoiceOver Gestures button. Practice the gestures described in VoiceOver Settings

140 Chapter 21 Accessibility Heres a summary of VoiceOver gestures:

Navigate and Read

Tap: Speak item.

Flick right or left: Select the next or previous item.

Flick up or down: Using VoiceOver on page 143.

Stop speaking the current item.

Read all, from the top of the screen.

Read all, from the current position.

Scroll one page at a time.

Go to the next or previous page (for example, on the Home screen or in Safari).

Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).

Go to the next or previous section (for example, on a webpage). Select and Activate

Double-tap: Activate selected item.

Activate item.

Double-tap and hold (1 second) + standard gesture: Use a standard gesture. The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPad to interpret the subsequent gesture as standard. For example, you can double-tap and hold, and then without lifting your

You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping

gestures resume.

Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, or Photos. Start or stop the stopwatch.

Mute or unmute VoiceOver.

Chapter 21 Accessibility 141 Rotor Control The rotor is a virtual control that acts like a physical dial when VoiceOver is turned on. Use the rotor to change VoiceOver settings and to access additional commands and features. Operate the rotor: items on the rotor. Flick up and down to use the selected item.

text in an email, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text spoken word-

browse a webpage, use the rotor to choose whether you hear text word-by-word or

links, or links not yet visited), hear form elements, or hear descriptions of images. You

certain type (such as headers or links) to another. Reading text Select and hear text by:

Character Word Line Browsing a webpage Select and hear text by:

Character Word Line Heading Link Visited link Non-visited link In-page link Form control Table Row (when navigating a table) List Landmark Image Static text Zoom in or out 142 Chapter 21 Accessibility Entering text Move insertion point and hear text by:

Character Word Line Select edit function Select language Using a control Select and hear values by:

Character Word Line

Using VoiceOver Unlock iPad: Select the Unlock button, then double-tap the screen. Select items on the screen: each element as you touch it. You can also move systematically from one element

previous element. Tap a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Double-tap anywhere on the screen. Speak the text of an element, character-by-character, word-by-word, or line-by-line:

word-by-word or line-by-line. Adjust a slider:

Scroll a list or area of the screen:

range of items displayed (for example, showing rows 5 through 10). Scroll continuously through a list: Double-tap and hold. When you hear a series of

Chapter 21 Accessibility 143 Use an index: Some lists have an alphabetical index along the right side. The index

Rearrange the Home screen: On the Home screen, select the icon you want to move. Double-tap and hold, then drag the icon. VoiceOver speaks the row and column position as your drag the icon. Release the icon when its in the location you want. You can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen to move

the Home

VoiceOver speak the entire screen. button. Mute VoiceOver Stop speaking an item

VoiceOver sounds, set the Side Switch to silent.

resume speaking. Speaking automatically resumes when you select another item.

VoiceOver

on again. Speak the entire screen from the top

Speak from the current item to the bottom of screen

You can hear iPad status information by tapping the status bar at the top of the screen. This includes the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Entering and Editing Text

Note: Safari doesnt support copying webpage content. The editing features work only

Enter text:

1

insertion point is placed at the beginning or at the end of the text. Double-tap again to place the insertion point at the opposite end. VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point. 144 Chapter 21 Accessibility The insertion point and onscreen keyboard may appear automatically when you

rotor setting. 2 To type, do one of the following:

the character.

tapping to enter the character.

VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when its entered. Enter an accented character: Double-tap and hold, until you hear a sound indicating that the alternate characters have appeared, then drag left or right to select and hear

Move the insertion point: Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character that the insertion point moved across. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by characters, words, or lines. Select text: Use the rotor to choose edit. Flick up or down to choose between the Select and Select All functions, then double-tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, all the text is selected. Pinch to increase or decrease the selection. Cut, copy, or paste: down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Undo: Change the pitch: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change button. Then, when you delete a letter, its spoken with a lower pitch. Speak keys phonetically: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics button. Then, when you pause on a key, VoiceOver speaks the letter of that key phonetically (for example, alpha for a, bravo for b, charlie for c, and so on). Chapter 21 Accessibility 145 Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard You can control VoiceOver using an Apple Wireless Keyboard paired with iPad. See Using Bluetooth Devices on page 43. The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read

commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table below as VO. VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key combinations. VoiceOver Keyboard Commands VO = Control-Option Read all, starting from the current position Read from the top Move to the status bar Press the Home button

Select the next or previous item

Tap an item

Choose the next or previous rotor item

Choose the next or previous speech rotor item Adjust speech rotor item Mute or unmute VoiceOver

Turn on VoiceOver help

VoiceOver help Right Arrow

Down Arrow

Escape Quick Nav

Select the next or previous item

by the rotor setting

Right Arrow or Left Arrow Up Arrow or Down Arrow 146 Chapter 21 Accessibility

Tap an item Scroll up, down, left, or right

Change the rotor

Using Maps Use VoiceOver to zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about locations. Zoom in or out: in or out. Select a pin: Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the

information page. Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver Setting Up a Braille Display You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille. In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control iPad when VoiceOver is turned on. iPad works with many of the most popular wireless braille displays. For a list of supported braille displays, see www.apple.com/accessibility/voiceover/devicesupport. Set up a braille display:

1 Turn on the braille display. 2 On iPad, turn on Bluetooth. In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch. 3 In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the braille display.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch. Choosing a Language The braille display uses the language thats set for Voice Control. By default, this is the language thats set for iPad in Settings > International > Language. You can use the

Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International >

Voice Control, then choose the language. If you change the language for iPad, you may need to reset the language for VoiceOver and your braille display. Chapter 21 Accessibility 147 Announcement History contains an unread message The current Announcement History message has not been read VoiceOver speech is muted The iPad battery is low (less than 20% charge) iPad is in landscape orientation

The current line contains additional text to the left The current line contains additional text to the right Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system status and other information:

Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right. See an expanded description of the status cell: On your braille display, press the status cells router button. Zoom The Zoom accessibility feature lets you magnify the entire screen to help you see whats on the display.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > Zoom, then tap the

Triple-Click Home on page 150). Zoom in or out:

the screen. Move around the screen:

screen, Zoom always goes to the upper-center of the screen. While using Zoom with an Apple Wireless Keyboard (see Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard on page 146), the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. 148 Chapter 21 Accessibility Large Text Large Text lets you make the text larger in Mail and Notes. You can choose 20-point, 24-point, 32-point, 40-point, 48-point, or 56-point text. Set the text size: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap the text size you want. White on Black Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPad display, which may make it easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a photographic negative. Invert the screens colors: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then tap White on Black. Mono Audio Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both sides. This lets users with hearing impairment in one ear hear the entire sound signal with the other ear.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then tap the Mono Audio button. Speak Auto-Text Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPad makes when you type.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then tap the Speak Auto-text button. Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom. Chapter 21 Accessibility 149 Triple-Click Home

quickly pressing the Home button three times. You can set Triple-click Home to turn

the Home button to:

Set the Triple-click Home function: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

Triple-click Home, then choose the function you want. Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features Many standard features available on iPad also help make it accessible to all users, including those with disabilities. Widescreen Keyboards All the built-in iPad apps show a larger onscreen keyboard when you rotate iPad to landscape view. You can also type using an Apple Wireless Keyboard. Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages To increase readability, set the minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra Large, or Giant. See Mail on page 164. Universal Access in Mac OS X Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes to sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPad. In the Finder, choose Help > Mac Help, then search for universal access. For more information about iPad and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility. Closed Captioning You can turn on closed captioning for videos in Video settings. See Video on page 168. 150 Chapter 21 Accessibility

 

 

Settings 22 About Settings

connection, and change other iPad settings. Airplane Mode Airplane Mode disables the wireless features of iPad to comply with airline regulations.

appears in the status bar at the top of the When airplane mode is on, a small

disabling many iPad features. You wont be able to:

Send or receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks Stream YouTube videos Get weather reports Get map locations Use the iTunes Store, iBookstore, or the App Store Use Game Center If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can continue to use iPad to:

Listen to music or watch videos Check your calendar View photos 151

Take notes Read email messages stored on iPad Where allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on, so you can:

Send and receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks Stream YouTube videos Use the iTunes Store, iBookstore, or the App Store Use Game Center You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPad. VPN

VPN Access on page 172.

Choose General > Network > VPN. Wi-Fi Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPad uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the

the Internet over your cellular data network (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G).

Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPad detects networks in range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock

recently used. icon.)

screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal. Set iPad to ask if you want to join a new network: Choose Wi-Fi, then turn Ask to

icon in the status bar at the top of the 152 Chapter 22 Settings When you try to access the Internetby using Safari or Mail for exampleand you arent in range of a Wi-Fi network youve previously used, this option tells iPad to look for another network. iPad displays a list of available Wi-Fi networks that you can choose from. Networks that require a password show a lock icon. If Ask to

Forget a network, so iPad doesnt join it automatically: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap

Join a closed Wi-Fi network: of networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter the password. To connect to a closed network, you must know the network name, password, and security type. Some Wi-Fi networks may require you to provide additional information, such as a client ID or static IP address. Ask your network administrator what settings to use. Adjust settings to connect to a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap next to a network.

This setting appears when you open an app, such as Game Center, that uses the Apple

Side Switch on page 160.

Location Services Location Services allows apps such as Maps to gather and use data based on your location. Location Services doesnt connect the data it collects with your personally

determined using available information from local Wi-Fi networks. iPad Wi-Fi + 3G also uses cellular networks and GPS to determine your location. When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar. Chapter 22 Settings 153 Every app that uses location services appears on the Location Services settings screen,

appears for each app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. If you dont want to use

use the feature.

Choose General > Location Services,

Choose General > Location Services,

Carrier This setting appears on iPad Wi-Fi + 3G when youre outside of your carriers network and other local carrier data networks are available to use for cellular network Internet connections. Select a carrier: Choose Carrier and select the network you want to use. Cellular Data

lock the micro-SIM card (on some models).

Choose Cellular Data, then turn cellular data

View your account information: Tap View Account to view or change your account information. Add a SIM PIN (on some models): Tap SIM PIN and add a PIN to lock your micro-SIM card. Brightness & Wallpaper

Wallpaper settings to personalize iPad. Adjust the screen brightness: Choose Brightness, then drag the slider. 154 Chapter 22 Settings Set whether iPad adjusts the screen brightness automatically: Choose Brightness,

brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. To

on page 17. A wallpaper background picture is displayed on the Lock screen and on the Home screen. You can choose one of the images that came with iPad, an image youve saved to iPad, or a photo in your Photo Library. An image thats at least 1024 x 1024 pixels

Set wallpaper: Choose Wallpaper, then choose an image and then do one of the following:

To use the image as the background for the Lock screen, tap Set Lock Screen.

To use the image as the background for the Home screen, tap Set Home Screen.

To use the image as the background for both the Lock screen and Home screen, tap Set Both. Picture Frame Picture Frame mode turns iPad into an animated picture frame. Choose which transitions and photos to display. Choose whether to zoom in on faces and whether to

Activate Picture Frame: Tap on the Lock screen. General

reset iPad to its original state. About Choose General > About to get information about iPad, including:

Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Total storage capacity Space available Software version Model and serial numbers Cellular data number (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G), and Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses

IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) and ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card

Legal and Regulatory information

Chapter 22 Settings 155 Usage Show battery percentage: Turn Battery Percentage on to display the percentage of battery charge next to the battery icon in the upper-right corner. See cellular network data: On iPad Wi-Fi + 3G, see the amount of data sent and received using a cellular data network. Reset your usage statistics: Tap Reset Statistics to clear accumulated data and statistics. Sounds Adjust the ringer and alert volume: Choose General > Sounds and drag the slider. If Change with Buttons is turned on, use the volume buttons on the side of iPad. The volume buttons dont change the ringer and alert volume if a song or video is playing. Use the volume buttons to adjust the ringer and alert volume: Choose General >

Sounds, then tap Change with Buttons. Set the ringtone: Choose General > Sounds > Ringtone, then choose a ringtone.

turned on. You can set iPad to play a sound whenever you:

Get a new email message Send an email message Have an Calendar event that youve set to alert you Lock iPad Type using the onscreen keyboard Network

access your Wi-Fi settings.

Choose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN

VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information

to access your work email on iPad. iPad can connect to any VPN that uses the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocol. VPN works over both Wi-Fi and cellular data network (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G) connections. Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if youve set up VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPad. Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu, which you

156 Chapter 22 Settings

Using

on page 171.

Choose General > Network > VPN and tap the

icon in the status bar at the top of the screen.

Choose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue arrow

Bluetooth iPad can connect wirelessly to an Apple Wireless Keyboard for wireless typing or to Bluetooth headphones for wireless listening. See Using Bluetooth Devices on page 43.

When Bluetooth is on, you see the Bluetooth the screen. icon in the status bar at the top of Spotlight Search You can specify the content areas you want to search on iPad using Spotlight. Set the content areas Spotlight searches: Choose General > Spotlight Search and tap an item to select or deselect it. Set the search result order: Choose General > Spotlight Search, touch item, and drag it up or down to rearrange the search order. next to an Auto-Lock

Set the amount of time before iPad locks: Choose General > Auto-Lock and choose a time. Passcode Lock Initially, iPad doesnt require you to enter a passcode to unlock it. For security, you can create a passcode. Set a passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock > Turn Passcode On. Enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPad then requires you to enter the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings. Set how long before your passcode is required: Choose General > Passcode Lock, then enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode and select how long iPad can be idle before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it.

enter your passcode. Chapter 22 Settings 157 Change the passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, then tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your new passcode. If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPad software. See Removing a Backup on page 182.

Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple

and use a longer passcode that has a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters.

Choose General > Passcode Lock and turn Picture Frame

When Picture Frame is on, iPad displays your photos from the locked screen. See Picture Frame on page 155. Erase all data after ten failed passcode attempts: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on. After ten failed passcode attempts, your settings are reset to their original values, all your information and media are erased, and the encryption key is removed. iPad Cover Lock/Unlock You can automatically lock or unlock iPad 2 when you use it with the iPad Smart Cover

(available separately). Use the cover to lock or unlock iPad: Choose General > iPad Cover Lock/Unlock, then tap On. iPad automatically locks and goes to sleep when you close the cover, and then wakes and unlocks when you open the cover. If you have a passcode set, you have to enter it when you open the cover to wake iPad. Restrictions You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPad. For

Turn on restrictions:

1 Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions. 2 Enter a four-digit passcode. 3 Reenter the passcode.

Choose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode. If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPad software using iTunes. See Removing a Backup on page 182. 158 Chapter 22 Settings Set app restrictions: Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or

Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web browsing even if Safari is disabled. YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. The Camera app is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot take photos or videos with iPad. You cannot make or receive FaceTime video chats. The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot preview, purchase, or download content. Ping is disabled. You cannot follow artists or other people. Installing apps is disabled and the App Store icon is removed from the Home screen. Deleting apps from iPad is disabled. customize the Home screen. doesnt appear on app icons when you Location Services settings cannot be changed. Mail account settings cannot be changed. Safari YouTube Camera FaceTime iTunes Ping Installing Apps Deleting Apps Location Accounts Restrict purchases within apps: allows you to purchase additional content or features within apps downloaded from the App Store. Chapter 22 Settings 159 Set content restrictions: Tap Ratings For, then select a country in the list. You can set restrictions using that countrys ratings system for the following categories of content:

Music & Podcasts Movies TV Shows Apps In the United States, for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies, then select PG from the list. Note: Not all countries or regions have a rating system. Restrict multiplayer games:

invitations to play games or add friends in Game Center. Restrict adding friends:

Center. You can continue to play with existing friends if Multiplayer Games is turned on. Side Switch

Lock the screen in portrait or landscape orientation: Choose General > Use the Side Switch, then tap Lock Rotation.

Choose General > Use the Side Switch, then tap Mute. The Side Switch doesnt mute audio or video playback. Date and Time These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and in world clocks and calendars. Set whether iPad shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time: Choose General > Date

countries or regions.) Set whether iPad updates the date and time automatically: Choose General >

Set the date and time manually: Choose General > Date & Time, then turn Set

Tap the Date & Time button, then tap Set Date & Time and enter the date and time. 160 Chapter 22 Settings Keyboard

Choose General > Keyboard, then turn Auto-

Normally, iPad automatically capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a return character.

Choose General > Keyboard and turn Auto-Correction

Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPad automatically suggests corrections or completed words as you type. Check spelling as you type: Choose General > Keyboard and turn Check Spelling

Enable caps lock: If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift all letters you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on.

The . shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space when youre typing. Its initially on. Add international keyboards: Choose General > Keyboards > International Keyboards

> Add New Keyboard, and tap the keyboards you want to add. Change a keyboard layout: Choose General > Keyboards > International Keyboards and select a keyboard. For some languages, you can change the both the onscreen keyboard layout and the external hardware keyboard layout. key on the onscreen keyboard, International

languages, and set the date, time, and telephone number formats for your region. You can also choose a calendar format. Set the language for iPad: Choose General > International > Language, choose the language you want to use, and tap Done.

Choose General > International > Keyboards, and add the keyboards you want to use. If more than one keyboard is turned on, press and hold menu of keyboards. See Appendix B, International Keyboards, on page 174. Set date, time, and telephone number formats: Choose General > International >

Region Format, and choose your region. The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that appear in built-in iPad apps. Set a calendar format: Choose General > International > Calendar and select the calendar format you want to usefor example Gregorian, Japanese, or Buddhist. on the keyboard to see a Chapter 22 Settings 161 Accessibility To turn on accessibility features, go to Accessibility settings and choose the features you want. See Chapter 21, Accessibility, on page 137. Resetting iPad Reset all settings: Choose General > Reset > Reset All Settings. Enter your passcode if you have one. All your settings are reset. Information (such as your contacts and calendars) and media (such as your songs and videos) arent deleted. Erase all content and settings: Choose General > Reset > Erase All Content and Settings. Enter your passcode if you have one. This resets all iPad settings to their original values and erases all your information and media. Reset network settings: Choose General > Reset > Reset Network Settings. Enter your passcode if you have one. When you reset network settings, your list of

youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on.

Reset the keyboard dictionary: Choose General > Reset > Reset Keyboard Dictionary. Enter your passcode if you have one. You add words to the keyboard dictionary by

add the word to the keyboard dictionary. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words youve added. Reset the Home screen layout: Choose General > Reset > Reset Home Screen Layout to reset your Home screen to its original settings. Reset the location warnings: Choose General > Reset > Reset Location Warnings, and enter your passcode if you have one. Location warnings are the requests made by an app (such as Maps) to use Location Services with that app. iPad stops presenting the warning for an app the second time you tap OK. Tap Reset Location Warnings to resume the warnings. 162 Chapter 22 Settings Mail, Contacts, Calendars Use Mail, Contacts, Calendars settings to set up and customize accounts for iPad:

Microsoft Exchange MobileMe Google email Yahoo! Mail AOL Other POP and IMAP mail systems LDAP accounts for Contacts CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars Accounts

appear depend on the type of account youre setting up. Your service provider or system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter. For more information, see:

Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31

Change an accounts settings: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then make the changes you want. Syncing and Adding Contacts on page 92 Subscribing to Calendars on page 88 Changes you make to an accounts settings on iPad are not synced to your computer,

settings on your computer. Stop using an account: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then

from or sync other information with that account, until you turn it back on. Adjust advanced settings: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, tap Advanced, then do one of the following:

To set whether drafts and deleted messages are stored on iPad or remotely on your email server (IMAP accounts only), tap Drafts Mailbox or Deleted Mailbox. If you store messages on iPad, you can see them even when iPad isnt connected to the Internet.

To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or Internet service provider for the correct settings. Chapter 22 Settings 163 Delete an account from iPad: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account. Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account on iPad. All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the account are removed from iPad. However, deleting an account doesnt remove the account or its associated information from your computer. Fetch New Data

Mail, and any other push accounts on iPad. Push accounts automatically deliver new information to iPad when new information appears on the server (delays may occur).

suspend delivery of email and other information, or to conserve battery life.

the server to see if new information is available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested. For optimal battery life, dont fetch too frequently. Turn Push on: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn Push on. Set how often to fetch data: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data, then choose how often you want to fetch data. To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently. Setting Push to OFF or setting Fetch to Manually in the Fetch New Data screen overrides individual account settings. Note: When Push is set to OFF, Find My iPad doesnt work. Mail The Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts youve set up on iPad.

Set the number of messages shown on iPad: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars >

Show, then choose a setting. Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional messages when youre in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More Messages. Note: For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then choose the Exchange account. Tap Mail days to sync and choose the number of days of mail you want to sync with the server. Set how many lines of each message are previewed in the message list: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Preview, then choose a setting. 164 Chapter 22 Settings or Cc next to each message in a list indicates whether

messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about. Set a minimum font size for messages: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Minimum Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant. Set whether iPad shows To and Cc labels in message lists: Choose Mail, Contacts,

If Show To/Cc Label is on, the message was sent directly to you or you received a copy.

Choose Mail,

Set whether iPad automatically loads remote images: Choose Mail, Contacts,

Set whether iPad sends you a copy of every message you send: Choose Mail,

Add a signature to your messages: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Signature, then type a signature. You can set iPad to add a signatureyour favorite quote, or your name, title, and phone number, for exampleto the bottom of every message you send. Set the default email account: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Default Account, then choose an account. This setting determines which of your accounts a message is sent from when you create a message from another iPad appfor example, by sending a photo from Photos or tapping the email address of a business in Maps. To send the message from

Contacts Set how contacts are sorted: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Contacts tap Sort Order and do one of the following:

tap First, Last.

tap Last, First. Set how contacts are displayed: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:

tap First, Last.

tap Last, First. Chapter 22 Settings 165 Calendars Set alerts to sound when you receive meeting invitations: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Calendar tap New Invitation Alerts to turn it on. Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPad: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Sync, then choose a period of time. Turn on Calendar time zone support: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping

When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time

in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time. Important: If youre traveling, iPad may not display events or sound alerts at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see Date and Time on page 160. Set alerts to sound when you receive a meeting invitation: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Calendar tap New Invitation Alerts to turn it on. Safari Safari settings let you select your Internet search engine, set security options, and for developers, turn on debugging. General To perform Internet searches, you can set the default search engine to Google, Yahoo!, or Bing. Select a search engine: Choose Safari > Search Engine and select the search engine you want to use.

and passwords you previously entered, or both. Enable AutoFill: Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:

To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, choose My Info, and select the contact you want to use.

on web forms.

To use information from names and passwords, turn Names and Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you

To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All. 166 Chapter 22 Settings Security By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation, and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPad from possible security risks on the Internet. Change security settings: Choose Safari, then do one of the following:

To set whether youre warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, turn Fraud

Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you visit a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesnt load the page.

To enable or disable JavaScript, JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the pagefor example, a page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked page to appear in a new pop-up page.

To block or allow pop-ups, pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It doesnt block pop-ups that open when you tap a link.

To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, From visited, or Always. A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPad so the website can remember you when you visit again. This way, webpages can be customized for you based on information you may have provided. Some webpages wont work correctly unless iPad accepts cookies.

To clear the history of webpages youve visited, tap Clear History.

To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.

To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache. The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next time you visit them. If a page you open doesnt show new content, clearing the cache may help. Developer The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If this feature is turned on, the console appears whenever a webpage error occurs.

Choose Safari > Developer, then turn Debug

Chapter 22 Settings 167 iPod

Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level: In iTunes, choose iTunes >

Preferences if youre using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if youre using a PC. Then click Playback and select Sound Check. Set iPad to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check): Choose iPod and turn

Use EQ to customize the sound: Choose iPod, tap EQ, and choose an equalizer setting. Set a volume limit: maximum volume. Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed. Get song lyrics and information about podcasts: Choose iPod and turn Lyrics &

Share your iTunes library: Enter your Apple ID and password, then use Home Sharing to

WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Video Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning

Set where to resume playing: Choose Video > Start Playing, then select whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from the

youre playing is in widescreen format, turning this on preserves the widescreen aspect ratio. Set the TV signal to NTSC or PAL: Choose Video > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL.

Americas, NTSC is probably the correct choice. Elsewhere, try PAL. If youre not sure,

Use TV Out settings to set up how iPad plays videos on your TV. 168 Chapter 22 Settings

Apple Digital AV Adapter and an HDMI cable Apple Component AV Cable Apple Composite AV Cable Apple VGA Adapter If you use the Apple Digital AV Adapter or the Apple Component AV Cable, high-

resolution videos are shown in HD quality. Apple cables are available for purchase in many countries. Go to www.apple.com/store.

automatically mirrored on the external display in up to 1080p resolution, and videos play at a maximum resolution of 720p. Some apps such as Keynote may use the external display as a second video monitor. With previous iPad models, only certain applications (including YouTube, Videos, and Photos) use the external display. Photos Use Photos settings to specify how slideshows display your photos. Set the length of time each slide is shown: Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For, and select the length of time. Set whether to repeat slideshows: Set photos to appear randomly or in order: FaceTime Use FaceTime settings to turn on FaceTime or change your address. Enter your Apple ID and password to enable FaceTime. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. The email address you specify when creating the account will be your FaceTime address.

FaceTime calls. Specify additional FaceTime addresses: To add an email address so that others can use it to call you with FaceTime, tap Add Another Email. Chapter 22 Settings 169 Notes Use Notes settings to choose the font used to display your notes. Choose a font: Choose Notes and select a font. Store Use Store settings to create or change an Apple ID. By default, the Apple ID youre signed in to when you sync iPad with your computer appears in Store settings. You can

dont have an Apple ID, you can create one in Store settings. Create a new account: Choose Store and tap Create New Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. Sign in to an account: Choose Store and tap Sign in, then enter your Apple ID and password. View your Apple ID information: Choose Store, sign in using your Apple ID, and tap View Apple ID.

Choose Store and tap Sign out, then tap Sign in and enter your username and password. 170 Chapter 22 Settings iPad in the Enterprise A A x i d n e p p iPad at Work With support for secure access to corporate networks, directories, and Microsoft Exchange, iPad is ready to go to work. For detailed information about using iPad in business go to www.apple.com/ipad/business.

If youre in an enterprise environment, you may be able to set up accounts and other

administrator set up your iPad to use the information systems at your company, school,

the Microsoft Exchange servers at work, so iPad can access your Exchange email, calendars, and contacts.

and enter a passcode for using iPad.

on a secure webpage, or by installing them directly on iPad for you. Your administrator

1 website your administrator provides. 2 3 Enter passwords and other information thats requested. Important:

171

with the new settings.

Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts Microsoft Exchange provides email, contact, and calendar information that you can automatically sync wirelessly to iPad. You can set up an Exchange account directly on iPad. Set up an Exchange account on iPad:

1 On the iPad Home screen, tap Settings. 2 Tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 3 Tap Microsoft Exchange. 4 Enter your account information, then tap Save. Your service provider or administrator can provide the account settings you need. Exchange accounts: Enter your email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a description. iPad supports Microsofts Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the server address cant be determined, youre asked to enter it. Once you connect to the Exchange server, you may be prompted to change your passcode to meet server requirements. 5 When setting up a Microsoft Exchange account, tap the items you want to use on iPadmail, contacts, and calendars. VPN Access VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings on iPad

For more information, see on page 171 or contact your administrator. 172 Appendix A iPad in the Enterprise LDAP and CardDAV Accounts When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your company or organizations LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts. Because LDAP contacts arent downloaded to iPad, you must have an Internet connection to view them. Check with your administrator for account settings and other requirements (such as VPN). When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPad over the air. You may also be able to search for contacts on your company or organizations CardDAV server. Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 2 Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account. 3 Enter your LDAP account information, then tap Next to verify the account. 4 Tap Save. Appendix A iPad in the Enterprise 173 International Keyboards B A x i d n e p p

Asian languages and languages written from right to left. Adding Keyboards

only the keyboard for the language youve set is available. To make keyboards for other languages available, use Keyboard settings. Add a keyboard:

1 In Settings, choose General > Keyboard > International Keyboards. The number before the arrow indicates the number of keyboards currently enabled. 2 Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available. For a list of keyboards supported by iPad, go to www.apple.com/ipad/specs. Edit your keyboard list: Choose General > Keyboard > International Keyboards, then tap Edit and do one of the following:

To delete a keyboard, tap

To reorder the list, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.

, then tap Delete. Switching Keyboards

Switch keyboards when youre typing: Tap

. When you tap the symbol, the name of You can also touch and hold to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a

Many keyboards provide letters, numbers, and symbols not visible on the keyboard. 174 Type letters, numbers, or symbols that arent on the keyboard: Touch and hold the

Thai keyboard, for example, you can choose native numbers by touching and holding the related Arabic number. Chinese

characters on the screen.

Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for Chinese characters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Pinyin to see more options. If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Entering Chinese Cangjie

As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a character to choose it, or

writing sequence: from left to right, top to bottom, outside to inside, and from inside to the closing stroke (for example, the Chinese character (circle) should begin with the vertical stroke ). As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear (the most commonly used

If youre not sure of the correct stroke, enter an asterisk (*). To see more character options, type another stroke, or scroll through the character list. Tap the match () key to show only characters that match exactly what you typed. For example, if you type (one one) and tap the match () key, the more commonly used (two) appears as an exact match. Entering Traditional Chinese Zhuyin Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Zhuyin letters to see more options. After you type an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show more letters. If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Appendix B International Keyboards 175

strokes, iPad recognizes them and shows matching characters in a list, with the closest match at the top. When you choose a character, its likely follow-on characters appear in the list as additional choices. You can get some complex characters by writing two or more component characters. For example, enter (bristle), to get (partial name of Hong Kong International Airport), which appears in the character list with an arrow next to it. Tap the character to replace the characters you entered.

Select the character or characters you want to convert, then tap Replace. Drawing Chinese Characters

176 Appendix B International Keyboards Japanese

Entering Japanese Romaji

the keyboard; tap one to enter it. Entering Japanese Fifty Key Use the Fifty Key keyboard to input code for Japanese syllables. As you type, suggested syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it. Korean Use the 2-Set Korean keyboard to type Hangul letters. To type double consonants or compound vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to choose the double letter. Vietnamese Touch and hold a character to see the available diacritical marks, then slide to choose the one you want. You can also type the following key sequences to enter characters with diacritical marks:

aa aw (a caron)

ee

oo ow (o hook) w (u hook) dd (d dash)

as (a acute)

(a grave)

ar
(a question mark)

(a rising accent)

(a drop tone) ax aj af Appendix B International Keyboards 177

Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin) Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin)

Japanese (50 Key) Creating Dictionaries When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a dictionary of word and input pairs. When you type a word from the dictionary while using a supported keyboard, the associated input is substituted for the word. The dictionary is available for the following keyboards:

Add a word to the dictionary: In Settings, choose General > Keyboard > Edit User Dictionary. Tap

You can have multiple inputs for each word, based on which keyboards are turned on. Delete a word from the dictionary: Tap the word in the User Dictionary list, then tap Delete Word. 178 Appendix B International Keyboards Tips and Troubleshooting C A x i d n e p p Tips and Troubleshooting Apple iPad Support Site Comprehensive support information is available online at www.apple.com/support/ipad. You can also use Express Lane for personalized support (not available in all countries). See expresslane.apple.com. Low-Battery Image or Not Charging Message Appears iPad is low on power and needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. For information about charging iPad, see Charging the Battery on page 33.

When charging, make sure youre using the 10W USB power adapter that came with iPad or the USB port on a recent Mac. The fastest way to charge is to use the power adapter. See Charging the Battery on page 33.

iPad may not charge when connected to the USB port on an older Mac, a PC, a keyboard, or to a USB hub. If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. To charge iPad, disconnect it from your computer and connect it to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and 10W USB power adapter. iPad Doesnt Respond

iPad may be low on power. Connect iPad to the 10W USB power adapter to charge. See Charging the Battery on page 33. Press and hold the Sleep/Wake for a few seconds until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app you were using quits.

179

Sleep/Wake button until a red slider appears, then drag the slider. Then press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. If that doesnt work, reset iPad. Press and hold both the Sleep/Wake button and the Home If the screen doesnt rotate when you turn iPad, hold iPad upright, and make sure that the screen rotation lock is not engaged. button for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. This accessory is not supported by iPad Appears The accessory you attached may not work with iPad. Make sure the Dock Connector to USB Cable is free of debris, and refer to the documentation that came with the accessory. Connect-to-iTunes Screen Appears

iTunes if it doesnt open automatically, then follow the onscreen instructions. An App Appears Too Small Most apps for iPhone and iPod touch can be used with iPad, but they might not take advantage of the large screen. In this case, tap return to the original size. to zoom in on the app. Tap to Look in the App Store to see if theres a version of the app thats optimized for iPad, or a universal version thats optimized for iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad. Onscreen Keyboard Doesnt Appear If iPad is paired with a Bluetooth keyboard, the onscreen keyboard doesnt appear. To

can also make the onscreen keyboard appear by moving the Bluetooth keyboard out

iTunes and Syncing iPad Doesnt Appear or Syncing Doesnt Work If iPad doesnt appear in iTunes on your computer or is unable to sync content, contacts, calendars, or bookmarks, try the following:

Recharge the battery if iPad is low on power. See Charging the Battery on page 33.

USB 2.0 port on your computer (not on your keyboard or a USB hub). Unlock iPad if its locked with a passcode. Restart your computer and reconnect iPad to your computer. Restart iPad.

180 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting

Download and install (or reinstall) the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. For push accounts, make sure iPad has an Internet connection. See the Internet on page 29. Connecting to Backing Up iPad Backing Up iTunes creates a backup of settings, app data, and other information on iPad when you:

Sync iPad with iTunes on your computer Update iPad using iTunes Restore iPad using iTunes, if you choose to back up when asked You can restore backup information to iPad after updating or restoring iPad software, or you can use a backup to copy your current iPad information to another iPad. See Updating and Restoring iPad Software on page 182. Backups dont include synced items, such as songs and videos from your iTunes library, or information such as contacts and calendars from your computer. To restore synced items, you must sync iPad after restoring backup information. If iPad is set to sync automatically, synced items are restored immediately after a software restore or update. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24.

For extra security, you can set iTunes to encrypt your backups. Encrypt iPad backups:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 In the Summary pane, select Encrypt backups. 4 Select a password, then click Set Password. If the backup is encrypted, youll need to enter your password before restoring your backup information to iPad. Encrypted backups are shown with a lock icon in the list of backups in the Devices pane of iTunes preferences. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 181 Removing a Backup You can remove an iPad backup from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone elses computer. Remove a backup:

1 In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.

Mac: Choose iTunes > Preferences.

Windows: Choose Edit > Preferences. 2 Click Devices (iPad does not need to be connected). 3 Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup. 4 5 Click OK. Updating and Restoring iPad Software About Updating and Restoring Software You can use iTunes to update or restore iPad software.

If you update, the iPad software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings, and

Note: In some cases, an update may also include restoring iPad. If you restore, the latest version of iPad software is reinstalled, settings are restored to their default, and all data stored on iPad is deleted, including downloaded apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If youve backed up iPad with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from the backup at the end of the restore process. Deleted data is no longer accessible through the iPad user interface, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. If you use a Bluetooth headset or keyboard with iPad and you restore settings, you must pair the Bluetooth device with iPad again to use it. For more information about updating and restoring iPad software, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1414. Updating iPad Make sure your computer has an Internet connection and that youve installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. 182 Update iPad:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 2 Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, then click the Summary tab. 3 Click Check for Update. iTunes tells you if theres a new version of the iPad software available. 4 Click Update to install the latest version of the software. Restoring iPad Make sure your computer has an Internet connection and that youve installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Restore iPad:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, then click the Summary tab. 3 Click Check for Update. iTunes tells you if theres a new version of the iPad software available. 4 Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPad when prompted. When the iPad software has been restored, you can choose to set up iPad as a new iPad, or restore your music, video, app data, and other content from a backup. After restoring from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the iPad user interface, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Restoring from a Backup You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use this feature to copy these items to another iPad. Make sure your computer has an Internet connection and that youve installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Important: Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPad from the Summary pane in iTunes. Restoring from a backup doesnt fully restore iPad software. Also, restoring iPad from a backup restores all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring it could replace the app data with data that isnt current. For more information, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Restore iPad from a backup:

1 Connect iPad to the computer you normally sync with. 2 In iTunes, Control-click iPad in the sidebar, then choose Restore from Backup from the menu that appears. 3 Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore. If the backup is encrypted, youll need to enter your password. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 183 After restoring from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the iPad user interface, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Safari, Mail, and Contacts Cant Send Email If iPad is unable to send email, try the following:

In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then select the account youre trying to use. Tap Account Info, then tap SMTP under Outgoing Mail Server. You can set up additional SMTP servers, or select one from another mail account on iPad. Contact

Set up your email account directly on iPad instead of syncing it from iTunes. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap Add Account and enter your account information. If iPad is unable to locate your service providers settings when you enter your email address, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1277 for help setting up your account.

seconds until a red slider appears, then drag the slider. Then press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. For additional troubleshooting information, go to www.apple.com/support/ipad. If you still cant send email, you can use Express Lane (not available in all countries). Go to expresslane.apple.com. Cant Receive Email If iPad cant receive email, try the following:

If you use one or more computers to check the same email account, it may create a lock-out. For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/TS2621. Set up your email account directly on iPad instead of syncing it from iTunes. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap Add Account, then enter your account information. If iPad is unable to locate your service providers settings when you enter your email address, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1277 for help setting up your account.

seconds until a red slider appears, then drag the slider. Then press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears.

to the Internet through the cellular data network. In Settings, choose Wi-Fi and turn

184 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting For additional troubleshooting information, go to www.apple.com/support/ipad. If you still cant send email, you can use Express Lane (not available in all countries). Go to expresslane.apple.com. Email Attachment Wont Open

email attachments:

.doc

.docx

.htm

.html

.ics

.key

.numbers

.pages

.pdf

.ppt

.pptx

.rtf

.txt

.vcf

.xls

.xlsx Microsoft Word Microsoft Word (XML) webpage webpage Calendar item Keynote Numbers Pages Preview, Adobe Acrobat Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft PowerPoint (XML) Rich Text Format text contact information Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel (XML) Sound, Music, and Video No Sound

Volume Buttons on page 11. Make sure the iPad speaker isnt covered. Make sure the Side Switch isnt set to silent. See If youre using a headset, unplug it, then plug it in again. Make sure you push the plug all the way in. Make sure the volume isnt turned all the way down. Music on iPad might be paused. If youre using a headset with a play button, try pressing the play button to resume playback. Or from the Home screen, tap iPod, then tap

.

Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 185

Check to see if a volume limit is set. From the Home screen, choose Settings > iPod >

Volume Limit. For more information, see iPod on page 168. If youre using the line out port on the optional iPad Dock, make sure that you turn on the external speakers or stereo, and that theyre plugged in correctly and working properly. Use the volume controls on the the external speakers or stereo, not on iPad. If you're using an app that works with AirPlay, check to see if the AirPlay device you're sending the sound to is turned on and the volume is turned up. If you want to hear sound through iPad's speaker, tap and select it from the list. A Song, Video, or Other Item Wont Play The song, video, audiobook, or podcast may be encoded in a format that iPad doesnt

www.apple.com/ipad/specs. If a song or video in your iTunes library isnt supported by iPad, you may be able to convert it to a format iPad supports. For example, you can use iTunes for Windows

open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. and select iPad in the list. No Video or Sound when Using AirPlay To send video or audio to an AirPlay device such as an Apple TV, iPad and the AirPlay device must be connected to the same wireless network. If you don't see the button, iPad isnt connected to the same Wi-Fi network as an AirPlay device, or the app youre using doesnt support AirPlay.

When sound or video is being sent to an AirPlay device, iPad doesnt display video or play audio. To direct the content to iPad and disconnect iPad from the AirPlay device, tap Some applications play only audio over AirPlay. If video isn't working, make sure that the app you're using supports both audio and video. If the Apple TV has been set up to require a passcode, you must enter it on iPad when asked, in order to use AirPlay. Make sure the speakers on the AirPlay device are turned on and turned up. If youre using an Apple TV, make sure the TVs input source is set to Apple TV. Make sure the volume control on iPad is turned up. When iPad is streaming with AirPlay, it must remain connected to the Wi-Fi network. If you take iPad out of range, playback stops. Depending on the speed of your network, it may take 30 seconds or more for playback to begin when using AirPlay.

For more information about AirPlay, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4437. 186 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting No Image on TV or Projector Connected to iPad

the iPad screen. Some apps may support using the attached display as a second monitor. Check the apps settings and documentation.

Go to Settings > Video and make sure the settings are correct for your TV or

cable or the Apple Digital AV Adapter.

supported cable. If iPad is connected to an A/V switchbox or receiver, try connecting

Make sure that your TV has the proper video input selected, such as HDMI or component video.

If no video appears, press the Home button, disconnect and reconnect the cable, and try again. FaceTime Cant make or receive FaceTime calls

7, FaceTime, on page 63.

Make sure the person calling you is using an email address thats associated with FaceTime. This is normally your Apple ID, but you can add other email addresses too. See Sign in to FaceTime: on page 64. To use FaceTime, iPad must be connected to the Internet via Wi-Fi. When you make a FaceTime call, allow enough time for the connection to be established, which may take many rings.

Improving FaceTime quality For best results with FaceTime, try these tips:

are connected to the fastest Wi-Fi network available. If your image is grainy, the camera needs more light. If the incoming image is grainy,

The person youre talking with might also need to rotate their device to send you a bigger image. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 187 iTunes Store and App Store iTunes or App Store Isnt Available To use the iTunes Store or the App Store, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. To purchase content from the iTunes Store or the App Store, you need an Apple ID. You can set up an Apple ID on iPad. From the Home screen, choose Settings > Store >

Create New Apple ID. See Store on page 170. You can also set up an account on your computer by opening iTunes and choosing Store > Create Account. Note: The iTunes Store and the App Store arent available in some countries. Restarting and Resetting iPad If something isnt working right, try restarting iPad, force quitting an app, or resetting iPad. Restart iPad: Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the red slider appears.

hold the Sleep/Wake until the Apple logo appears. Force quit an app: Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button on top of iPad for a few seconds until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits.

Reset iPad: Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button and the Home button at the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. iPad Still Doesnt Respond After Reset

Reset iPad settings. From the Home screen choose Settings > General > Reset >

Reset All Settings. All your settings are reset, but your data and media arent deleted. If that doesnt work, erase all content on iPad. See If that doesnt work, restore the iPad software. See Resetting iPad on page 162. Removing a Backup on page 182.

Safety, Service, and Support Information The following table describes where to get more iPad-related safety, software, and service information. 188 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting To learn about Using iPad safely iPad service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads Do this See the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad for the latest safety and regulatory information. Go to www.apple.com/support/ipad. The latest information about iPad Go to www.apple.com/ipad. Managing your Apple ID account Go to appleid.apple.com. Using iTunes MobileMe Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. For an online iTunes tutorial (not available in some areas), go to www.apple.com/support/itunes. Go to www.apple.com/mobileme. Using iPhoto on Mac OS X Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help. Using Address Book on Mac OS X Using iCal on Mac OS X Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book, Adobe Photoshop Album, and Adobe Photoshop Elements Obtaining warranty service Battery replacement service Open Address Book and choose Help >

Address Book Help. Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help. See the documentation that came with those apps. First follow the advice in this guide. Then go to www.apple.com/support/ipad or see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Go to www.apple.com/batteries/replacements.html. Using iPad in an enterprise environment Go to www.apple.com/ipad/business. Disposal and Recycling Information Your iPad must be disposed of properly according to local laws and regulations. Because it contains a battery, iPad must be disposed of separately from household waste. When your iPad reaches its end of life, contact Apple or your local authorities to learn about recycling options. For information about Apples recycling program, go to www.apple.com/recycling. Apple and the Environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, go to www.apple.com/environment. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 189 Index x e d n I 3G 13 10W USB power adapter 10 12-hour time 160 24-hour time 160 A accessibility features 137 Large Text 149 Mono Audio 149 settings 162 Speak Auto-text 149 Triple-click Home 150 VoiceOver 138 White on Black 149 Zoom 148 accounts 163, 172 push 164

17, 154, 155 Adobe Photoshop Elements 28, 29 airplane mode status icon 13 AirPlay about 45 music playback 108 Photos 73 troubleshooting 186 videos from the camera roll 73 Videos 80 AirPrint 14 about 40 printers 40 See also printing album tracks 109 alerts

11, 156 calendar 90 alternate audio language 79 anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning App Store about 119 browsing 120 deleting apps 123 Genius 120 store account 119, 170 syncing 24, 25 syncing purchased content 123 updating apps 122 verifying purchases 118 Apple Component AV Cable 168 Apple Composite AV Cable 168 Apple Digital AV Adapter 168 Apple ID 23 Apple VGA Adapter 168 Apple Wireless Keyboard 20 apps 14 deleting 123 attachments email 57 audio alternate language 79 Mono Audio 149 audiobooks, syncing 25 Auto-Brightness 155 AutoFill 50, 166 B backups backing up iPad 27 removing 182 restoring from 180, 183 badge, numbered 40 battery charging 33 low on power 34, 179 maximizing life 34 replacing 34, 189 status icon 13 Bluetooth

155 headphones 43 headset 79, 83, 182, 185 pairing headphones 43 status icon 13

157 unpairing device 44 190 bookmarking iBooks 126 map locations 100 webpages 51 YouTube videos 83, 84 bookmarks, syncing 25, 28, 51 books accessibility 128 annotating 126 brightness 127

128 deleting, rearranging 129

125 iBooks 124 purchasing 125 reading 126, 127 searching 128 syncing 25, 125 syncing books 25 text size 127 braille, using displays with VoiceOver 147 brightness

154, 155 iBooks 127

17 browser cache, clearing 167 browsing App Store 120 iTunes Store 114 button sleep/wake 10 C cable, Dock Connector to USB 10, 24 cache, clearing browser 167 CalDAV 88 Calendar about 85

88

90 searching 88 syncing calendars 25, 27, 85 views 86 See also events Camera Connection Kit 70 Camera back camera 61 deleting photos 61 exposure 61 front camera 61 seeing photos and videos youve taken 61, 62 taking photos 61 upload photos to your computer 62

175 caps lock, enabling 161 Cc 165 Index cellular data

154 cellular data plan 30 cellular network 30 charging battery 33 Chinese keyboard 175, 178 cleaning iPad 35

168 computer requirements 23

171 connecting to Internet 29 Contacts about 91 adding and editing 93 adding from Maps 104 assigning photo to 75 display order 165 GAL (Global Address List) 54, 92 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 92 photos 93 seeing location of 98 send info by email 54 sort order 165 syncing 25, 27, 92 Yahoo! Address Book 27 controls, using 17, 36

186 cookies 167 copying, text 21 cover 11 current location 102 cutting and pasting text 21 D data plan 30 data protection 46 Data Roaming 30

154 data, erasing 31, 46, 158, 162 date and time, setting 160 date format 161 debug console, Safari 167 deleting all content and settings 162 apps from the App Store 123 contacts 93 email account 164 email messages 59 notes 95 photos 61, 67 playlists 110 removing 182 songs from a playlist 110 videos 80 developer settings, Safari 167 dictionary 178 191 directions, getting 102 directories (LDAP) 173 disconnecting iPad from computer 33 display freezes 188 Dock Connector to USB cable 10, 24 downloading apps 121 podcasts 117 E editing videos 62 editing text 21 email accounts, syncing 25 enterprise, using iPad 189 ePub books 125 equalizer 168 erasing data 31, 46, 158, 162 events, calendar 86 Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange exposure 61 external keyboards 20 F FaceTime 63 making a call 65 phone number format 65 signing in 64 using other apps while talking 65 Fetch New Data 164 Fifty Key 177

57, 185, 186

28, 44 Find My iPad 31, 46 force quitting an app 188 format, date and time 161 forwarding messages 54 G GAL (Global Address List) 54, 92 Game Center about 130 account information 135 achievements 134 downloading games 132 friends 134 inviting friends 132 leaderboards 133 parental controls 136 playing games 132 recently played games 134 restricting friend requests 160 restricting multiplayer games 160 restrictions 136 setting up 130 status information 135 Genius Mixes 106, 111 Genius playlists 110 Genius, App Store 120 gestures, VoiceOver 140 getting help 188 getting started 23 Google contacts 27 search engine 166 searching the web 51 grab points 21 H hardware keyboards 20 headset, center button 79, 83, 185 help, getting 188 Home screen 13, 36, 37 adding web clips 52 customizing 38 Home Sharing 112, 168 hybrid view 101 I iBooks 124 iBookstore 25, 124 iCal 27, 189 ICCID number 155 icons app 14 status 13 IMAP accounts 53 searching email 58 IMEI number 155 installing apps 121

171 international keyboards 161, 174 Internet, connecting to 29 iPad Smart Cover 11, 158 iPhoto 28, 29, 189 iPod controls 37 iPod Genius Mixes 111 Genius playlists 110 playlists 110

107 searching 109 transferring content 112 iTunes Store about 113 account 115, 116, 119, 170 browsing 114 checking download status 117 purchasing songs and albums 115 streaming or downloading podcasts 117 192 Index syncing purchased content 118 verifying purchases 118 iTunes U syncing 25, 28 iTunes getting help 189 Home Sharing 112 iPad doesnt appear in 180 settings panes 27 J Japanese keyboard 177, 178 K keyboards Apple Wireless Keyboard 20 hardware 20 international 161, 174 layouts 22 switching 174 switching languages 20 typing on 18 Korea keyboard 177 L landscape orientation 16 languages, switching keyboard 20 Large Text 149 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 92, 173 links in email 57 on webpages 49 location. See Maps location services using with Camera 60 Location Services 153 location warnings 162 locking iPad 10, 13 M Mac system requirements 23 Mail account setup 53, 163 attachments 57, 185 Cc 165 checking for new messages 55, 59 deleting email account 164 deleting messages 59 forwarding messages 54 links 57 load additional messages 56 marking messages as unread 57 organizing email 59 password settings 163 printing messages and attachments 59 problems opening an attachment 185 reading messages 56 replying to messages 54 resizing text column 57 saving drafts 54 searching 58 seeing recipients 57 sending messages 54 sending notes 96 sending photos 54 sending webpage addresses 49 sending YouTube video links 83, 84 settings 155, 163 share contact information 54 signatures 165 storing email on iPad or server 155, 163 syncing email account settings 25 zooming in a message 57 managing photos 67 Maps adding location to a contact 104 bookmarking location 100 classic view 101 current location 99, 102 dropped pin 100

103

98 getting directions 102 hybrid view 101 satellite view 101 seeing location of a contact 98 share location 104 street view 101 terrain view 101

103 zooming 98 Microsoft Exchange 14, 31, 54, 92, 171, 172 meeting invitations 89 searching email 58 setting up account 172 syncing 85, 172 Microsoft Internet Explorer 28, 51 Microsoft Outlook 27, 85 mirroring video 169 MobileMe 14, 31, 92 getting help 189 searching email 58 security features 31, 46 sending photos to a gallery 74 syncing 51, 85 model number 155 Mono Audio 149 Index 193 movies rented 28, 80 syncing 24, 25 multitasking 37 music managing manually 27 previewing 115 purchasing 115 searching 109 settings 168 syncing 24, 25, 28 See also iPod music videos syncing 24 mute audio and video playback 11

11 VoiceOver 141, 144 N navigating. See panning, scrolling Network activity status icon 13 networks 152 Notes 95 emailing 96 searching 96 syncing 25

153 numbered badge 40 O onscreen keyboard 18 orientation, changing 47 Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook overview, iPad apps 14 P pairing Bluetooth headphones 43 Bluetooth keyboard 43 removing 43 panning maps 98 webpages 48 parental controls. See Restrictions passcode 157 pasting text 21 PC system requirements 23 PDF books 125 Photo Booth back camera 67 front camera 67 seeing photos youve taken 67 taking photos 66, 67 upload photos to your computer 68 photos 69 albums 71 assigning photos to contacts 75 contact photos 93 emailing multiple photos 74 emailing photos 73 events 71 faces 71 geo-tagged 71 importing from camera or iPhone 70 picture frame 76 places 71 printing 75 saving from web or email 74 sending in email messages 54 settings 169 slideshow 73 syncing 25, 28, 29 taking 61, 66, 67 upload to computer 74 using photos as wallpaper 75 zooming photos 72 Photos streaming with AirPlay 73 Picture Frame 76 pictures. See Camera, Photos Pinyin 175, 178 playlists 110 creating 109 Genius 110 Genius Mixes 111 podcasts downloading 117 streaming 117 syncing 24, 25, 28 pop-ups 167 portrait orientation 16 power adapter, 10W USB 10 power, low 34 previewing, music and videos 115, 116 print AirPrint printers 40 Print Center 42 printing cancelling 42 email messages and attachments 59 overview 40 photos 75 setting up 40 status 42 problems. See troubleshooting purchased content syncing 118, 123 194 Index purchasing apps 119 music 113, 115 videos 116 push accounts 164 Q Quick Nav 146 R rate a song 109 reading email 56 rechargeable batteries 34 removing backups 182 renting movies 28, 80 videos 116 repeating 107 replacing battery 34, 189 replying to messages 54 requirements for using iPad 23 reset iPad 188 resizing webpage columns 48 restarting 188 restoring iPad software 182 restoring settings and information 180, 183 restrictions, setting 158

177, 178 rotor control 142 S Safari AutoFill 50, 166 bookmarking webpages 51 clearing cache 167 cookies 167 debug console 167 Debug Console 167 developer settings 167 fraud warning 167 Home screen web clips 52 navigating 49 opening webpages 47, 49, 50 pop-ups 167 reloading webpages 49

48 saving images to your Photo Library 49 searching 50 searching the web 51 security 167 sending webpage addresses in email 49 settings 166 stopping webpages from loading 49 syncing bookmarks 25, 28

50 zooming webpages 48 satellite view 101 screen 154, 155 brightness 17

155 using 17, 36 screen orientation 16. See Side Switch lock 16, 37 lock icon 16 lock status icon 13, 16 screenshot, taking a 61 scrolling about 37 maps 98 webpages 48 SD Card Reader 70 search engine 166 searching App Store 120 calendars 88 global 42 iTunes Store 114 Mail messages 58 music 109 notes 96 the web 51 using Spotlight 43 webpage text 50 Wikipedia 43 YouTube videos 82 security erase data after ten failed passcode attempts 158 features 46 Find My iPad 46 setting passcode 157 web 167 selecting text 21 sending email 54 photos from Photos 73

155 service and support information 189 set up iPad 24 settings accessibility 162 accounts 163 alerts 90 auto-capitalization 161 auto-correction 21, 161 Bluetooth 157 brightness 154 Calendar 90 date and time 160 developer 167 email server 155 Fetch New Data 164 international 161 Index 195 iPad cover lock 158 language 161 location services 153 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 163 Mail 163 music 168 passcode lock 157 Photos 169 Picture Frame 155 resetting 162 restrictions 158 Safari 166 screen brightness 154 security 167 sound 90 Store 170 usage statistics 156 video 168 VoiceOver 137 VPN 156 wallpaper 75, 155 Wi-Fi 152 sharing photos in email messages 54

107 Side Switch 11 signatures, email 165 SIM PIN

154

176 sleep/wake button 10 slideshows settings 169 smart cover 11 software getting help 189 updating and restoring 182 version 155 sound

156

156

11 no sound 185 setting limit 168 Sound Check 168

11 sounds calendar alert 90 Speak Auto-text 149 SSL 163 status icons 13 storage capacity 155 Store, settings 170 subscribing, calendars 88 subtitles 79

47 switching between cameras 61, 67 syncing calendars 85 Google Contacts 27 iTunes library contents 24, 25 Microsoft Exchange 85, 172 MobileMe 31, 85 preventing 29 purchased songs 118 Sync in progress message 33 webpage bookmarks 51 system requirements 23 T taking photos 61, 66, 67 telephone number format 161 Ten Key 178 text cutting or copying 21 increasing size 149 pasting 21 typing 18 typing in webpages 50 time format 161 time zone support 88, 166 time, setting 160 touchscreen, using 17, 36 Traditional Chinese 176

103 transfer settings and information 181 transferring purchased content 112, 113, 118, 123 transferring settings and information 180, 183 trimming videos 62 Triple-click Home 150 troubleshooting backing up 181 cant open an attachment 185 cant purchase music or apps 188 display freezes 179 iPad doesnt appear in iTunes 180 iPad doesnt respond 179 iPad doesnt turn on 179 no sound 185 problems playing songs or other content 186 restarting 188 software update and restore 182

10 TV shows syncing 24, 25, 28 typing international keyboards 174 keyboard 18

50 word substitution 178 196 Index U undoing edits 22 unlocking iPad 10 unpairing Bluetooth device 44 unread messages, marking 57 updating iPad software 182 usage statistics battery percentage 156 resetting 156 seeing 156 USB cable 10, 24 port 24 user dictionary 178 V VGA connector 84 video settings 168 videos 77 alternate audio language 79 deleting 80 editing 62 playback controls 78 playing 78 previewing 116 purchasing 116 rented 80 subtitles 79 syncing 28 trimming 62 watching on a TV 80, 84 YouTube 81 See also iPod, Music, YouTube Vietnamese keyboard 177 View Account changing account information 154 virtual private network. See VPN VoiceOver about 138 braille displays 147 entering and editing text 144 gestures 140 keyboard control 144 Quick Nav 146 rotor control 142 volume

11

156 setting limit 168 VPN accessing networks using 172

156

171

157 W waking iPad 10 wallpaper settings 75 using photo as 75 warranty service 189 watching videos on a TV 80, 84 web. See Safari web clips, adding to Home screen 52 webpages bookmarking 51 syncing 25, 28 White on Black 149 Wi-Fi addresses 155 forgetting a network 153

29, 152 settings 152 status icon 13

151, 152 Wikipedia, searching 43 Windows Address Book 27 Windows XP 23

186 Wubi Hua 175 Y Yahoo!

Address Book 27 search engine 166 searching using 51 Yomi 178 YouTube bookmarking videos 83, 84 emailing video links 83, 84

84 playing videos 83 rating videos 84 searching for videos 82 subscribing to videos 84 Z Zhuyin 175, 178 Zoom (Accessibility feature) 148 zooming camera 61 email messages 57 maps 98 photos 72 webpages 48 Index 197

Apple Inc. 2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirPlay, AirPort, AirPort Express, AirPort Extreme, Aperture, Apple TV, FaceTime, Finder, iBooks, iCal, iPhone, iPhoto, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keynote, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Safari, and Spotlight are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

of Apple Inc. Apple, Apple Store, iDisk, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store, iBookstore, and MobileMe are service marks of Apple Inc. Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S. and/or other countries. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license. Ping is a registered trademark of Karsten Manufacturing Corporation and is used in the U.S. under license. 2011 Google. Map data 2011 Google, Tele Atlas, INEGI, Transnavicom, ZENRIN, MapLink/Tele Atlas, Europa Technologies. Google. Map data 2011 Tele Atlas. 2011 Google. Map data 2011 Google. 2011 Google.

change. Airplane! 1992 Paramount Pictures. All rights reserved. Back to the Future 1985 Universal Studios. All rights reserved. Dear John 2010 Dear John, LLC. All rights reserved. Eat Pray Love 2010 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. All rights reserved. Iron Man 2, the movie, 2010 MVL Film Finance LLC. Iron Man, the character, TM and 2010 Marvel Entertainment, LLC and subs. All rights reserved. The Karate Kid 2010 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. All rights reserved. Salt 2010 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. and Beverly Blvd. LLC. All rights reserved. Tangled will be available on iTunes beginning March 29, 2011. Tangled 2010 Disney. Toy Story 3 Disney/Pixar. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Mention of third-party products is for informational purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility with regard to the performance or use of these products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties, if any, take place directly between the vendors and the

that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. 019-2019/2011-03-07

 

 

iPad Important Product Information Guide This Important Product Information Guide contains safety, handling, disposal and recycling, regulatory, and software license information, as well as the one-year limited warranty for iPad. Look for other environmental information in the iPad User Guide at: support.apple.com/manuals/iPad

 Read all safety information below and operating instructions before using iPad to avoid injury. For detailed operating instructions, read the iPad User Guide on your iPad by visiting help.apple.com/iPad or using the iPad User Guide bookmark in Safari. For a downloadable version of the iPad User Guide and the latest version of this Important Product Information Guide, visit: support.apple.com/manuals/iPad Important Safety and Handling Information WARNING:Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, or other injury or damage to iPad or other property. Carrying and Handling iPad iPad contains sensitive components. Do not drop, disassemble, open, crush, bend, deform, puncture, shred, microwave, incinerate, paint, or insert foreign objects into iPad. Avoiding Water and Wet Locations Do not use iPad in rain, or near washbasins or other wet locations. Take care not to spill any food or liquid on iPad. In case iPad gets wet, unplug all cables, turn off iPad (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider) before cleaning, and allow it to dry thoroughly before turning it on again. Do not attempt to dry iPad with an external heat source, such as a microwave oven or hair dryer. An iPad that has been damaged as a result of exposure to liquids is not serviceable. Repairing or Modifying iPad Never attempt to repair or modify iPad yourself. Disassembling iPad may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. iPad does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Service should only be provided by an Apple Authorized Service Provider. If iPad has been in contact with liquids, punctured, or subjected to a severe fall, do not use it until you take it to an Apple Authorized Service Provider. For service information, choose iPad Help from the Help menu in iTunes or go to:

www.apple.com/support/ipad/service Battery Replacement The rechargeable battery in iPad should be replaced only by Apple. For more information about battery replacement service, go to: www.apple.com/batteries/ipad.html Charging iPad To charge iPad, use only the Apple Dock Connector to USB Cable with an Apple 10W USB Power Adapter or a high-power USB port on another device that is compliant with the USB 2.0 standard, another Apple-branded product or accessory designed to work with iPad, or a third-

party accessory certified to use Apples Works with iPad logo. Read all safety instructions for any products and accessories before using with iPad. Apple is not responsible for the operation of third-party accessories or their compliance with safety and regulatory standards. When you use the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter to charge iPad, make sure that the power adapter is fully assembled before you plug it into a power outlet. Then insert the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter firmly into the power outlet. Do not connect or disconnect the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter with wet hands. The Apple 10W USB Power Adapter may become warm during normal use. Always allow adequate ventilation around the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter and use care when handling. Unplug the Apple 10W USB Power Adapter if any of the following conditions exist:

The power cord or plug has become frayed or damaged. moisture. The adapter is exposed to rain, liquid, or excessive The adapter case has become damaged. You suspect the adapter needs service or repair. You want to clean the adapter. Avoiding Hearing Damage Permanent hearing loss may occur if headphones are used at high volume. Set the volume to a safe level. You can adapt over time to a higher volume of sound that may sound normal but can be damaging to your hearing. If you experience ringing in your ears or muffled speech, stop listening and have your hearing checked. The louder the volume, the less time is required before your hearing could be affected. Hearing experts suggest that to protect your hearing:

Limit the amount of time you use earbuds, headphones, speakers, or earpieces at high volume. Avoid turning up the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Turn the volume down if you cant hear people speaking near you. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see the iPad User Guide. Driving and Riding Safely Use of iPad alone or with headphones (even if used only in one ear) while driving a vehicle or riding a bicycle is not recommended and is illegal in some areas. Check and obey the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices like iPad in the areas where you drive or ride. Be careful and attentive while driving or riding a bicycle. If you decide to use iPad while driving, keep in mind the following guidelines:

Give full attention to driving or riding and to the road. Using a mobile device while driving or riding may be distracting. If you find it disruptive or distracting while operating any type of vehicle, riding a bicycle, or performing any activity that requires your full attention, pull off the road and park if driving conditions require. Do not email, take notes, look up phone numbers, or perform any other activities that require your attention while driving. Composing or reading emails, jotting down a to-do list, or flipping through your address book takes attention away from your primary responsibility, driving safely. Navigating Safely If your iPad has applications that provide maps, digital compass headings, directions or location-based navigation assistance, these applications should only be used for basic navigation assistance and should not be relied on to determine precise locations, proximity, distance, or direction. Maps, digital compass, directions, and location-based applications provided by Apple depend on data collected and services provided by third parties. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas, resulting in maps, digital compass headings, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. iPad contains an internal digital compass located in the upper right corner of iPad. The accuracy of digital compass headings may be negatively affected by magnetic or other environmental interference. Never rely solely on the digital compass for determining direction. Compare the information provided on iPad to your surroundings and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. For Vehicles Equipped with an Air Bag An air bag inflates with great force. Do not store iPad or any of its accessories in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Seizures, Blackouts, and Eyestrain A small percentage of people may be susceptible to blackouts or seizures (even if they have never had one before) when exposed to flashing lights or light patterns such as when playing games or watching video. If you have experienced seizures or blackouts or have a family history of such occurrences, you should consult a physician before playing games or watching videos on your iPad. Discontinue use of iPad and consult a physician if you experience headaches, blackouts, seizures, convulsion, eye or muscle twitching, loss of awareness, involuntary movement, or disorientation. To reduce risk of headaches, blackouts, seizures, and eyestrain, avoid prolonged use, hold iPad some distance from your eyes, use iPad in a well-lit room, and take frequent breaks. Glass Parts The outside cover of the iPad screen is made of glass. This glass could break if iPad is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If the glass chips or cracks, do not touch or attempt to remove the broken glass and stop using iPad. Glass cracked due to misuse or abuse is not covered under the warranty. Choking Hazards iPad contains small parts, which may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep iPad and its accessories away from small children. Repetitive Motion When you perform repetitive activities such as typing or playing games on iPad, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, arms, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. Take frequent breaks and if you have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician. Holding iPad You can hold and use iPad in many different ways. Its important to find a comfortable posture when using iPad, and to take frequent breaks. Use your lap, or a table, case, or dock accessory, to support iPad during use. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Turn off iPad

(press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider) when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere. Do not charge iPad and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire, resulting in serious injury or even death. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, marked clearly. Potential areas may include: fueling areas (such as gas stations);

below deck on boats; fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders); and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Using Connectors and Ports Never force a connector into a port. Check for obstructions on the port. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Keeping iPad Within Acceptable Temperatures Operate iPad in a place where the temperature is between 0 and 35 C (32 to 95 F). Low- or high-temperature conditions might temporarily shorten battery life or cause iPad to temporarily stop working properly. Avoid dramatic changes in temperature or humidity when using iPad, as condensation may form on or within iPad. Store iPad in a place where the temperature is between -20 and 45 C (-4 to 113 F). Dont leave iPad in your car, because temperatures in parked cars can exceed this range. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. The exterior of iPad functions as a cooling surface that transfers heat from inside the unit to the cooler air outside. Keeping the Outside of iPad Clean Handle your iPad with care to maintain its appearance. If you are concerned about scratching or abrasion, you can use one of the many cases sold separately. To clean iPad, unplug all cables and turn off iPad (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use window cleaners, household cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPad. iPad has an oleophobic coating on the screen; simply wipe iPads screen with a soft, lint-free cloth to remove oil left by your hands. The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and rubbing the screen with an abrasive material will further diminish its effect and may scratch your screen. Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy iPad contains radio transmitters and receivers. When on, iPad sends and receives radio frequency (RF) energy through its antenna. The Wi-Fi and Bluetooth antennas are located behind the screen to the left of the Home button, and behind the Apple logo. iPad has been tested and meets the SAR exposure requirements for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth operation. A cellular antenna is located at the top edge of iPad, opposite the Home button at the bottom. For optimal mobile device performance and so that human exposure to RF energy does not exceed the FCC guidelines, always follow these instructions and precautions: Orient the device with the cellular antenna (located under the black edge at the top of the device) away from your body or other objects. iPad is designed and manufactured to comply with the limits for exposure to RF energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the United States. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate, or SAR. The SAR limit applicable to iPad set by the FCC is 1.6 watts per kilogram (W/kg). Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions specified by these agencies, with iPad transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although SAR is determined at the highest certified power level in each frequency band, the actual SAR level of iPad while in operation can be well below the maximum value because iPad adjusts its cellular transmitting power based in part on orientation and proximity to the wireless network. In general, the closer you are to a cellular base station, the lower the cellular transmitting power level. iPad has been tested,1 and meets the FCC exposure guidelines for cellular operation. When tested at direct body contact, iPads maximum SAR value for each frequency band is outlined below:

FCC SAR Frequency Band

(MHz) FCC 1g SAR Limit Highest Value 824849 18501910 24002483.5 51505250 52505350 55005700 57255850 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.14 1.15 1.05 0.79 0.85 0.82 0.65 You can further limit your exposure by limiting the amount of time using iPad in wireless mode, since time is a factor in how much exposure a person receives, and by placing more distance between your body and iPad since exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. Additional Information For more information from the FCC about exposure to RF energy, see: www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety 1 The device was tested by Compliance Certification Services, Fremont, CA according to measurement standards and procedures specified in FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (Edition 01-01) and IEEE P1528.1, April 21 2003. The FCC and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration

(FDA) also maintain a consumer website at www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/

RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/

HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/default. htm to address inquiries about the safety of mobile phones. Please check the website periodically for updates. For information about the scientific research related to RF energy exposure, see the EMF Research Database maintained by the World Health Organization at: www.who.int/emf Radio Frequency Interference Radio-frequency emissions from electronic equipment can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emission in the United States, the wireless transmitters and electrical circuits in iPad may cause interference in other electronic equipment. Therefore, please take the following precautions:

Aircraft Use of iPad may be prohibited while traveling in aircraft. For more information about using Airplane Mode to turn off the iPad wireless transmitters, see the iPad User Guide. Vehicles Radio frequency emissions from iPad may affect electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. Persons with pacemakers:

Should always keep iPad more than 15 cm

(6 inches) from the pacemaker when the wireless device is turned on If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn iPad off immediately (press and hold the Sleep/Wake button, and then slide the onscreen slider). Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical device, consult the device manufacturer or your physician to determine if it is adequately shielded from radio frequency emissions from iPad. Health Care Facilities Hospitals and health care facilities may use equipment that is particularly sensitive to external radio frequency emissions. Turn iPad off when staff or posted signs instruct you to do so. Blasting Areas and Posted Facilities To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn off iPad when in a blasting area or in areas posted Turn off two-way radio. Obey all signs and instructions. Certification and Compliance See iPad for the certification and compliance marks specific to that device. To view, choose Settings >

General > About > Regulatory. U.S. Model A1397 FCC ID: BCGA1397 Important:Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the EMC and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. FCC Compliance Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Wireless Radio Use: This device is restricted to indoor use when operating in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency band. Disposal and Recycling For information about Apples recycling program, go to: www.apple.com/recycling Software License Agreement Use of iPad constitutes acceptance of the Apple and third-party software license terms found at:

www.apple.com/legal/sla Apple One (1) Year Limited Warranty For Apple Branded Products Only ADDITIONAL RIGHTS FOR CONSUMERS, WHO ARE COVERED BY CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS OR REGULATIONS IN THEIR COUNTRY OF PURCHASE OR, IF DIFFERENT, THEIR COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE, THE BENEFITS CONFERRED BY THIS WARRANTY ARE IN ADDITION TO ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CONVEYED BY SUCH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT EXCLUDE, LIMIT OR SUSPEND ANY RIGHTS OF CONSUMERS ARISING OUT OF NONCONFORMITY WITH A SALES CONTRACT. SOME COUNTRIES, STATES AND PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION MAY LAST, SO THE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS DESCRIBED BELOW MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY BY COUNTRY, STATE OR PROVINCE. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COUNTRY IN WHICH THE PRODUCT PURCHASE TOOK PLACE. APPLE, THE WARRANTOR UNDER THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, IS IDENTIFIED AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT ACCORDING TO THE COUNTRY OR REGION IN WHICH THE PRODUCT PURCHASE TOOK PLACE. WARRANTY Apples warranty obligations for this hardware product are limited to the terms set forth herein. Apple, as defined in the table below, warrants this Apple-branded hardware product against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of ONE (1) YEAR from the date of retail purchase by the original end-user purchaser

(Warranty Period). If a hardware defect arises and a valid claim is received within the Warranty Period, at its option and to the extent permitted by law, Apple will either (1) repair the hardware defect at no charge, using new parts or refurbished parts that are equivalent to new in performance and reliability, (2) exchange the product with a product that is new or refurbished that is equivalent to new in performance and reliability and is at least functionally equivalent to the original product, or (3) refund the purchase price of the product. Apple may request that you replace defective parts with user-installable new or refurbished parts that Apple provides in fulfillment of its warranty obligation. A replacement product or part, including a user-installable part that has been installed in accordance with instructions provided by Apple, assumes the remaining warranty of the original product or ninety (90) days from the date of replacement or repair, whichever provides longer coverage for you. When a product or part is exchanged, any replacement item becomes your property and the replaced item becomes Apples property. Parts provided by Apple in fulfillment of its warranty obligation must be used in products for which warranty service is claimed. When a refund is given, the product for which the refund is provided must be returned to Apple and becomes Apples property. EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS This Limited Warranty applies only to the hardware product manufactured by or for Apple that can be identified by the Apple trademark, trade name, or logo affixed to it. The Limited Warranty does not apply to any non-Apple hardware product or any software, even if packaged or sold with the Apple hardware. Manufacturers, suppliers, or publishers, other than Apple, may provide their own warranties to the end user purchaser, but Apple, in so far as permitted by law, provides their products as is. Software distributed by Apple with or without the Apple brand name (including, but not limited to system software) is not covered under this Limited Warranty. Refer to the licensing agreement accompanying the software for details of your rights with respect to its use. Apple does not warrant that the operation of the product will be uninterrupted or error-free. Apple is not responsible for damage arising from failure to follow instructions relating to the products use. This warranty does not apply: (a) to consumable parts, such as batteries, or protective coatings designed to diminish over time unless failure has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (b) to cosmetic damage, including but not limited to scratches, dents, and broken plastic on ports; (c) to damage caused by use with non-Apple products; (d) to damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, liquid contact, fire, earthquake or other external causes; (e) to damage caused by operating the product outside the permitted or intended uses described by Apple; (f) to damage caused by service (including upgrades and expansions) performed by anyone who is not a representative of Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider (AASP); (g) to a product or part that has been modified to alter functionality or capability without the written permission of Apple;

(h) to defects caused by normal wear and tear or otherwise due to the normal aging of the product;

or (i) if any Apple serial number has been removed or defaced. Important:Do not open the hardware product. Opening the hardware product may cause damage that is not covered by this warranty. Only Apple or an AASP should perform service on this hardware product. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS WARRANTY AND THE REMEDIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, REMEDIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. AS PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, APPLE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL STATUTORY OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTIES AGAINST HIDDEN OR LATENT DEFECTS. IF APPLE CANNOT LAWFULLY DISCLAIM STATUTORY OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES THEN TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY AND TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SERVICE AS DETERMINED BY APPLE IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. No Apple reseller, agent, or employee is authorized to make any modification, extension, or addition to this warranty. If any term is held to be illegal or unenforceable, the legality or enforceability of the remaining terms shall not be affected or impaired. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, APPLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONDITION, OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF USE; LOSS OF REVENUE;

LOSS OF ACTUAL OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS

(INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS ON CONTRACTS);

LOSS OF THE USE OF MONEY; LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS; LOSS OF BUSINESS; LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY;

LOSS OF GOODWILL; LOSS OF REPUTATION; LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, COMPROMISE OR CORRUPTION OF DATA; OR ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE HOWSOEVER CAUSED INCLUDING THE REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY, ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING, PROGRAMMING OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA STORED IN OR USED WITH THE APPLE PRODUCT AND ANY FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF DATA STORED ON THE PRODUCT. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY CLAIMS, OR ANY STATUTORY LIABILITY FOR INTENTIONAL AND GROSS NEGLIGENT ACTS AND/OR OMISSIONS. APPLE DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION THAT IT WILL BE ABLE TO REPAIR ANY PRODUCT UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR MAKE A PRODUCT EXCHANGE WITHOUT RISK TO OR LOSS OF PROGRAMS OR DATA. OBTAINING WARRANTY SERVICEPlease access and review the online help resources described below before seeking warranty service. If the product is still not functioning properly after making use of these resources, please contact the Apple representatives or, if applicable, an Apple owned retail store (Apple Retail) or an AASP using the information provided below. When contacting Apple via telephone, other charges may apply depending on your location. When calling, an Apple representative or AASP will help determine whether your product requires service and, if it does, will inform you how Apple will provide it. You must assist in diagnosing issues with your product and follow Apples warranty processes. Apple may restrict service to the country where Apple or its Authorized Distributors originally sold the hardware product. Apple will provide warranty service either (i) at an Apple Retail or AASP location, where service is performed at the location, or the Apple Retail or AASP may send the product to an Apple repair service location for service, (ii) by sending you prepaid way bills (and if you no longer have the original packaging, Apple may send you packaging material) to enable you to ship the product to Apples repair service location for service, or (iii) by sending you user-installable new or refurbished replacement product or parts to enable you to service or exchange your own product

(DIY Service). Upon receipt of the replacement product or part, the original product or part becomes the property of Apple and you agree to follow instructions, including, if required, arranging the return of original product or part to Apple in a timely manner. When providing DIY Service requiring the return of the original product or part, Apple may require a credit card authorization as security for the retail price of the replacement product or part and applicable shipping costs. If you follow instructions, Apple will cancel the credit card authorization, so you will not be charged for the product or part and shipping costs. If you fail to return the replaced product or part as instructed or the replaced product or part is not eligible for warranty service, Apple will charge the credit card for the authorized amount. Service options, parts availability and response times may vary according to the country in which service is requested. Service options are subject RESOURCES A description of the following Apple resources is available online:

Support and Service Information Authorized Distributors www.apple.com/support/

country http://www.apple.com/lae/buy Apple Authorized Service Providers http://support.apple.com/

kb/HT1434 Apple Retail Store http://www.apple.com/retail/

storelist/

Apple Technical Support Numbers http://www.apple.com/

support/contact/phone_ contacts.html Apple Complimentary Support http://www.apple.com/

support/country/index. html?dest=complimentary Warranty Obligor Apple Inc., 1 Infinite Loop, Cupertino, CA 95014 iPad U.S. Warranty v2.0 to change at any time. You may be responsible for shipping and handling charges if the product cannot be serviced in the country in which service is requested. If you seek service in a country that is not the country of original purchase, you will comply with all applicable import and export laws and regulations and be responsible for all custom duties, V.A.T. and other associated taxes and charges. Where international service is available, Apple may repair or exchange defective products and parts with comparable products and parts that comply with local standards. In accordance with applicable law, Apple may require that you furnish proof of purchase details and/or comply with registration requirements before receiving warranty service. Resources with more details on this and other matters on obtaining warranty service are described below. PRIVACY Apple will maintain and use customer information in accordance with Apples Customer Privacy Policy available at www.apple.com/legal/warranty/privacy and Apples applicable legal obligations. BACKUP If your product is capable of storing software programs, data and other information, you should protect its contents against possible operational failures. Before you deliver your product for warranty service it is your responsibility to keep a separate backup copy of the contents, remove all personal information and data that you want to protect and disable any security passwords. THE CONTENTS OF YOUR PRODUCT WILL BE DELETED AND THE STORAGE MEDIA REFORMATTED IN THE COURSE OF WARRANTY SERVICE. Your product or a replacement product will be returned to you as your product was configured when originally purchased, subject to applicable updates. Apple may install system software updates as part of warranty service that will prevent the hardware from reverting to an earlier version of the system software. Third party applications installed on the hardware may not be compatible or work with the hardware as a result of the system software update. You will be responsible for reinstalling all other software programs, data and passwords. Recovery and reinstallation of software programs and user data are not covered under this Limited Warranty. 2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. iPad is a trademark of Apple Inc. Apple Store is a service mark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. 034-5808-A Printed in XXXX

 

 

iPad User Guide For iOS 4.3 Software Contents Chapter 1: At a Glance Overview Buttons 9 9 10 12 Micro-SIM Card Tray 13 Home Screen 17 Multi-Touch Screen 18 Onscreen Keyboard 23 Chapter 2: Getting Started 23 What You Need Setting Up iPad 24 Syncing with iTunes 24 Connecting to the Internet 29 Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts 31 33 Disconnecting iPad from Your Computer 33 33 35 Using and Cleaning iPad Viewing the User Guide on iPad Battery Printing Searching 36 Chapter 3: Basics 36 Using Apps 40 42 43 Using Bluetooth Devices File Sharing 44 45 Using AirPlay 46 Security Features 47 Chapter 4: Safari 47 About Safari Viewing Webpages 47 Searching the Web 50 Bookmarks 51 52 Web Clips 2 53 Chapter 5: Mail 53 About Mail 53 54 55 58 59 59 Organizing Email Setting Up Email Accounts Sending Email Checking and Reading Email Searching Email Printing Messages and Attachments 60 Chapter 6: Camera 60 About Camera 61 62 62 62 Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer Taking Photos and Recording Videos Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos Trimming Videos 63 Chapter 7: FaceTime 63 About FaceTime 64 65 Making a FaceTime Call 65 While Youre Talking Signing In 66 Chapter 8: Photo Booth 66 About Photo Booth

66 Taking a Photo 67 Viewing and Sharing Photos 67 68 Uploading Photos to Your Computer Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer Importing Photos and Videos from iPhone or a Digital Camera Viewing Photos and Videos Sharing Photos 69 Chapter 9: Photos 69 About Photos 69 70 70 73 75 Assigning a Photo to a Contact 75 75 Wallpaper and Lock Screen Photos 76 Using Picture Frame Printing Photos 77 Chapter 10: Videos 77 About Videos Playing Videos 78 Controlling Video Playback 78 Contents 3 Syncing Videos 79 80 Watching Rented Movies 80 Watching Videos on a TV 80 Deleting Videos from iPad Finding and Viewing Videos Controlling Video Playback 81 Chapter 11: YouTube 81 83 84 Managing Videos 84 Watching YouTube on a TV Syncing Calendars 85 Chapter 12: Calendar 85 About Calendar 85 86 Adding, Editing, and Deleting Calendar Events 86 88 88 89 90 90 Alerts Viewing Your Calendars Searching Calendars Subscribing to Calendars Responding to Meeting Invitations Importing Calendar Files from Mail 91 Chapter 13: Contacts About Contacts 91 Syncing and Adding Contacts 92 Searching Contacts 92 93 Managing Contacts 93 Using Contact Information 94 s 95 Chapter 14: Notes 95 Writing and Reading Notes 96 96 96 Searching Notes Emailing Notes Syncing Notes Finding and Viewing Locations 97 Chapter 15: Maps 97 About Maps 97 102 Getting Directions 103 s 103 Finding and Contacting Businesses 104 Sharing Location Information 4 Contents 105 Chapter 16: iPod 105 Adding Music and More to iPad 105 Playing Music and Other Audio 109 Using Playlists 112 Home Sharing 112 Transferring Content 113 Chapter 17: iTunes Store 113 About the iTunes Store 113 Transferring Content 114 Finding Music, Videos, and More 114 Following Artists and Friends 115 Purchasing Music or Audiobooks 116 Purchasing or Renting Videos 117 Listening to or Watching Podcasts 117 Checking Download Status 118 Syncing Content 118 Viewing Apple ID Information 118 Verifying Purchases 119 Chapter 18: App Store 119 About the App Store 120 Browsing and Searching 120 Getting More Information 121 Buying Apps 121 Using Apps 122 Updating Apps 122 Writing Reviews 123 Deleting Apps 123 Syncing Purchases 124 Chapter 19: iBooks 124 About iBooks 125 Syncing Books and PDFs 125 Using the iBookstore 126 Reading Books 127 Reading PDFs 127 Changing a Books Appearance 128 Searching Books and PDFs 128 d 128 Having a Book Read to You 128 Printing or Emailing a PDF 129 Organizing the Bookshelf Contents 5 130 Chapter 20: Game Center 130 About Game Center 130 Setting Up Game Center 132 Games 134 Friends 135 Your Status and Account Information 136 Parental Controls 137 Chapter 21: Accessibility 137 Universal Access Features 138 VoiceOver 148 Zoom 149 Large Text 149 White on Black 149 Mono Audio 149 Speak Auto-Text 150 Triple-Click Home 150 Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features 151 Chapter 22: Settings 151 About Settings 151 Airplane Mode 152 VPN 152 Wi-Fi 153 s 153 Location Services 154 Carrier 154 Cellular Data 154 Brightness & Wallpaper 155 Picture Frame 155 General 163 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 166 Safari iPod 168 168 Video 169 Photos 169 FaceTime 170 Notes 170 Store 171 Appendix A: iPad in the Enterprise 171 171 s iPad at Work 6 Contents 172 Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts 172 VPN Access 173 LDAP and CardDAV Accounts 174 Appendix B: International Keyboards 174 Adding Keyboards 174 Switching Keyboards 175 Chinese Japanese 177 177 Korean 177 Vietnamese 178 Creating Dictionaries iTunes and Syncing 179 Appendix C: Tips and Troubleshooting 179 Tips and Troubleshooting 180 181 Backing Up iPad 182 Updating and Restoring iPad Software 184 Safari, Mail, and Contacts 185 Sound, Music, and Video 187 FaceTime 188 188 Restarting and Resetting iPad 188 188 Safety, Service, and Support Information 189 Disposal and Recycling Information 189 Apple and the Environment iPad Still Doesnt Respond After Reset iTunes Store and App Store 190 Index Contents 7 At a Glance1Read this chapter to learn about iPad features, how to use the controls, and more.Overview9 Accessories

Item 10W USB power adapter Dock Connector to USB Cable What you can do with it Use the 10W USB power adapter to provide power to iPad and charge the battery. Use this cable to connect iPad to your computer to sync, or to the 10W USB power adapter to charge. Use the cable with the optional iPad Dock, or plug it directly into iPad. Buttons

Sleep/Wake Button You can lock iPad by putting it to sleep when youre not using it. When you lock iPad, nothing happens if you touch the screen, but music continues playing and you can use the volume buttons.

Lock iPad Unlock iPad

Turn iPad on Press the Sleep/Wake button. Press the Home then drag the slider. button or the Sleep/Wake button, Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button for a few seconds until the red slider appears, then drag the slider. Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. If you dont touch the screen for a minute or two, iPad locks automatically. To change this, see Auto-Lock on page 157. If you want to require a passcode to unlock iPad, see Passcode Lock on page 157. 10 Chapter 1 At a Glance You can use the iPad Smart Cover, available separately, to automatically unlock iPad 2 when you open the cover and lock iPad 2 when you close it. See iPad Cover Lock/Unlock on page 158. Volume Buttons

Increase the volume Decrease the volume Mute the sound

Press the Volume Up button. To set a volume limit for music and other media, in Settings, choose iPod > Volume Limit. Press the Volume Down button. Press and hold the Volume Down button to mute audio or video playback.

playback. See Sounds on page 156. You can also use the Side Switch to lock the screen rotation. In Settings, choose General > Use Side Switch, then tap Lock Rotation. See Side Switch on page 160. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Chapter 1 At a Glance 11 Micro-SIM Card Tray The micro-SIM card in some iPad Wi-Fi + 3G models is used for cellular data. Its also known as a third form factor (or 3FF) SIM. If your micro-SIM card wasnt preinstalled or if you change cellular data carriers, you may need to install or replace the micro-SIM card.

Open the SIM tray:

1

2 Pull out the SIM tray to install or replace the micro-SIM card. For more information, see Joining a Cellular Data Network on page 30. 12 Chapter 1 At a Glance Home Screen Press the Home iPad apps. Tap any icon to open the app. button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your Status Icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPad:

Status icon Airplane mode 3G EDGE GPRS Wi-Fi Activity VPN Lock What it means Shows that airplane mode is onyou cant access the Internet, or use Bluetooth devices. Non-wireless features are available. See Airplane Mode on page 151. Shows that your carriers 3G network (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G) is available, and you can connect to the Internet over 3G. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows that your carriers EDGE network (some iPad Wi-Fi

+ 3G models) is available, and you can connect to the Internet over EDGE. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows that your carriers GPRS network (some iPad Wi-Fi

+ 3G models) is available, and you can connect to the Internet over GPRS. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows that iPad has a Wi-Fi Internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Shows network and other activity. Some third-party apps may also use this icon to indicate an active process. Shows that youre connected to a network using VPN. See VPN on page 152. Shows that iPad is locked. See Sleep/Wake Button on page 10. Screen orientation lock Shows that the screen orientation is locked. See Viewing in Portrait or Landscape on page 16. Play Bluetooth Battery Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast is playing. See Playing Songs on page 105. White icon: Bluetooth is on and a device, such as a headset or keyboard, is connected. Gray icon: Bluetooth is on, but no device is connected. No icon: Shows the battery level or charging status. See Charging the Battery on page 33. Chapter 1 At a Glance 13 iPad Apps The following apps are included with iPad:

Browse websites on the Internet. Rotate iPad sideways for widescreen viewing. Double-

Open multiple pages. Sync bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites to your Photo Library. Print webpages using AirPrint. See Chapter 4, Safari, on page 47. Send and receive mail using many of the most popular email services, Microsoft Exchange, or most industry-standard POP3 and IMAP mail services. Send and save

messages and attachments using AirPrint. See Chapter 5, Mail, on page 53. Organize your favorite photos and videos into albums. Watch a slideshow. Zoom in for a closer look. Share photos and videos using mail or MobileMe (sold separately), or print photos using AirPrint. See Chapter 9, Photos, on page 69. Sync with your iTunes library and listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts on iPad. Create and manage playlists, or use Genius to create playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. Use Home Sharing to play music from your computer. Stream your music or videos wirelessly to an Apple TV or compatible audio system using AirPlay. See Chapter 16, iPod, on page 105. Keep your calendar current on iPad, or sync it with your Mac OS X or Windows calendar. Subscribe to others calendars. Sync over the Internet with Microsoft Exchange or CalDAV servers. See Chapter 12, Calendar, on page 85. Organize your address book and keep it up to date on iPad, or sync it with your Mac OS X or Windows address book. Sync wirelessly with MobileMe (sold separately), Google Contacts, Yahoo! Address Book, and Microsoft Exchange. See Chapter 13, Contacts, on page 91. Jot notes on the goreminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync notes to Mail or Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express. See Chapter 14, Notes, on page 95. See a classic, satellite, hybrid, or terrain view of locations around the world. Zoom in for a closer look, or check out Google Street View. Find your current location. Get detailed

Find businesses in the area. See Chapter 15, Maps, on page 97. Play movies, TV shows, podcasts, videos from your iTunes library or your movie collection. Buy or rent movies on iPad using the iTunes Store. Download video podcasts. See Chapter 10, Videos, on page 77. Play videos from YouTubes online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured, most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your YouTube accountthen rate videos, sync your favorites, show subscriptions, and more. See Chapter 11, YouTube, on page 81. Safari Mail Photos iPod Calendar Contacts Notes Maps Videos YouTube 14 Chapter 1 At a Glance Search the iTunes Store for music, audiobooks, TV shows, music videos, and movies. Browse, preview, purchase, and download new releases, top items, and more. Buy or rent movies and TV shows to view on iPad. Download podcasts. Read reviews, or write your own reviews for your favorite store items. See Chapter 17, iTunes Store, on page 113. Search the App Store for apps you can purchase or download. Read reviews, or write your own reviews for your favorite apps. Download and install the apps on your Home screen. See Chapter 18, App Store, on page 119. Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends. Invite a friend, or request a match with an opponent. Check player rankings on the leaderboards. Gain achievements for extra points. See Chapter 20, Game Center, on page 130. Make video calls to other FaceTime users over Wi-Fi. Use the front camera to talk face to face, or the back camera to share what you see. See Chapter 7, FaceTime, on page 63. Take photos and record videos. View them on iPad, email them, or upload them to your computer or the Internet. Tap to set the exposure. Trim and save video clips. Upload videos directly to YouTube or MobileMe. See Chapter 6, Camera, on page 60.

stretch, before you take a snapshot. Snapshots are saved in an album in the Photo app. See Chapter 8, Photo Booth, on page 66. Personalize your iPad settings in one convenient placenetwork, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Set up Picture Frame, mail accounts, contacts, and calendars. Manage your cellular data account (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G). Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. See Chapter 22, Settings, on page 151. iTunes App Store Game Center FaceTime Camera Photo Booth Settings Additionally, you can get the following apps from the App Store on iPad:

Download the free iBooks app from the App Store. Tap the store button and browse tens of thousands of ePub and PDF booksmany of them free. Print PDFs using AirPrint. Use bookmarks and highlights to save your place and note your favorite passages. See Chapter 19, iBooks, on page 124. Use Multi-Touch gestures to create and share documents on iPad. Develop letters,

computer. You can purchase the Pages app from the App Store. Develop spreadsheets with tables, charts, photos, and text. With a few taps, you can

or you can choose the Blank template to create a unique spreadsheet. You can purchase the Numbers app from the App Store. Choose from Keynote themes to create a presentation. Add photos and videos from the Photos app; organize data with tables and charts; and when your presentation is ready, use full-screen view to play it on iPad. Import Keynote presentations you create on your computer. You can purchase the Keynote app from the App Store. iBooks Pages Numbers Keynote Chapter 1 At a Glance 15 Note: App functionality and availability may vary depending on where you purchase and use iPad.Viewing in Portrait or LandscapeYou can view iPads built-in apps in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPad You may prefer landscape orientation for viewing webpages in Safari, for example, or when entering text. Webpages automatically scale to the wider screen, making the text and images larger. The onscreen keyboard also becomes larger, which may help increase your typing speed and accuracy. Lock the screen orientation if you want to keep the screen from rotating.Lock the screen in portrait or landscape orientation: Double-click the Home to lock the screen orientation.You can also set the Side Switch to lock the screen orientation instead of silencing 16Chapter 1 At a Glance Multi-Touch Screen The controls on the Multi-Touch screen change dynamically, depending on the task

Adjusting Brightness

button to view the Multitasking status bar. Flick from left to right, then drag the brightness slider.

See Brightness & Wallpaper on page 154. Using Lists Some lists have an index along the side to help you navigate quickly.

Find items in an indexed list:

Choose an item: Tap an item in the list.

open a new list, play a song, open an email message, or show someones contact information. Return to a previous list: Tap the back button in the upper-left corner. Chapter 1 At a Glance 17 Zooming In or OutWhen viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, you can zoom in and out. Pinch your quickly) to zoom in, then double-tap again to zoom out. For maps, double-tap to zoom Zoom is also an accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of any app youre using and helps you see whats on the display. See Zoom on page 148.Onscreen KeyboardThe onscreen keyboard appears automatically anytime you need to type. Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, and web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what youre typing, and learns as you use it.You can also use an Apple Wireless Keyboard to type. When you use an external keyboard, the onscreen keyboard doesnt appear. See Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard on page 20.TypingDepending on the app youre using, the intelligent keyboard may automatically suggest corrections as you type, to help prevent mistyped words.Enter text: 1 2 Tap keys on the keyboard.18Chapter 1 At a Glance

Backspace to delete the previous character Quickly type a period and space Type uppercase Turn caps lock on Show numbers, punctuation, or symbols Use an international keyboard Tap

. Double-tap the space bar.

Keyboard. Tap the Shift hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter. key before tapping a letter. Or touch and key. The Shift key turns blue, and Double-tap the Shift all letters you type are uppercase. Tap the Shift key to turn

Keyboard. Tap the Number additional punctuation and symbols. key. Tap the Symbol key to see key to display Touch and hold the Next Keyboard a menu of languages, then tap the language. See Appendix B, International Keyboards, on page 174. You can add or remove international keyboards in Settings > General > Keyboard. Type letters or symbols that arent on the keyboard Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. Hide the onscreen keyboard Tap the Keyboard key to hide the onscreen keyboard. Chapter 1 At a Glance 19 Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard For ease of typing, you can use an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPad. The Apple Wireless Keyboard connects using Bluetooth, so you must pair the keyboard with iPad. See Pairing Bluetooth Devices on page 43. Once the keyboard is paired with iPad, it connects whenever the keyboard is within range (up to 33 feet or 10 meters). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the

Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard: Hold down the Command key and tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the space bar again to choose a language. Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPad: Hold down the power button on the

iPad disconnects the keyboard when its out of range. Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPad: In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, tap next to the keyboard name, then tap Forget this Device.

B, International Keyboards, on page 174 and Keyboard Layouts on page 22. Dictionary For many languages, iPad has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate dictionary is activated automatically when you select a supported keyboard. To see a list of supported languages, from Settings, choose General > International >

Keyboards. iPad uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word youre typing. You dont need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word. 20 Chapter 1 At a Glance Accept or reject dictionary suggestions:

To reject the suggested word,

for the same word, iPad becomes more likely to accept your word.

To use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character. Reset dictionary suggestions: In Settings, choose General > Reset > Reset Keyboard Dictionary. This resets all the suggestions youve made to the dictionary.

In Settings, choose General > Keyboard, then turn

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then turn

Note: If youre entering Chinese or Japanese characters, tap one of the alternatives the dictionary suggests. EditingCut, Copy, and Paste The Multi-Touch screen makes it easy to make changes to text youve entered. An onscreen magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it. Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut, copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps. Position the insertion point: Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then drag to position the insertion point. Select text: Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to

word to select it. In read-only documents such as webpages, touch and hold a word to select it. Drag the grab points to select more or less text. Cut or copy text: Select text, then tap Cut or Copy. Chapter 1 At a Glance 21 Paste text: Tap the insertion point, then tap Paste to insert the last text that you cut or copied. Or, select text, then tap Paste to replace the text. Undo the last edit: Shake iPad, or tap undo on the keyboard. Keyboard Layouts You can use Settings to set the layouts for the onscreen software keyboard and for any hardware keyboards. Available layouts depend on the keyboard language. Select a keyboard layout: In Settings, choose General > Keyboard > International Keyboards, then select a keyboard. For each language, you can make separate selections for both the onscreen software keyboard and any external hardware keyboards. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPad screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple Wireless Keyboard connected to iPad. 22 Chapter 1 At a Glance Getting Started 2 Connect iPad to your computer and use iTunes to set up, register, and sync content. What You Need

WARNING: and safety information in the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad before using iPad. To use iPad, you need:

A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems:

Mac OS X version 10.5.8 or later Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional with Service Pack 3 or later

iTunes 10.2 or later, available at An Apple ID Broadband Internet access www.itunes.com/download 23 Setting Up iPadBefore you can use iPad, you must use iTunes to set it up. You can also register iPad and create an Apple ID (not available in some countries) if you dont already have one.Set up iPad: 1 Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download. 2 Connect iPad to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came with iPad. 3 Follow the onscreen instructions in iTunes to register iPad and sync iPad with music, video, and other content from your iTunes library, and with your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks on your computer.In the Set Up Your iPad screen, select Automatically sync contacts, calendars and bookmarks to have those items sync automatically when you connect iPad to your computer.Syncing with iTunesUse iTunes to sync your music, videos, downloaded apps, and other iTunes library content from your computer. You can also sync your contacts, calendars, and your browser bookmarks. iTunes lets you choose the content and information that you want to sync with iPad. By default, iTunes syncs automatically whenever you connect iPad to your computer. When you sync, you can also transfer information you create or purchase on iPad to your computer.Setting Up SyncingYou can set iTunes to sync the following:Music Movies TV Shows Games and apps downloaded from the App Store Music videos Podcasts 24Chapter 2 Getting Started

Books and audiobooks iTunes U collections Photos and videos (in your computers photo app or folder) Contactsnames, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more Calendarsappointments and events Notes Email account settings Webpage bookmarks

Sync your music, audiobooks, podcasts, iTunes U collections, videos, books, and apps from your iTunes library. If you dont already have content in iTunes, go to the iTunes Store (available in some countries) to preview and download content to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library from your CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on your computer. New entries or changes you make on iPad are synced to your computer, and vice versa. iTunes also lets you sync photos and videos, either from an application or from a folder. Email account settings are synced only one direction, from your computers email app

email account settings on your computer. Note: You can also set up email accounts directly on iPad. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31. iTunes Store and App Store purchases you make on iPad are synced with the iTunes library on your computer when you connect. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPad. Chapter 2 Getting Started 25 You can set iPad to sync only a portion of whats on your computer. For example, you might want to sync only certain music playlists, or only unwatched video podcasts. Important: You should log in to your own user account on your computer before connecting iPad. Set up iTunes syncing:

1 Connect iPad to your computer, and open iTunes (if it doesnt open automatically). 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 See the following section for a description of each pane. 4 Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen. By default, Open iTunes when this iPad is connected is selected. 26 Chapter 2 Getting Started iPad Settings Panes in iTunes The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPad settings panes. For more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Summary Pane Select Open iTunes when this iPad is attached to have iTunes open and sync iPad automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information about preventing automatic syncing, see Preventing Automatic Syncing on page 29. Select Sync only checked songs and videos if you want iTunes to skip unchecked items in your iTunes library when syncing.

and Video settings panes. Select Encrypt iPad backup if you want to encrypt the information stored on your computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are shown with a lock icon, and require a password to restore the information to iPad. See Updating and Restoring iPad Software on page 182.

see Universal Access Features on page 137. Info Pane

accounts, and web browser.

Contacts You can sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo!

Address Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Microsoft Outlook Express), Windows Vista Contacts, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with only one application at a time.)

new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after youve set up syncing. Calendars You can sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.)

Chapter 2 Getting Started 27

Mail Accounts You can sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 or Microsoft Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are only transferred from your computer to iPad. Changes you make to an email

Note: The password for your Yahoo! email account isnt saved on your computer, so it cant be synced and must be entered on iPad. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password. Other Sync bookmarks from Safari on a Mac, or from Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC. Sync notes in the Notes app on iPad with notes in Mail on a Mac or with Microsoft Outlook 2003 or 2007 on a PC. Advanced Select one or more of these options if your want to replace the information on iPad with the information on your computer during the next sync. Apps Pane Use the Apps pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPad Home screen, or copy documents between iPad and your computer. Select Automatically sync new apps to sync new apps to iPad that you downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPad, you can reinstall it from the Apps pane if it was previously synced. You can create documents on iPad, and then copy them to your computer. You can also copy documents from your computer to iPad, and use them with apps that

File Sharing on page 44. Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, and iTunes U Panes Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies, TV shows, podcasts, and iTunes U collections, or select the content you want on iPad. To watch rented movies in your iTunes library on iPad, transfer them to iPad using the Movies pane. Books Pane You can sync books youve downloaded from the iBookstore, and many free ePub books from other sources. You can also sync audiobooks, and if the book has more

28 Chapter 2 Getting Started Photos Pane You can sync photos and videos with iPhoto 6.0.6 or later, or Aperture 3.0.2 or later on a Mac; or with Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later on a PC. You can also sync photos and videos in any folder on your computer that contains images or videos. Preventing Automatic Syncing You can prevent iPad from syncing automatically when you connect iPad to a

Prevent automatic syncing for all iPads: In iTunes choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC), click Devices, then select Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing automatically. If this checkbox is selected, iPad wont sync automatically, even if Open iTunes when this iPad is connected is selected in the Summary pane. Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings: Open iTunes, connect iPad to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac) or Shift-Control (on a PC) until iPad appears in the sidebar. Sync manually: In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar, then click Sync in the lower-right corner of the window. Or, if youve changed any sync settings, click Apply. Connecting to the Internet

iPad connects to the Internet automatically whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, the App Store, or the iTunes Store. iPad connects to the Internet using a Wi-Fi network. iPad Wi-Fi + 3G can also connect to the Internet using a cellular data network. Data service is sold separately. Joining a Wi-Fi Network

Turn on Wi-Fi: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPad detects

If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear with a lock

last used. icon). When iPad has a Wi-Fi connection, the Wi-Fi connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the connection. icon in the status bar shows the

Wi-Fi on page 152. Chapter 2 Getting Started 29 Joining a Cellular Data Network

cellular data plan with an iPad service carrier in your area. With some carriers, you can choose a data plan, track your data usage, and change or cancel your plan on iPad. On some models, 3G, EDGE, and GPRS provide Internet connectivity over the cellular network available through your carriers wireless service. Check the carriers network coverage in your area for availability.

), EDGE ( ), or GPRS ( ) icon in the status bar. If iPad is connected to the Internet using the cellular data network, you see the 3G (

Turn Data Roaming on: If youre outside your carriers network, you may be able to use a cellular data network from another carrier. In Settings, choose Cellular Data and turn Data Roaming on. Important: Roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, make sure

Monitor your cellular data network usage: In Settings, choose Cellular Data >

View Account. Set up a cellular data plan on iPad: From the iPad Home screen, tap Settings and choose Cellular Data. Tap View Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. Cellular data settings may vary depending on the carrier. iPad is unlocked, so you can choose your preferred carrier. Cellular data settings vary, depending on the carrier. If your iPad Wi-Fi + 3G didnt come with a micro-SIM card, contact your carrier to set up an account and obtain a compatible micro-SIM card.

Internet Access on an Airplane

with airline regulations. In some regions, where allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn on Wi-Fi while airplane mode is on, to:

Send and receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts and calendars over the air Stream YouTube videos Purchase music and apps For more information, see Airplane Mode on page 151. 30 Chapter 2 Getting Started Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts iPad works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you dont already have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com, www.google.com, or www.aol.com. To try a free MobileMe trial, go to www.apple.com/mobileme. For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts on page 172. Setting Up MobileMe Accounts To use MobileMe on iPad, you can set up a MobileMe Free Account or a MobileMe Paid Subscription. A MobileMe Free Account lets you use Find My iPada feature that helps you locate iPad if its been lost or stolen, and protect the information on it (not available in all countries or regions). See Security Features on page 46. A MobileMe Free Account is available to any customer who has an iPad with iOS 4.2 or later. If youve already created an Apple ID for the App Store or Game Center, you can use the same Apple ID to set up your MobileMe account. Create a new account if you dont already have one. Set up a MobileMe Free Account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or tap Create Free Apple ID. 4 Follow the onscreen instructions. Verify your email address if required. 5 Set up a MobileMe Paid Subscription:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or chose to create a new account. 4 Turn on the services you want to use on iPad. A MobileMe Paid Subscription lets you use Find My iPad, plus the following features:

Mail account at me.com Over-the-air contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes syncing MobileMe Gallery for sharing photos and videos

Chapter 2 Getting Started 31 You can try out these features with a 60-day free trial at www.apple.com/mobileme. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPad to your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. You can set up multiple MobileMe accounts; however, only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPad and for syncing contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes. To use Gallery, iDisk, and Find My iPad on iPad, download the free MobileMe Gallery, MobileMe iDisk, and Find My iPhone apps from the App Store. Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPad enters most of the settings for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you want to use with iPad. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Set up an account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL. 3 Enter your name, email address, password, and a description. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPad. Available items depend on the service provider. Setting Up Other Accounts Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts

(such as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or system administrator to get the account settings you need. Set up an account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars. 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Other. 3 Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars). 4 Enter your account information and tap Save. 32 Chapter 2 Getting Started Disconnecting iPad from Your Computer Unless iPad is syncing with your computer, you can disconnect it at any time. When iPad is syncing with your computer, the iPad Home screen shows Sync in

Cancel a sync: Drag the slider on iPad. Viewing the User Guide on iPad The iPad User Guide can be viewed on iPad in Safari, or by installing the free iBooks app and downloading the guide from the iBookstore. View the user guide in Safari: In Safari, tap Or go to http://help.apple.com/ipad. Add an icon for the user guide to the Home screen: Tap Home Screen.

, then tap Add to

, then tap the iPad User Guide bookmark. View the user guide in iBooks 1 If you havent installed iBooks, open App Store, search for iBooks, then tap it in the results list. Tap Free, then tap Install. 2 Open iBooks and tap Store. 3 Search for iPad User Guide and tap the user guide in the results list. 4 Tap Free, then tap Get Book. For more information about iBooks, see Chapter 19, iBooks, on page 124. Battery iPad has an internal rechargeable battery. The battery isnt user accessible and should only be replaced by an Apple Authorized Service Provider. For more information about iPad batteries, go to www.apple.com/batteries/ipad.html. Charging the Battery WARNING: For important safety information about charging iPad, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. The battery icon in the upper-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status.

Chapter 2 Getting Started 33 Charge the battery: The best way to charge the iPad battery is to connect iPad to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and 10W USB power adapter. When you connect iPad to a USB 2.0 port on a Mac with the Dock Connector to USB Cable, iPad may charge slowly while syncing.Important: The iPad battery may drain instead of charge if iPad is connected to a PC, USB port on a keyboard.If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. To charge iPad, disconnect it from your computer and connect it to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and 10W USB Power Adapter.Important: If iPad is very low on power, it may display one of the following images, indicating that iPad needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes before one of the low-battery images appears.Maximizing Battery LifeiPad uses a lithium-ion battery. For information about maximizing the battery life of iPad, go to www.apple.com/batteries/ipad.html.Replacing the BatteryRechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually need to be replaced. The iPad battery isnt user replaceable; it can be replaced only by an Apple Authorized Service Provider (AASP). AASPs also recycle iPad batteries according to local laws and regulations. For information, go to www.apple.com/batteries/replacements.html.34Chapter 2 Getting Started Using and Cleaning iPad Handle iPad with care to maintain its appearance. If youre concerned about scratching or abrasion of the screen, you can use a case or a cover, sold separately. Using iPad Comfortably

breaks. Use your lap, or a table, case, or dock accessory, to support iPad during use. Cleaning iPad

button, then slide the onscreen slider). Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use window cleaners, household cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPad. The iPad screen has an oleophobic coating; simply wipe the screen with a soft, lint-free cloth to remove oil left by your hands. The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and rubbing the screen with an abrasive material will further diminish

For more information about handling iPad, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Chapter 2 Getting Started 35 Basics 3

and more. Using Apps

iPad apps. Open an app by tapping its icon. You can switch between apps, rearrange apps, and organize them into folders. Opening and Switching Apps Open an app: Tap its icon on the Home screen. button. Return to the Home screen: Press the Home Multitasking allows certain apps to run in the background, so you can quickly switch between the apps youre using. View the most recently used apps: Double-click the Home button. The most recently used apps appear in the recents list at the bottom of the screen. Flick left to see more apps. 36

. Remove an app from the recents list: Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to

The app is added to the recents list again the next time you open it. Lock the screen orientation or use the iPod controls: Double-click the Home button,

The screen orientation lock, brightness slider, and iPod controls appear.

Delete an app from the Home screen: an to delete the app. appears. Tap Important: Deleting an app from iPad also deletes the documents and data created by the app. Scrolling Drag up or down to scroll. You can also scroll sideways in apps such as Safari, Photos, and Maps.

Chapter 3 Basics 37 Swipe to scroll quickly.You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen to stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling doesnt choose or activate anything on the screen.To quickly scroll to the top of a list, webpage, or email message, tap the status bar at the top of the screen.Rearranging App IconsYou can customize the layout of app icons on the Home screenincluding the icons in the Dock along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home screens.Rearrange icons: 1 2 Arrange the icons by dragging them. 3 Press the Home button to save your arrangement.You can also rearrange the icons on the Home screen, as well as the order of the screens, when you connect iPad to your computer. Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, then click the Apps tab.38Chapter 3 Basics Create additional Home screens: While arranging icons, drag an icon to the right edge of the screen until a new screen appears. You can return to a previous screen and drag more icons to the new screen.You can have up to 11 screens. The dots above the Dock show the number of screens you have, and which screen youre viewing.Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots.Press the Home button.Reset the Home screen to its original layout: Choose Settings > General > Reset, then tap Reset Home Screen Layout.Organizing with FoldersFolders let you organize icons on the Home screen. You can put up to 20 icons in a folder. iPad automatically names a folder when you create it, based on the icons you use to create the folder, but you can change the name. Rearrange folders by dragging them on the Home screen or by moving them to a new Home screen or to the Dock.Create a folder: then drag the icon onto another icon.iPad creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folders name. You can also create iPad folders using iTunes.Create a folder using iTunes: With iPad connected to your computer, select iPad in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home screen near the top of the window, drag an app onto another.39Chapter 3 Basics Add an icon to a folder While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the folder. Remove an icon from a folder Open a folder Close a folder Delete a folder Rename a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then drag the icon out of the folder. Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to open that app. Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button. Remove all icons from the folder. The folder is deleted automatically when empty. While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then tap the name at the top and use the keyboard to enter a new name. Press the Home button to save your changes.

your changes. button to save Many apps, such as Mail and the App Store, display a badge on their Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or an exclamation mark (to indicate a problem). If the app is in a folder, the badge appears on the folder as well. A numbered badge shows the total number of items you havent attended to, such as incoming email messages and updated apps to download. An alert badge indicates a problem with the app. Printing AirPrint lets you print wirelessly to AirPrint-enabled printers. You can print from the following iPad apps:

Mailemail messages and viewable attachments Photosphotos

Other apps available from the App Store may also support AirPrint.

connected to the same Wi-Fi network as iPad. If youre not sure whether your printer is AirPrint-enabled, refer to its documentation. For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4356. 40 Chapter 3 Basics Printing a Document

be connected to the same wireless network as the AirPrint printer. Print a document:

or

(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. 1 Tap 2 Tap Select Printer to select a printer. 3 Set printer options, such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Some apps also let you set a range of pages to print. 4 Tap Print. If you double-click the Home button while a document is printing, the Print Center app appears as the most recent app. A badge on the icon shows how many documents are ready to print, including the currently printing document. Chapter 3 Basics 41 Get the status of a print job: Double-click the Home button, tap the Print Center icon,

Cancel a print job: Double-click the Home button, tap the Print Center icon, select the

Searching You can search iPads built-in apps, including Mail, Calendar, iPod, Video, Notes, and Contacts. Search an individual app, or search all the apps at once using Spotlight. 42 Chapter 3 Basics Go to Spotlight: button. On the Spotlight page, you can press the Home button to return to the main Home screen. Search iPad: appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Tap an item in the results list to open it. Icons to the left of the search results let you know which app the results are from. At the top of the list, iPad shows your top hits based on previous searches. At the bottom of the list, the search results also include options to search the web or search Wikipedia. App Contacts Mail Calendar iPod Notes Whats searched First, last, and company names

messages isnt searched) Event titles, invitees, and locations Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and the titles of podcasts and audiobooks Text of notes Spotlight also searches the names of built-in and installed apps on iPad. If you have a lot of apps, you can use Spotlight to locate and open them. Open an app from Spotlight: Enter the app name, then tap to open the app. You can choose which apps are searched and the order in which theyre searched. In Settings, choose General > Spotlight Search. Using Bluetooth Devices You can use iPad with the Apple Wireless Keyboard and other Bluetooth devices,

support.apple.com/kb/HT3647. Pairing Bluetooth Devices

before you can use them. Pair a Bluetooth device with iPad:

1 Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable. 2 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, and turn Bluetooth on. Chapter 3 Basics 43 3 Select the device and, if prompted, enter the passkey or PIN number. See the instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device. Note: Before you pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard, press the power button to turn the keyboard on. You can pair only one Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPad at a time. To

After you pair the keyboard with iPad, the product name and a Bluetooth appear on the screen. After you pair headphones with iPad, the product name and a Bluetooth audio appear on the screen when youre viewing audio or video playback controls. Tap

icon to icon

Bluetooth Status The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPad status bar at the top of the screen:

(white): Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPad.

(gray): Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If youve paired a device with

No Bluetooth icon: Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPad

Unpair a Bluetooth device:

1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then turn Bluetooth on. 2 Choose the device, then tap Forget this Device. File Sharing

created with a compatible app and saved in a supported format.

app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPad. See the apps documentation

44 Chapter 3 Basics

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left. 4 destination on your computer.

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, click Add. 4

Using AirPlay You can wirelessly stream music, photos, and video to your HDTV and speakers using AirPlay and Apple TV. You can also use AirPlay to stream audio to an Airport Express or AirPort Extreme base station. Other AirPlay-enabled receivers are available from third-parties, see the Apple Store for details. Start streaming to an AirPlay-enabled device:

1 Make sure iPad and the device (such as an Apple TV) are connected to the same Wi-Fi network. 2 Start the video, slideshow, or music, then tap and choose the AirPlay device you want to use. Some devices may ask for a passcode. Once streaming starts, you can exit the app. Stop steaming to an AirPlay-enabled device:

1 Open the app (such as Videos) that youre streaming from. 2 Tap and choose iPad from the list. For troubleshooting help, see No Video or Sound when Using AirPlay on page 186. Chapter 3 Basics 45 Security Features Security features help protect the information on iPad from being accessed by others. Passcodes and Data Protection For security, you can set up a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPad. Set a passcode: Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock > Turn Passcode On. Enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter it again to verify it. iPad will require you to enter the passcode to unlock it, or to display the passcode lock settings. Setting a passcode turns on data protection, which uses the passcode as the key for encrypting mail messages and attachments stored on iPad. (Data protection may also be used by some apps available in the App Store.) A notice at the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings shows that data protection is enabled.

robust passcode that has a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. For more information, see Passcode Lock on page 157. Find My iPad Find My iPad may help you locate a lost or misplaced iPad using another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with the free Find My iPhone app, or a Mac or PC with a web browser. Find My iPad includes:

Find: Locates your iPad on a full-screen map on your computer

Display a Message or Play a Sound: Lets you specify a message to display or a sound to play on your iPad

Remote Passcode Lock: Lets you remotely lock your iPad and create a 4-digit passcode, if you havent set one previously

Remote Wipe: Erases all the information and media on your iPad and restores iPad to its original factory settings Use Find My iPad: Turn on Find My iPad in your MobileMe account settings. See Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 31. Locate your missing iPad: Download and use the free Find My iPhone app from the

me.com in a web browser on a Mac or PC. Note: Find My iPad requires a MobileMe account. MobileMe is an online service that provides Find My iPad free to iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch 4th generation customers. MobileMe provides additional features with a paid subscription. MobileMe may not be available in all countries or regions. For more information, go to www.apple.com/mobileme. 46 Chapter 3 Basics Safari4About SafariUse Safari on iPad to browse the web and visit your favorite sites. Use AirPrint to print webpages and PDFs. Open multiple pages and add web clips to the Home screen for quick access. Create bookmarks on iPad and sync them with your computer.To use Safari, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29.Viewing WebpagesYou can view webpages in portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPad and the 47 Opening Webpages Open a webpage:

As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked pages or recent pages youve opened. Tap an address to go to that page. Keep typing if you want to enter a web address thats not in the list.

. Zooming and Scrolling Zoom in or out: Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out. Scroll around a webpage Scroll within a frame on a webpage Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling, you can touch and drag anywhere on the page without activating any links.

entire webpage. Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage Tap the status bar at the top of the iPad screen. 48 Chapter 4 Safari Navigating Webpages

Follow a link on a webpage: Tap the link. Links on iPad can also display a location in Maps or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link opens another app, double-click the Home button and tap Safari. See a links destination address Touch and hold the link. The address appears in

link in the active page, open it in a new page, or copy the address. Stop a webpage from loading Reload a webpage Tap Tap

. Return to the previous or next page Tap or at the top of the screen. Bookmark a page Add a web clip of a page to the Home screen Return to a recently viewed page Tap Tap and tap Bookmark. and tap Add to Home Screen. and tap History. To clear the history list, Tap tap Clear. Send a webpage address in email Tap and tap Mail Link to this Page. Save an image or photo to your Photo Library Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image. Opening Multiple Pages You can open up to nine pages at a time. Some links automatically open a new page instead of replacing the current one. Open a new page: Tap

Tap

, then tap the page you want to view.

, then tap New Page. Close a page: Tap and tap

. Chapter 4 Safari 49 Entering Text and Filling Out Forms

information from Contacts. Bring up the keyboard

Submit a form

buttons above the onscreen keyboard.

pages also have a link you can tap to submit the form. Close the keyboard without submitting the form Tap the Keyboard keyboard. key to hide the onscreen

In Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:

To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and select the contact you want to use.

To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you

To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.

Use AirPrint to print webpages and PDFs from Safari. Print a webpage or PDF: Tap Printer to select a printer and set the printer options. Then tap Print. at the top of the screen, then tap Print. Tap Select For more information about printing from iPad, see Printing on page 40. Searching the Web

As you type, suggested and recent searches appear. Search the web:

1 2 Type a word or phrase that describes what youre looking for, and then tap Search. 3 Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage. 50 Chapter 4 Safari For tips about searching the Internet, visit www.google.com/help/features.html or help.yahoo.com/us/yahoo/search/basics. Find the search word or phrase on the current webpage: At the bottom of the

engine, in Settings, choose Safari > Search Engine, and choose a search engine. Bookmarks You can bookmark a webpage you want to return to later. Bookmark a webpage: Open the page and tap When you save a bookmark, you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at

. Then tap Add Bookmark. If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync bookmarks with the web browser on your computer. Sync bookmarks with your computer:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 Click the Info tab, select Sync Safari bookmarks under Other, then click Apply.

, then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to For more information, see Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Sync bookmarks with MobileMe: In Settings on iPad, select Bookmarks in your MobileMe account. See Setting Up MobileMe Accounts on page 31. Open a bookmarked webpage: Tap see the bookmarks inside. Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder: Tap bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:

To make a new folder, tap New Folder.

To delete a bookmark or folder, tap

To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag

tap the bookmark or folder.

, choose the folder that has the

, then tap Delete.

Chapter 4 Safari 51 Web Clips Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange them along with the app icons. See Rearranging App Icons on page 38. Add a web clip: Open the webpage and tap When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage comes with its own custom icon. When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen. Web clips arent synced by MobileMe or iTunes, but they are backed up by iTunes. Then tap Add to Home Screen. Delete a web clip:

1 2 Tap 3 Tap Delete, then press the Home in the corner of the web clip you want to delete. button to save your arrangement. 52 Chapter 4 Safari Mail 5 About Mail Read this chapter to learn how to use Mail to read your email messages and compose new messages. You can view messages from all your email accounts at once, and Mail displays message threads so its easy to follow a conversation. You can send or receive embedded photos and graphics, and view PDFs and other attachments. Use AirPrint to print messages and their attachments. Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email servicesincluding Yahoo! Mail, Google email, and AOLas well as other industry-standard POP3 and IMAP email services. To send or receive messages in Mail, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Setting Up Email Accounts You can set up email accounts on iPad in either of the following ways:

Set up an account directly on iPad. See Accounts on page 31. In iTunes, use the iPad settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar

53 Sending Email You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address. Compose and send a message:

at the top of the screen. 1 Tap 2 to add a name from your contacts. As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Note: If youre composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the

. 3 Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account,

4

5 Tap Send. Send a photo in an email message

, then tap Email Photo. In Photos, choose a photo, tap To send multiple photos in the same message, tap when viewing thumbnails in an album. You can also copy and paste photos. The photo is sent using your default email account. To change your default sending account, see Mail, Contacts, Calendars on page 163. Save a draft of a message to complete later Reply to a message Forward a message Share contact information Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved in the Drafts mailbox. To quickly open the most recently saved draft, touch and hold

. Tap Reply to reply only Open a message and tap to the sender or Reply All to reply to the sender and all recipients. Type your return message, then tap Send. Files or images attached to the initial message arent sent back.

, then tap Forward. Add one Open a message and tap or more email addresses, type your message, and then tap Send.

images attached to the original message. In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Share. Add one or more email addresses, type your message, then tap Send. 54 Chapter 5 Mail Checking and Reading Email The Mail icon shows the total number of unread messages in all your inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes.

Check for new messages: Choose a mailbox, tap Inbox, or tap

. On each account screen, you can see the number of unread messages in each mailbox. Tap a mailbox to see its messages. Unread messages have a blue dot next to them. If you have more than one mail account, tap Mailboxes to switch between accounts.

Related messages are grouped together in a thread in the inbox, and the number of related messages is indicated. To view the thread, tap

Organize by Thread.

in your Mail settings, if the messages havent already been loaded automatically. See Mail, Contacts, Calendars on page 163. Chapter 5 Mail 55 Load additional messages: Scroll to the bottom of the list of messages and tap Load More Messages. Read a message: Tap a mailbox, then tap a message. Within a message, tap see the next or previous message. Rotating iPad between portrait and landscape orientation lets you focus on a single message, or see all the messages so you can quickly scan and view the ones youre most interested in. or to 56 Chapter 5 Mail Zoom in on part of a message Double-tap the area to zoom in. Double-tap again to zoom out.

the screen Double-tap the text. Resize a message Follow a link See a links destination address Pinch to zoom in or out. Tap the link. Text links are typically underlined and blue. Many images are also links. A link can take you to a webpage, open a map, or open a new preaddressed email message. Web and map links open Safari or Maps on iPad. To return to Mail, press the Home button and tap Mail. Touch and hold the link. You can open the link in Safari or copy the link address to the clipboard. iPad displays picture attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPad can play many audio attachments

webpage, text, Pages, Keynote, Numbers, and Microsoft Word, Excel, and PowerPoint documents) attached to messages you receive.

Tap the attachment to download it to iPad and then open it.

but you cant open it.

Touch and hold the attachment, then choose an app. If you dont have any apps that can open the attachment, you can

For a list of supported document formats, see Email Attachment Wont Open on page 185. Save an attached photo to your Saved Photos album: Tap the photo, then tap Save Image. See all the recipients of a message Add an email recipient to your contacts list Mark a message as unread Tap Details at the top of the screen. Tap a name or email address to see the recipients contact information. Tap the email address to contact the person. Tap Hide to hide the recipients. Tap the message and tap Details to see the recipients. Then tap a name or email address and tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Open the message and tap Mark as Unread next to the

A blue dot list until you open it again. appears next to the message in the mailbox Chapter 5 Mail 57 Open a meeting invitation: Tap the invitation. You can get contact information for the organizer and other invitees, set an alert, add notes to the event, and add comments that are included in your response emailed to the organizer. You can accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation. See Responding to Meeting Invitations on page 89. Save an attached photo to Photos: Tap the photo, then tap Save Image. Searching Email

downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server. Search email messages: Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search

want to search. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of the list and reveal the

Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPad appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Delete or move found messages: After completing a search, tap Edit, then select the messages you want to delete or move. A checkmark appears next to each message you select. To delete the messages, tap Delete. To move the messages, tap Move, then tap a destination folder. Search messages on the server: Tap Continue Search on Server at the end of the search results. Note: Search results of messages on servers may vary, because some servers search only whole words. 58 Chapter 5 Mail Printing Messages and Attachments You can use AirPrint to print email messages, and attachments that iPad can view. Print an email message: Tap

, then tap Print. Select the print options you want, then tap Print. To print an image without the rest of the email message, save the image (tap the image and tap Save Image), then open Photos and print the image from your Saved Photos album. Print an attachment: Tap the attachment to view it, then tap the options you want, then tap Print. and tap Print. Select For information about using AirPrint printers see Printing on page 40. Or, swipe left or right over the Organizing Email You can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another. Delete a message: Open the message and tap message title in the message list, then tap Delete. Delete multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to delete, then tap Delete. You can also search for messages and choose the ones you want to delete. See Searching Email on page 58.

When viewing a message, tap then choose a mailbox or folder. Move multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to move, then tap Move and select a mailbox or folder. You can also search for messages and choose the ones you want to move. See Searching Email on page 58.

, Chapter 5 Mail 59 Camera 6 About Camera With iPad, you have a great still camera and video camera wherever you go. iPad has a

you make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of yourself. Use the screen to control the back camera and to see the photo or video youre

about 4 inches or 10 cm) and a 5x digital zoom let you take great close-ups. If you have an Internet connection and location services is turned on, photos and videos are tagged with location data. You can use location data with some apps and photo-sharing websites to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the Photos app organizes photos by location. Note: turn it on. If you dont want to include location data with your photos and videos, you can use Camera without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 153. 60 Taking Photos and Recording Videos Taking photos and recording videos with iPad is as easy as pointing and tapping. Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to Take a photo: Aim iPad and tap

. When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons to control the volume of the shutter sound. You dont hear a sound if you set the Side Switch to silent. See Buttons on page 10. Note: is set to silent.

, then tap to start recording. again to stop recording. Record a video: Slide the Camera/Video switch to The record button blinks while you record. Tap Change the focus area and set the exposure: Tap where you want to focus or set the

Zoom in or out: Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom to zoom in or out

(back camera, in camera mode only). Switch between the front camera and back camera: Tap corner of the screen. Review a photo or video youve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the lower-left corner of the screen. Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and

video mode. If you dont see the controls, tap the screen to display them. Delete a photo or video: Tap Take a screenshot: Quickly press and release both the Sleep/Wake button and the

added to the Camera Roll album.

, tap the screen to display the controls. in the upper-right

. If you dont see Chapter 6 Camera 61 Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on iPad. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos. View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album: In Camera, tap the thumbnail image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap

When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the controls. For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:

Viewing Photos and Videos on page 70 Sharing Photos on page 73 Trimming Videos

or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save the trimmed version as a new video clip. Trim a video:

1 While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim. 3 Tap Trim Original or Save as New Clip. Important: If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted from the original video. If you choose Save as New Clip, a new trimmed video clip is

Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac. Upload photos and videos to your computer: Connect iPad to your computer.

Mac: Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.

PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application. If you delete the photos and videos from iPad when you upload them to your computer, theyre removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos (videos can be synced with Macs only) to the Photos app on iPad. 62 Chapter 6 Camera FaceTime 7 About FaceTime FaceTime lets you make video calls over Wi-Fi. Use the front camera to talk face-to-face, or the back camera to share what you see around you. To use FaceTime, you need iPad 2 and a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet. The person you call must also have a device or computer that works with FaceTime. For more information, see FaceTime on page 169. Note: FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions. 63 Signing In To use FaceTime, you need an Apple ID. If you have an iTunes Store account, MobileMe account, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with FaceTime. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one when you open FaceTime. You dont need to sign in or out every time you use FaceTime. Once you sign in, you can start a FaceTime call right away. Sign in to FaceTime:

1 Open FaceTime, enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. If you dont already have an Apple account, you can tap Create New Account and set one up now. 2 On the FaceTime screen, enter the email address others should use to call you in

is automatic.) Now you can choose a contact and start a FaceTime call, and others can call you using the email address you provided. If you use more than one email address, you can add the others as described below. Create a new account:

1 Open FaceTime and tap Create New Account. 2 Follow the onscreen instructions. The email address you enter will be the Apple ID for the new account. 3 On the FaceTime screen, enter the email address you want others to use to call you. This address doesnt need to be the same as the address you entered for your Apple ID, but it must be a working email address. 4 the previous step. If you have more than one email address, you can let people call you using any of them. Add email addresses: Choose Settings > FaceTime, then tap Add Another Email. Sign out: and open FaceTime later without being asked to sign in again. You cant receive FaceTime calls while youre signed out. But if you do need to sign out, choose Settings > FaceTime, then tap Account.

If you dont want to receive FaceTime calls, choose Settings >

64 Chapter 7 FaceTime Making a FaceTime Call To make a FaceTime call, open the FaceTime app, then choose someone from your contacts, favorites, or list of recent calls. Call a contact: Tap Contacts, choose a name, then tap the email address or phone number they use with FaceTime. Add a contact: Tap Contacts, tap address or phone number. For a contact outside your region, be sure to enter the complete number, including country code and area codefor example,

+1 (408) 555-1234 in the United States. Restart a recent call: Tap Recents, then choose a name or number. Call a favorite: Tap Favorites, then tap a name in the list.

, then enter the persons name and their email While Youre Talking While talking to someone in FaceTime, you can switch cameras, change camera orientation, mute your microphone, move your picture-in-picture display, open

Switch between the front and back cameras: Tap Change camera orientation: Rotate iPad. The image your friend sees changes to match. Your friend can still see you, and you can still see and To avoid rotating the screen as you move the camera around, turn on the orientation lock. See Viewing in Portrait or Landscape on page 16. Mute your microphone: Tap hear your friend. Move your picture-in-picture display: Drag the small window to any corner. Use another application during a call: Press the Home application icon. You can still talk with your friend, but you cant see each other. To return to the video, tap the green bar at the top of the screen. End the call: Tap button, then tap an

. Chapter 7 FaceTime 65 Photo Booth 8 About Photo Booth Its easy to take a photo using Photo Booth. Make your photo more interesting by

back cameras.

Tap Distort an image: to change the distortion. You can also pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to change the distortion.

66 Taking a Photo To take a Photo Booth photo, simply aim iPad and tap. Take a photo: Aim iPad and tap

. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPad to control the volume of the shutter sound. You wont hear a sound if you set the Side Switch to silent. See Buttons on page 10 Note: to silent. Switch between the front and back cameras: Tap Review the photo youve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot. Swipe left or right to view more thumbnails. If you dont see the controls, tap the screen to display them. Delete a photo: Select a thumbnail, then tap Manage photos: Tap the thumbnail of the photoyou can select more than one. Tap

, then tap Email, Copy, or Delete. at the bottom of the screen. Viewing and Sharing Photos The photos you take with Photo Booth are saved in the Camera Roll album on iPad. You can view the Camera Roll album in the Photos app. View photos in the Camera Roll album: through the photos, tap the left or right button, or swipe left or right. You can use Mail to send a Photo Booth photo in an email message. Send a photo: Tap a thumbnail to select the photo, or tap again to select more than one photo. Tap

, then tap the Email button at the bottom of the screen. Mail opens and creates a new message with the photo attached. Chapter 8 Photo Booth 67 Uploading Photos to Your Computer Upload the photos you take with Photo Booth to photo applications on your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac. Upload photos to your computer: Connect iPad to your computer.

Mac: Select the photos to upload, then click the Import or Download button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.

PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application. If you delete the photos from iPad when you upload them to your computer, theyre removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos to the Photos app on iPad. 68 Chapter 8 Photo Booth Photos 9 About Photos

are. You can easily share them with family and friends, either directly on iPad, or on an HDTV using AirPlay and Apple TV. You can even print photos from iPad using AirPrint. If your iPad has a camera, you can view photos and videos as you take them. You can sync photos and videos from your computer, import them from a digital camera or iPhone, or save them from email or the web. Use them in apps, send them in email messages, or upload them to your MobileMe Gallery. You can use iPad as a photo frame that displays an animated slideshow of your images. Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer iPad supports standard photo formats such as JPEG, TIFF, GIF, and PNG. You use iTunes to sync photos to iPad. When syncing photos to iPad, iTunes automatically creates a size optimized for iPad, if necessary. See Setting Up Syncing on page 24. iPad supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. You use iTunes to sync videos taken with a digital camera, iPhone, or iPod touch (4th generation) to iPad. 69 Importing Photos and Videos from iPhone or a Digital Camera With the iPad Camera Connection Kit (sold separately), you can import photos and videos directly from a digital camera or iPhone, or from an SD memory card. Import photos:

1 Insert the SD Card Reader or Camera Connector, included in the iPad Camera Connection Kit, into the iPad dock connector.

To connect a camera or iPhone, use the USB cable that came with the camera or iPhone, and connect it to the USB port on the Camera Connector. If youre using iPhone, make sure its turned on and unlocked. To connect a camera, make the sure the camera is turned on and in transfer mode. For help, see the documentation that came with the camera. To use an SD memory card, insert it in the slot on the SD Card Reader. Dont force

For more information about the connectors, see the iPad Camera Connection Kit documentation. 2 Unlock iPad. 3 The Photos app opens and displays the photos and videos that are available for importing. 4 Select the photos and videos you want to import.

To import all of the items, tap Import All.

appears on each), then tap Import, and select Import Selected. 5 After the photos are imported, you can choose to keep or delete the photos and videos on the card, camera, or iPhone. 6 Disconnect the SD Card Reader or Camera Connector. To view the photos, look in the Last Import album. A new Event contains all the photos that were selected for import. To transfer the photos to your computer, connect iPad to your computer and import the images with a photo application such as iPhoto or Adobe Elements. Viewing Photos and Videos Photos lets you view photos synced from your computers photo application, imported from a digital camera or iPhone, or saved from an email message or webpage. Photos organizes collections by Albums, Events, Faces, and Places. Places uses the location information encoded in photos, but not all photos may have this informationit requires a camera that supports geotagging. Events and Faces must

70 Chapter 9 Photos View photos:

1 In Photos, tap Photo, Albums, Events, Faces, or Places. To open a collection, tap it. Or, pinch the collection to spread out a preview of the photos it contains, then let go to open it. Photos are sorted by creation date. When youre viewing Places, tap a pin on the map to display the location, then pinch to zoom and show all photos taken at this location. 2 Tap a thumbnail to view a photo in full screen. You can also pinch to zoom in on the photo. Chapter 9 Photos 71 Show or hide the controls: Tap the photo to show the controls. Tap again to hide the controls.View a photo in landscape orientation: Rotate iPad sideways. The photo or video Zoom in on part of a photo: Double-tap where you want to zoom in. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out.Pan a photo: Drag the photo.See the next or previous photo: Flick left or right. Or tap the screen to show the Delete a photo: You can delete photos from the Saved Photos album, which contains photos you save from email or the web. For photos synced from your computer, you need to delete the photo from the album on your computer, then sync iPad again.72Chapter 9 Photos. To rotate it more, tap again. Rotate a photo: Tap View photos or videos on a TV using AirPlay and Apple TV: Make sure iPad is on the same wireless network as Apple TV, then tap and choose Apple TV from the list.

See Using AirPlay on page 45 for more information. Sharing Photos You can share your photos as slideshows, complete with music and transitions. With AirPlay and Apple TV, you can wirelessly stream your photos to a TV. You can send photos and videos in email messages, and add photos to your MobileMe Gallery. You can also copy and paste photos, save photos from email messages to Photos, and save images from webpages to a photo album. Slideshows You can create and view a slideshow that shows your photos with transitions and music. You can view a slideshow on iPad, or stream it wirelessly to an Apple TV. You can

View a slideshow:

1 Tap an album to open it. You can select an album that contains photos, videos, or both. If your iPad has a camera, photos and videos youve shot appear in the Camera Roll album. 2 Tap the Slideshow button and, in the list that appears, select slideshow options. You can:

Select a song from your music library to play music during the slideshow.

To set how long each photo is displayed, go to General > Settings > Photos. You can also set whether the slideshow repeats, or plays in a random sequence. Available transitions are determined by how you view the slideshow. If youre connected to an Apple TV, choose one of the available transitions. If iPad is connected

about connecting to an external display, see Chapter 10, Videos, on page 77. 3 Tap Start Slideshow. To stop the slideshow, tap the screen. If youre using AirPlay to stream the photos to an Apple TV, tap Apple TV from the list. See Using AirPlay on page 45 for more information. and select the Sending a Photo or Video in an Email Message Send a photo or video: Tap a photo or video, tap If you dont see

, tap the screen to show the controls.

, then tap Email Photo. Chapter 9 Photos 73 Send multiple photos or videos: Tap an album, then tap or videos you want to send (a checkmark appears on each thumbnail), then tap Email. If the Email button is unavailable, select fewer items. Tap each of the photos Copy a photo or video:

. 1 Tap 2 Tap to select the photo or video you want to copy. 3 Tap Copy. Paste a photo or video: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to paste the photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste. Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery If youre a MobileMe subscriber, you can add photos and videos from iPad to your MobileMe Gallery. You can also add items to someone elses MobileMe Gallery if they allow email contributions. Before you can add photos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:

Set up your MobileMe account on iPad. If you dont have a MobileMe account, go to www.apple.com/mobileme/setup/ipad.html. Publish a MobileMe Gallery and allow adding photos from email or iPad.

Add a photo or video to your gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap Send to MobileMe. Enter a title and description if you like, select the album to add the photo to, then tap Publish.

, then tap If you dont see

, tap the screen to show the controls. iPad tells you when the photo has been published, and gives you options to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend. Add a photo to someone elses gallery: Choose a photo and tap Photo. Enter the albums email address, then click Send.

, then tap Email Saving Photos from Email Messages or Webpages Save a photo from an email message to your Saved Photos album: Tap the photo,

Save a photo from a webpage to your Saved Photos album: Touch and hold the photo, then tap Save Image. Copy photos from the Saved Photos album to your computer: Connect iPad to your computers USB port, then use a photo application, such as iPhoto on a Mac, to copy the images. 74 Chapter 9 Photos Assigning a Photo to a Contact You can assign a photo to a contact. Assign a photo to a contact:

1 Choose a photo on iPad, then tap 2 Tap Assign to Contact, then choose a contact. 3 Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out, until the photo looks the way

. you want. 4 Tap Set Photo. In Contacts, you can assign a photo to a contact by tapping Edit and then tapping the picture icon. Printing Photos You can use AirPrint to print photos from iPad. Print a photo: Tap printer options such as the number of copies, then tap Print. If your printer has a tray for photo paper, it may automatically switch to that tray when you print a photo.

, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer and set For more information, see Printing on page 40. Wallpaper and Lock Screen Photos You can display a photo in the wallpaper background of the Lock screen and Home screen. You can choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPad, or you can use a photo of your own. Set a photo as screen wallpaper:

1 Choose any photo and tap 2 Drag to pan the photo, or pinch the photo to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you

, then tap Use As Wallpaper.

3 Tap Set Wallpaper. Then tap to use the image as wallpaper for the Home screen, on the Lock screen, or both. To choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPad, go to Settings >

Brightness & Wallpaper. Chapter 9 Photos 75 Using Picture Frame

iPad while charging it in an iPad Dock. To change Picture Frame settings, go to Settings > Picture Frame, then set any of the following options:

The transition you select is played between photos. The duration of the slideshow cant be changed. Picture Frame can zoom the image to focus on faces in the image. It can also randomly select one of the faces as the center of focus, if more than one face is

photos imported from iPhoto or Aperture on a Mac. Zooming in on faces isnt an option with the Origami transition.

Faces, Albums, and Event selections are the same as those in the Photos app.

Start or stop Picture Frame:

1 Press the Sleep/Wake button to lock iPad. 2 On the Lock screen, tap

. 3 Tap the screen to pause the slideshow, then tap to return to the Lock screen, or slide the slider to unlock iPad.

76 Chapter 9 Photos Videos 10 About Videos You can use iPad to view movies, music videos, video podcasts, and, if theyre available in your area, TV shows. iPad also supports special features such as chapters, subtitles, alternate audio, and closed captioning. You can rent or purchase videos from the iTunes Store, and you can use a video

use AirPlay to watch the videos wirelessly on a TV. 77 Playing Videos Play a video: Tap Videos, then tap a category of videos, such as Movies. Tap the video

. Display playback controls: While a video is playing, tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide them. Controlling Video Playback Rotate iPad to play videos in widescreen orientation and take full advantage of the display.

the scrubber bar. 78 Chapter 10 Videos Pause a video Resume playback Raise or lower the volume Start a video over Skip to the next chapter (if available) Go to the previous chapter (if available) or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset. or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset. Drag the volume slider, or use the iPad volume buttons or the buttons on a compatible headset. Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar all the if the video doesnt way to the left, or tap contain chapters. or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset twice quickly. or press the center button (or equivalent Tap button) on a compatible headset three times quickly.

Tap

, then choose a chapter from the list. Rewind or fast-forward Skip to any point in a video Touch and hold or

. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide

fast to slow.

Tap Done, or press the Home button.

screen Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay

Show or hide subtitles (if available) Show or hide closed captioning (if available) Tap

tap the video to switch views.

sides or top may be cropped. When you scale it

sides or above and below the video. and choose an Apple TV. See Watching Tap Videos on a TV on page 80.

, then choose a language from the Audio Tap list.

Tap Subtitles list. to show or hide captions, if the movie has Tap them. Syncing Videos Use iTunes to sync videos to iPad. When iPad is connected to your computer, use the Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, and iTunes U panes to select which videos to sync. Chapter 10 Videos 79 Watching Rented Movies

watch them on iPad. You can download rented movies on iPad, or transfer them from iTunes on your computer to iPad. (Rented movies arent available in all regions.) A movie must be completely downloaded before you can watch it. You can pause a download and continue it later. Rented movies expire after a certain number of days,

Movies are automatically deleted when they expire. Before renting a movie, check the iTunes Store for the expiration time. View a rented movie: Choose Videos, tap the Movies category, then tap the movie

Transfer rented movies to iPad: Connect iPad to your computer. Then select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, click Movies, and select the rented movies you want to transfer. Your computer must be connected to the Internet. Movies rented on iPad cannot be transferred to a computer. Watching Videos on a TV To watch videos on a TV, you can connect iPad using AirPlay and Apple TV, or use a cable to connect iPad directly to your TV or AV receiver. For more information about

Video on page 168. and choose your Apple TV Connect using AirPlay: Start video playback, then tap from the list of AirPlay devices. See Using AirPlay on page 45 for more information. While video is playing, you can exit Video and use other apps. To return playback to iPad: Open Videos, then tap and choose iPad from the list. Deleting Videos from iPad To save space, you can delete videos from iPad. Delete a video: In the videos list, tap and hold a movie until the delete button appears, then tap

When you delete a video (other than rented movies) from iPad, it isnt deleted from your iTunes library on your computer, and you can sync the video back to iPad later. If you dont want to sync the video back to iPad, set iTunes to not sync the video. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Important: If you delete a rented movie from iPad, its deleted permanently and cant be transferred back to your computer. 80 Chapter 10 Videos YouTube 11 Finding and Viewing Videos YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. You can watch the latest, most popular videos, search for videos about topics of

from your computer. To use certain YouTube features on iPad, you need to sign in to a YouTube account when prompted. For information about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com. Note: YouTube isnt available in all languages and locations. To use YouTube, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Browse videos: Tap a button in the toolbar to select a category.

Featured:

Top Rated: Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. You can rate videos on iPad, if you have a YouTube account.

Most Viewed: Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.

Favorites: Videos you added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account, account favorites appear.

Most Recent: Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.

Subscriptions: Videos from YouTube accounts you subscribe to. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. 81

Playlists: Videos you add to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.

My Videos: Videos that youve upload to YouTube. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.

History: Videos youve viewed most recently. Search for a video:

1 2 Type a word or phrase, then tap Search. YouTube shows results based on searching video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names. Each search result shows the title, rating, number of views, length, and the name of the account the video was posted from. Play a video: Tap the video. The video begins downloading to iPad, and a progress bar appears. When enough of the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap to start the video. 82 Chapter 11 YouTube Controlling Video Playback Rotate iPad to landscape orientation to view the video at its maximum size. When a video is playing, the controls disappear so they dont obscure the video. Show or hide the video controls: Tap the screen. Play or pause a video Adjust the volume Start a video over Skip to the next or previous video in a list Rewind or fast-forward Skip to any point in a video Stop watching a video or Tap

. You can also press the center button

(or equivalent button) on a compatible headset. Drag the volume slider, or use the iPad volume buttons or the volume buttons on a compatible headset. Tap Tap Tap

. twice to skip to the previous video. to skip to the next video. Touch and hold or

. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Tap Done, or press the Home button. Toggle between full-screen and standard mode Double-tap the video. You can also tap to Add a video to Favorites Email a link to the video Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay View information about a video

to make it Start playing a video, then tap Start playing a video, then tap

. and choose Apple TV. For information, see Tap Using AirPlay on page 45. to exit full-screen mode and view related Tap videos, comments, and more controls. Chapter 11 YouTube 83 Managing Videos While watching a full-screen video, tap to display the controller, then tap related videos and options for managing videos. to see Rate a video or add a comment See more videos from this YouTube user Tap the video to display the toolbar, then tap Rate and select a rating. You must be signed in to a YouTube account. In the sidebar, tap More From. You must be signed in to a YouTube account. See videos similar to this one In the sidebar, tap Related. Subscribe to videos by this YouTube user On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then tap Subscribe to <account> at the bottom of the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube account. Add a video to Favorites or a playlist Tap Add, then select Favorites or a playlist. Email a link to a video Flag a video Tap Share. Tap the movie to display the toolbar, then tap

. Watching YouTube on a TV If you have an Apple TV, you can use AirPlay to watch YouTube videos on a TV. See Controlling Video Playback on page 83.

Video on page 168. 84 Chapter 11 YouTube Calendar 12 About Calendar iPad makes it easy to stay on schedule. You can view calendars individually, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, week, or month, or in a list. You can also search events by title, invitee, or location. You can sync iPad with the calendars on your computer. You can also create, edit, or cancel events on iPad, and sync them back to your computer. You can subscribe to Google, Yahoo!, or iCal calendars. You can subscribe to read-only iCalendar (.ics)

supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and invite people to events youve scheduled. Syncing Calendars You can sync your calendars in these ways:

In iTunes, use the iPad settings panes to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a Mac, or with Microsoft Outlook on a PC, when you connect iPad to your computer. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24. In Settings on iPad, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or Microsoft Exchange account to sync your calendar information over the air. If your company or organization supports it, you can also set up a CalDAV account. See Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31. To sync calendars over the air, iPad must be connected to the Internet. 85 Adding, Editing, and Deleting Calendar Events You can create and edit calendar events directly on iPad. If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting. Add an event: Tap and enter event information, then tap Done. You can enter the following:

Title Location Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day, if its an all-day event) Repeat timesnone, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year

When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert occurs, iPad displays a message. To set iPad to play a sound, see Alerts on page 90. Important: When you travel, iPad may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see Date and Time on page 160. For information

Viewing Your Calendars on page 86. Notes

If you have more than one calendar, you can select which calendar to add the event to. Read-only calendars dont appear in the list. Edit an event Delete an event Tap the event, then tap Edit. Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event. Viewing Your Calendars You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once. This makes it easy to manage work and family calendars at the same time.

Tap Calendars, then select the calendars you want to view.

You can view calendar events in a list, or by day, week, or month. The events for all of your selected calendars appear on iPad. Switch views: Tap List, Day, Week, or Month. 86 Chapter 12 Calendar

List view: All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list, next to the or select a day from the timeline or

below the calendar.

Day view: Scroll up or down to see the days events. Tap or to see the previous or next days events, or select a day from the timeline below the calendar.

Week view: Scroll up or down to see the weeks events. Tap or to see the previous or next week, or select a week from the timeline below the calendar. to see the previous or next

Month view: Tap a day to see its events. Tap or month, or select a month from the timeline below the calendar. See the details of an event: Tap the event. Chapter 12 Calendar 87 See events adjusted for a time zone: In Settings, go to Mail, Contacts, Calendars. Under Calendars, tap Time Zone Support. Turn on Time Zone Support and select a

iPad Wi-Fi + 3G displays events in the time zone of your current location as determined by the cellular network time. Searching Calendars You can search the titles, invitees, notes, and locations of the events in your calendars.

Search for events: Search results appear as you type. Tap a result to view the event. Tap the calendar to close the list of search results. Subscribing to Calendars You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendar-based services, including Yahoo!, Google, and iCal on the Mac, support calendar subscriptions. Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on iPad, but you cant edit them or create new events. Subscribe to a CalDAV or .ics calendar:

1 In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 2 Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar. 3 Enter your account information, then tap Next to verify the subscription. 4 Tap Save. Apple provides links to a number of free iCal calendarsfor national holidays or sports events, for examplethat you may want to subscribe to. You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web, by tapping a calendar link you receive in an email message on iPad. 88 Chapter 12 Calendar Responding to Meeting Invitations If you have a Microsoft Exchange account on iPad with Calendars enabled, a supported CalDAV account, or a MobileMe calendar, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in your calendar with a dotted line around it. The icon in the lower-right corner of the screen shows the number of new invitations you have. To receive and respond to meeting invitations, iPad must have an Internet connection. Respond to an invitation in Calendar:

1 Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap to display the Event screen and then tap an invitation.

Tap Invitation from to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the email address to send the organizer a message. Tap Invitees to see who is invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see the attendees contact information. Tap an email address to send a message to the attendee. Tap Alert to set iPad to sound an alert before the meeting. Tap Add Comments to add comments for the meeting organizer. Your comments will also appear in the Info screen for the meeting.

Notes are made by the meeting organizer. 2 Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline. When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, the organizer is sent a response that includes any comments you add. You can change your response later, unless you decline. Tap Add Comments to change or add comments. Chapter 12 Calendar 89 Importing Calendar Files from Mail

In Mail, open the message and tap the calendar

the events to, and tap Done. Alerts Set calendar alerts: In Settings, choose General > Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts

no sound. Sound alerts for invitations: In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendar. Under Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on. 90 Chapter 12 Calendar Contacts 13 About Contacts iPad lets you easily access and edit your contact lists from personal, business, and organizational accounts. You can search across all of your groups, and the information in Contacts is automatically accessed to make addressing emails quick and easy. You can add contacts directly on iPad, or sync contacts from applications on your computer. If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without connecting iPad to your computer. 91 Syncing and Adding Contacts You can add contacts to iPad in these ways:

Enter contacts on iPad In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your computer (see Syncing with iTunes on page 24) Set up a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account on iPad with Contacts enabled

(see Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31)

Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts on page 172) Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPad to access business or school directories

(see LDAP and CardDAV Accounts on page 173)

Searching Contacts

Microsoft Exchange account on iPad, you may also be able to search your enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have an LDAP account on iPad, you can search contacts on your organizations LDAP server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPad, or searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server. When you enter search information, contacts with matching information appear as you type. Search contacts:

Search a GAL: company name. You cant edit GAL contacts or save them to iPad. Search an LDAP server: or company name. You cant edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPad. Search a CardDAV server: Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the bottom of the list, then enter your search. You cant edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced CardDAV contacts on iPad. 92 Chapter 13 Contacts Managing Contacts You can edit your contacts and mark as favorites the ones you use frequently with FaceTime. Add a contact on iPad: Tap Contacts, then tap

. Delete a contact In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Edit. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. Add a contact to FaceTime Favorites In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Favorites. Edit FaceTime Favorites Edit contact information In FaceTime, tap Favorites, then tap Edit. To delete an item, tap

. In Contacts, choose a contact, then tap Edit. To add an item, tap

. To delete an item, tap Assign a photo to a contact:

1 Tap Contacts, then choose a contact. 2 Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo. 3 Tap an album, then tap a photo. 4 Drag and scale the photo. 5 Tap Choose. Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact Open the contacts home page in Safari Find the location of the contacts address in Maps, and get directions Share the contact information with others Call a contact using FaceTime Using Contact Information You can use the information on a contacts Info screen to:

Use a contacts info screen: Tap Contacts and choose a contact, then tap an item. Placing a FaceTime call: Tap Contacts and choose a contact, then tap FaceTime and choose an email address or phone number to use for the call. If you dont see the FaceTime button, turn on FaceTime in Settings > FaceTime. Chapter 13 Contacts 93

When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same person in more than one account. To keep redundant contacts from appearing in the

.

Link contacts: select the other contact, then tap Link. and When a contact is linked, tap the silhouette icon to view, add, or delete linked entries.

changes are copied to each source account that information already exists in. If you

source account. 94 Chapter 13 Contacts Notes 14 Writing and Reading Notes

You can view notes in landscape or portrait orientation. In portrait orientation, tap Notes to view a list of your notes. In landscape orientation, the list of notes appears on the left, and the current note is circled in red.

, type the note, then tap Done.

Add a note: Tap Read a note: Tap the note. Tap Edit a note: Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard. Edit the note, then tap Done. Delete a note: Tap the note, then tap Change the font used to display notes: In Settings, choose Notes and select a font from the list. to see the next or previous note. or

. 95 Searching Notes

Search for notes:

(In portrait orientation, tap Notes to display the notes list.) Search results appear automatically as you type. Tap the keyboard button to dismiss the keyboard and see more results. To view a note, tap it in the search results list. Emailing Notes Email a note: Tap the note, then tap To email a note, iPad must be set up for email. See Setting Up Email Accounts on page 53. Syncing Notes You can set iTunes to automatically sync your notes with some email applications. See Setting Up Syncing on page 24. You can also sync notes over the air, when iPad has an Internet connection. Go to Settings > Notes, then select the default mail account for syncing notes. New notes you create on iPad will be stored in the account you select. To view notes stored in a

96 Chapter 14 Notes Maps 15 About Maps Maps provides classic, satellite, hybrid, and terrain views of locations in many countries. Search for a location, then get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions, as

WARNING: For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. To use Maps, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Important: Maps, directions, and location-based apps provided by Apple depend

and may not be available in all geographic areas, resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPad to your surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. To provide your location, data is collected which doesnt identify you personally. If you dont want this data collected, dont use the

your iPad.

on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See Location Services on page 153. Finding and Viewing Locations

97 Searching for Locations You can search for locations in many waysby address, intersection, area, landmark, bookmark, contact, or zip code. Find a location and see a map:

1 2 Type an address or other search information. 3 Tap Search. A pin marks the location.

A location can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (User-

created content), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example,

). Zoom in Zoom out Pan or scroll

you want to zoom in on. Double-tap again to zoom in even closer.

the map. See the location of an entry in your Contacts list: Tap choose a contact. The contact must include at least one address. If the contact has more than one address,

at the top of the screen and 98 Chapter 15 Maps Finding Your Current Location

direction youre facing. Find your current location: Tap in the status bar at the top of the screen. A blue marker shows your current location. If Maps cant determine your exact location, a blue circle appears around the marker. The size of the circle depends on how precisely your location can be determinedthe smaller the circle, the greater the precision. If you drag the map, then tap location. Use the digital compass: Tap compass youre heading. again, iPad centers the map back to your current a second time. changes to and a small digital

Note: calibrate it occasionally after that. Calibrate the compass: When the calibrate eight. You may be asked to move away from a source of interference. See which way youre facing: Hold iPad level to the ground. The compass rotates to point north. Return to map view: Tap

to go back to the map view. iPad uses Location Services to determine your location. Location Services uses available information from local Wi-Fi networks if you have Wi-Fi turned on. This feature isnt available in all areas.

prompted to turn it on. See Location Services on page 153.

In Settings, choose General > Location Services. Get information about your current location: Tap the blue marker, then tap displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this information to:

Get directions to or from this location Add the location to contacts Send the address in email Bookmark the location See a street view (when available)

. iPad Chapter 15 Maps 99 Marking a Location with a Drop Pin A drop pin lets you mark a location by hand. Drop a pin: Touch and hold any location on the map. Or, you can drag or tap the lower-right corner of the screen, then tap Drop Pin. A pin drops on the map. Touch and hold the pin, then drag it to any location you choose. Bookmarking Locations

Bookmark a location: Find a location, tap the pin, tap description, then tap Add to Bookmarks. next to the name or See a bookmarked or recently viewed location: Tap tap Bookmarks or Recents. Clear the list of recents: Tap Clear. Rearrange or delete a bookmark: Tap Edit. at the top of the screen, then 100 Chapter 15 Maps Map Views You can choose classic, satellite, hybrid, or terrain view. You can also see a location in street view, when available. Change the view: Tap or drag the bottom-right corner of the screen, then tap Classic, Satellite, Hybrid, or Terrain. See a street view: Tap a drop pin, then tap

right, to pan through the 360 panoramic view. The inset in the lower-right corner shows your current view. Tap an arrow to move down the street. Street view isnt available in all areas. To return to map view, tap the inset.

Chapter 15 Maps 101 Getting Directions You can get step-by-step driving, public transit, or walking directions. Get directions:

1 Tap Directions. 2 Normally, iPad starts with your current location (if available). If an address is in your contacts list, tap To Here or Directions From Here. Tap to reverse the directions.

, choose the contact, and tap Directions 3 Select directions for driving (

), public transit (

), or walking (

) at the bottom of the screen. The available travel options depend on the route. 4 Do one of the following:

To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, and then tap to see the next leg of the trip. Tap to go back.

To view the directions in a list, tap Start, and then tap

. Tap any item in the list to see a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the overview screen.

points to it, tapping

, then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here. Get reverse directions: Tap See recently viewed directions: Tap See driving or walking directions: Tap

to switch the start and end points. or

. If youre driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear onscreen.

See public transit directions: Tap

to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for the trip. Tap Tap Start, then tap to see the Route Overview screen. From there, you see the estimated arrival time, total fare, information about each leg of the trip, and the mode of transportationincluding where you need to walk. 102 Chapter 15 Maps

the map.

Tap or drag the bottom-right corner of the screen,

not available in all areas. Finding and Contacting Businesses Find businesses in an area:

1 Find a locationfor example, a city or a street addressor scroll to a location on the map. 2 Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and then type movies and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city. Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description.

Type things like:

restaurants san francisco ca apple inc new york Chapter 15 Maps 103 Contact a business or get directions: Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap next to the name. From there, you can do the following:

Tap Home Page to visit the website, or Email to send an email. Tap Add to Contacts, and then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Share the location of the business by email. Tap

See a list of businesses found in the search: Tap Choose a business from the Results list to see its location. Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap next to the business to see its information. to see a street view.

Sharing Location Information You can add a location to your contacts. You can also send links to a map location in email. Add a location to your contacts list: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, tap Add to Contacts, and then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Email a link to a map location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap and then tap Share Location.

, 104 Chapter 15 Maps iPod 16 Adding Music and More to iPad Browse your music collection by song, artist, album, genre, or composer. Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create and manage playlists, or use Genius to create playlists for you. Stream your music, podcasts, or audiobooks wirelessly to an Apple TV using AirPlay. There are two ways to get music and other content onto iPad:

Transfer content by syncing it from iTunes on your computer. You can sync all of

Syncing with iTunes on page 24. Use the iTunes Store on iPad to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows, movies, music videos, and audiobooks. You can also stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a link to get more episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 17, iTunes Store, on page 113.

Playing Music and Other Audio Listen to audio using the built-in speaker. You can also attach wired headphones to the headphones port, or pair wireless Bluetooth headphones. Sound doesnt come out of the speaker when you attach or pair headphones. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Playing Songs Browse your collection: Tap Music, Podcasts, Audiobooks, iTunes U, or Purchased. At the bottom of the screen, tap Songs, Artists, Albums, Genres, or Composers to browse. 105 Browse Genius playlists or Genius Mixes: Tap Genius or Genius Mixes. If Genius doesnt appear, you may need to turn on Genius in iTunes, then sync iPad. See Making Genius Playlists on page 110. Play a song: Tap the song. Controlling Song Playback When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears. Pause a song Resume playback Raise or lower the volume Restart a song or a chapter in an audiobook or podcast Skip to the next song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast Go to the previous song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast Rewind or fast-forward Tap Tap

. Drag the onscreen volume slider or use the iPad volume buttons. Tap Tap

. Tap twice. Touch and hold or the longer you hold the control, the faster the song rewinds or fast-forwards. View album art full-size Tap the album cover when playing a song. You can display playback controls when youre listening to music and using another appor even when iPad is locked. 106 Chapter 16 iPod Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen: Double-

click the Home After using the controls, tap iPod to go your iPod library or click the Home return to the app you were using. button to If iPad is locked, the controls appear at the top of the screen and then disappear after

Additional Song Controls From the Now Playing screen, tap the album cover to see the controls. The repeat elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number.

controls appear along with the scrubber bar. You can see Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar to skip to any point in the song. You can

the playhead along the scrubber bar. The scrub rate becomes slower the farther down

Set iPad to repeat songs Skip to any point in a song

Tap

. Tap current song. again to set iPad to repeat only the

= iPad is set to repeat all songs in the current album or list.

= iPad is set to repeat the current song over and over.

= iPad isnt set to repeat songs. Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide your

Tap songs in order. again to set iPad to play

= iPad is set to play songs in order. Chapter 16 iPod 107

album, or other list of songs From the Now Playing screen, tap the album art to show the song controls onscreen. Tap at the bottom of the

at the top of the list of songs.

the top of a list of songs, iPad plays the songs from that list in random order. Play music on an AirPlay sound system or Apple TV and choose a sound system. If Tap or if you dont see the AirPlay system youre looking for, make sure its on the same wireless network. doesnt appear Switch from AirPlay back to iPad Tap and choose iPad from the list. Podcast and Audiobook Controls From the Now Playing screen, tap the podcast or audiobook cover to see the controls. The email control and playback speed control appear along with the scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or chapter number. The scrubber bar lets you skip to any point in the podcast or audiobook.

. Send an email link to this podcast: Tap Skip to any point:

Change the playback speed: Tap

= Play at normal speed

= Play at double speed

= Play at half speed to change the speed.

The 30-second repeat control and track list control appear at the bottom of the screen. Play back the last 30 seconds: Tap

. 108 Chapter 16 iPod See other podcasts in a series or chapters in an audiobook: Tap audiobook thumbnail to return to the Now Playing screen. Tap the podcast or

. Tap a track to play it. Tap the album thumbnail to return to the Now Viewing All Tracks on an Album See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song: On the Now Playing screen, tap Playing screen. In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create smart playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest rated songs. Rate a song:

Searching Music You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other content youve synced to iPad. Search music, podcasts, audiobooks, or other content in your library: Enter text in the

Search results appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. You can also use Spotlight to search for music. See Spotlight Search on page 157. Using Playlists A playlist is a custom compilation of songs. You might want to create a playlist for a

playlists on iPadstandard playlists, Genius playlists, and Genius Mixes. Creating Playlists You can make playlists from the music, podcasts, or audiobooks in your iPod library. Make a standard playlist:

at the bottom of the screen. 1 Tap iPod, then tap 2 Enter a name for the playlist, then tap Save. 3 Tap

tap Sources to browse for selections. 4 Chapter 16 iPod 109 You can also make playlists from other categories in your iPod library, such as podcasts or audiobooks. When you make a playlist on iPad, the playlist is also saved in the iTunes library on your computer the next time you sync. Edit a playlist: Tap the playlist, tap Edit, then do one of the following:

To move a selection higher or lower in the list, drag

To delete a selection, tap next to the selection, then tap Delete. Deleting a song next to the selection. from a playlist doesnt delete it from iPad.

To add more songs, tap Add Songs, tap Clear a playlist: Tap the playlist, tap Edit, then tap

. next to the selection, then tap Done. Making Genius Playlists

collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your library. You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPad. You can also create and save Genius playlists on iPad.

Genius is a free service, but requires an Apple ID. 110 Chapter 16 iPod Make a Genius playlist on iPad:

, then tap New. 1 Tap 2 Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist of similar songs. You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song youre playing. From the Now Playing screen, tap the album cover to display additional controls, then tap Save a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Genius with the title of the song you picked. You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius playlist created on iPad, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect. Refresh a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Refresh.

with the song you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and synced to iPad, or created on iPad. Create a Genius playlist from a new song: In the playlist, tap New, then pick a new song. Delete a saved Genius playlist: Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete. Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you wont be able to delete it directly from iPad. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or delete the playlist. Playing Genius Mixes

that genre or format. Genius Mixes are recreated each time you listen to them, so theyre always new and fresh.

your iPad library. For example, you may have Genius Mixes that highlight Classical, Jazz, or Alternative Rock songs. Browse Genius Mixes: On the left side of the iPod window (below Genius), tap Genius Mixes. Play a Genius Mix: Tap the mix. Chapter 16 iPod 111 Home Sharing Home Sharing lets you play music, movies, and TV shows on iPad from the iTunes library on your Mac or PC. Note: Booklets, albums, LPs, and other bonus content cant be shared. iPad and your computer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. iTunes on your computer must be open, with Home Sharing turned on and logged in to the same Apple account as Home Sharing on iPad. Turn on Home Sharing in iTunes: On your computer, open iTunes and choose Advanced > Turn On Home Sharing. Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Create Home Share. Play music or video on iPad from your iTunes library:

1 In Settings, choose iPod then, under Home Sharing, enter the same Apple ID and password you used when turning on Home Sharing in iTunes. 2 In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose your iTunes library. The Playlists, Artists, Songs, and other tabs in iPod now show the content of your iTunes library, instead of your iPad content. Return to the content on your iPad: In iPod, tap More, then tap Shared and choose iPad at the top of the list. Transferring Content You can transfer purchases you make on iPad to a computer thats authorized to play content from your Apple ID. To authorize the computer, open iTunes on the computer and choose Store > Authorize This Computer. Transfer purchased content: Connect iPad to your computer. iTunes asks if you want to transfer purchased content. 112 Chapter 16 iPod iTunes Store 17 About the iTunes Store Use the iTunes Store to add content to your iPad. You can browse and purchase music and TV shows, buy and rent movies, or download and play podcasts or iTunes U collections.

access the iTunes Store, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. Note: The iTunes Store is not available in all regions, and iTunes Store content may vary across regions. Transferring Content You can transfer purchases you make on iPad to a computer authorized to play content from your Apple ID. Authorize a computer: Open iTunes on the computer, then choose Store >

Authorize Computer. Transfer purchased content: you want to transfer purchased content. 113 Finding Music, Videos, and More Browse content: At the top of the screen, browse by Genres, Featured, Top Charts, or Genius. At the bottom of the screen, tap Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, Audiobooks, iTunes U, or Downloads. Search for content: onscreen keyboard to enter one or more words. Tap Search on the keyboard. Search results are grouped by category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts. Tap an item to see more information. You can read reviews, write your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item, you can also buy, download, or rent it. Following Artists and Friends Use iTunes Ping to connect with the worlds music fans. Follow favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an insiders perspective

friends comments about the music theyre listening to, and see what theyre buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Express your musical likes and post comments for your own followers.

Open the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions. 114 Chapter 17 iTunes Store

Explore iTunes Ping on your iPad: if Ping isnt visible), and then:

Tap Activity to see the latest from the people you follow. Updates include purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts. Tap People to see who youre following and whos following you, and to search for artists or friends.

Follow an artist:

By searching: page, then tap Search. Tap the artists name in the list of results, then tap Follow.

While browsing: Follow a friend: using iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can follow friends using Ping on iPad.

By searching: Search. Tap your friends name in the list of matches, then tap Follow.

While exploring Ping: Tap a persons name, then tap Follow.

choose to approve or decline follow requests as they arrive, or simply accept all new followers without review. Share your thoughts: As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a

their iTunes Ping Activity feed. Share concert plans: performances by the artists you follow, and to see which of your friends are going to a show. Tap Tickets to buy your own ticket, or tap Im Going to let others know youll be there too. (Not available in all countries or regions.) Purchasing Music or Audiobooks

purchase and download it to iPad. You can also preview it to make sure its what you want. To make purchases or write reviews, you need an Apple ID. iPad gets your account settings from iTunes when you sync. If you dont have an Apple ID, or if you want to

You dont need an Apple ID to play or download podcasts or iTunes U classes. Preview a song: Tap the number in the column, then tap Preview an audiobook: Tap the item. Chapter 17 iTunes Store 115 Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook:

1 Tap the price and tap Buy. 2 Sign in using your Apple ID if requested, then tap OK. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Purchases are charged to your Apple ID. If you make additional purchases within

An alert appears if you previously purchased one or more songs from an album. Tap Buy if you want to purchase the entire album including the songs you already purchased, or tap Cancel if you want to purchase any remaining songs individually. Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading. See Checking Download Status on page 117. Purchased songs are added to the Purchased playlist on iPad (iPod > Purchased). If you delete the Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes Store.

make purchases. When you sign in to your account, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Music, scroll to the bottom of the screen, tap Redeem, and follow the onscreen instructions. Purchasing or Renting Videos

purchase and download it to iPad. You can purchase movies and TV shows in standard

Preview a video: Tap Preview. Purchase or rent a video:

1 Tap Buy or Rent. 2 Sign in using your Apple ID if requested, then tap OK. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the

Once you purchase an item it begins downloading. Rented movies wont begin playing until the download completes. See Checking Download Status on page 117. Purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist on iPad (iPod > Purchased). If you delete the Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one the next time you buy an item from the iTunes Store. Purchased videos also appear in the Video app. 116 Chapter 17 iTunes Store

purchases. When youre signed in using your Apple ID, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Music, then tap Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions. Listening to or Watching Podcasts You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts on iPad. You can also download podcasts to iPad, and sync them to the iTunes library on your computer when you connect. Tap Podcasts at the bottom of the iTunes Store screen. Browse by Featured or Top Charts. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. The icon indicates video podcasts. Listen to a podcast: Tap the podcast title. Download a podcast: Tap the Free button, then tap Get Episode. Downloaded podcasts appear in the Podcasts list in iPod. Listen to or watch a podcast you downloaded: In iPod, tap Podcasts, then tap the podcast. Video podcasts also appear in the Video app. Get more episodes of the podcast you downloaded: In the Podcasts list in iPod, tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes. Delete a podcast: In the Podcasts list in iPod, swipe left or right on the podcast, then tap Delete. Checking Download Status You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled downloads, including purchases youve pre-ordered. See the status of items being downloaded: Tap Downloads. To pause a download, tap . If a download is paused or interrupted, iPad starts the download again the next time it connects to the Internet. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer has an Internet connection and is signed in using the same Apple ID). See the status of pre-ordered items: Tap Downloads. Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the date the item is released. Tap the item for release date information. Once the item is available for download, a download appears next to the download. Download a pre-ordered item: Tap the item, then tap icon

. Chapter 17 iTunes Store 117 Pre-ordered items arent downloaded automatically when theyre released. Return to the Downloads screen to begin the download. Some albums include bonus content, which is downloaded to your iTunes library on your computer. Not all bonus content is downloaded directly to iPad. Download bonus content: Sign in using your Apple ID. In iTunes, choose Store >

Check for Available Downloads, then click Check. Syncing Content iTunes automatically syncs everything you download or purchase on iPad to your iTunes library when you connect iPad to your computer. This lets you access the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased content from iPad. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased on <name of your iPad> playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it doesnt exist. iTunes also syncs your purchases to the Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that playlist exists and is set to sync with iPad. Podcasts you download sync to the Podcast list in your iTunes library. Viewing Apple ID Information To view iTunes Store information for your Apple ID on iPad, scroll to the bottom of the screen and tap Sign In. If youre already signed in, tap Account. Or, go to Settings >

Store and tap View Apple ID. You must be signed in to view your account information. Verifying Purchases You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library. You might want to do this if a download was interrupted. Verify your purchases:

1 Make sure your computer has an Internet connection. 2 In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check. Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded. The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in to your account, choose Store > View My Account, then click Purchase History. 118 Chapter 17 iTunes Store App Store 18 About the App Store Use the App Store to add apps to iPad. Browse, purchase, and download apps

Apps you download from the App Store and install on iPad are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync. When you sync, you can also install apps on iPad that you purchase through iTunes on your computer. iPad works with most iPhone and iPod touch apps, so if you already have apps for your iPhone or iPod touch, you can sync them to iPad from your Mac or PC. Use them at their original size, or tap lower-right corner of the screen to expand them. in the Note: The App Store and some apps are not available in all areas. App availability and

To use the App Store, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. You also need an Apple ID (not available in some countries) to download apps. iPad gets your Apple ID settings from iTunes. If you dont have an

Store. See Store on page 170. 119 Browsing and Searching Browse Featured to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse Top Charts to

Browse apps: Tap Featured, Top Charts, or Categories at the bottom of the screen. Browse using Genius: Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps, based on whats already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions. Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID. Search for apps: words. Choose from the list of suggestions, or tap Search on the keyboard. Getting More Information Tap any app in a list to see the Info screen, which shows the apps price, screenshots, and ratings. Email a link to the apps Info page: Tap Tell a Friend at the top of the screen. Report a problem: Tap Report a Problem at the top of the Info screen. Select a problem from the list or type your comments, then tap Report. View screenshots: additional screenshots. Get ratings and read reviews: Scroll down to Customer Ratings and Reviews. 120 Chapter 18 App Store Buying Apps

to iPad. If the app is free, you can download it without charge. Once you download an app, its immediately installed on iPad. Purchase and download an app:

1 Tap the price, then tap Buy App (or tap Free, then tap Install App). 2 Sign in using your Apple ID if requested, then tap OK. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Purchases are charged to your Apple ID. If you make additional purchases within

make purchases. When you sign in using your Apple ID, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most App Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Featured or Top Charts, scroll to the bottom of the screen, tap Redeem, then follow the onscreen instructions. See the status of app downloads: After you begin downloading an app, its icon appears on the Home screen with a progress indicator. If a download is interrupted, iPad starts the download again the next time it connects to the Internet. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and signed in using the same Apple ID). Using Apps Apps designed for iPad work in any orientationportrait or landscape. When you use

On iPad, you can use apps designed for iPhone or iPod touch at their original size, or expand them. Expand an app: Tap Return an app to its original size: Tap in the lower-right corner. in the lower-right corner. Some apps let you make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app purchases in Settings. See Restrictions on page 158. Chapter 18 App Store 121

number on the app icon on the Home screen. Updating Apps The App Store checks for updates to apps you install. The App Store icon shows the total number of app updates available. If an update is available when you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears immediately. App updates are downloaded and installed when you choose to update them. Note: App upgrades are new releases, which you can purchase or download. Update an app:

1 At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates. 2 Tap an app to see more information about the update. 3 Tap Update. Update all apps: At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All.

that Apple ID and password. Writing Reviews You can write and submit app reviews on iPad. Write a review:

1 On the Info screen, scroll down to Customer Ratings and Reviews. 2 Tap Write a Review. 3 comments. 4 Tap Submit. Before submitting a review, you must be signed in with your Apple ID and have purchased or downloaded the app. 122 Chapter 18 App Store Deleting Apps You can delete iPad apps that youve installed from the App Store. You cant delete built-in iPad apps. When you sync, iTunes automatically backs up any apps you download to iPad. If you delete an app on iPad, you can reinstall it if it was previously synced. Important: If you delete an app, the documents associated with the app are deleted from iPad, unless you reinstall the app and restore its data from a backup using iTunes. Delete an App Store app:

1 2 Tap 3 Tap Delete. in the corner of the app you want to delete. Press the Home button to cancel. When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Syncing Purchases When you connect iPad to your computer, iTunes automatically syncs apps you download or purchase on iPad to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloaded apps on your computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPad. Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes. Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. Chapter 18 App Store 123 iBooks 19 About iBooks iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. Once you download a book, its displayed on your bookshelf. Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book to start

A wide range of display options makes the books easy to read. iBooks and the iBookstore arent available in all languages and locations.

124 To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection and an Apple account. If you dont have an Apple account, or if you want to make

Syncing Books and PDFs You can download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also add DRM-free ePub

ePub and PDF format. Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPad and your computer. When iPad is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items to sync. Sync an ePub book or PDF to iPad: Download the book or PDF using your computer.

computer, select the book or PDF in the Books pane in iTunes, and then sync iPad. If a PDF doesnt appear in the Books pane, you need to change its type in iTunes.

pop-up menu, then click OK. Using the iBookstore In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse

a book you like, you can purchase and download it. Note: Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations. Get more information: In the iBookstore, you can read a summary of the book, read or write a review, and download a sample of the book before buying it. Purchase a book: Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in using your Apple ID, then tap OK. Some books may be free for downloading. The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases

If youve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in

Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPad with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book from iPad. Chapter 19 iBooks 125 Reading Books Reading a book is easy. Go to the bookshelf and tap the book you want to read. If you dont see the book youre looking for, tap Collections to view other groups of books.

Turn pages: the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks.

Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page, then let go. Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap the current page. Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You dont need to add a bookmark

there when you open the book again. Add, remove, or edit a highlight: Touch and hold any word until its selected. Use the

highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. To change the color of a highlight, tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. Add, view, or remove a note: Touch and hold any word until its selected. Use the grab

note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To remove a note, tap the highlighted text, then choose Delete Note. To change the color of a note, tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. 126 Chapter 19 iBooks See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes: To see the bookmarks, highlights, and notes youve added, tap Enlarge an image: Double-tap an image.

, then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator. To read a book while lying down, use the screen rotation lock to prevent iPad from rotating the display when you tilt iPad. For information, see Viewing in Portrait or Landscape on page 16. Reading PDFs You can use iBooks to read PDFs. Go to the bookshelf and tap Collections, select a collection, then tap the PDF you want to read. Turn pages: Flick left or right. Enlarge a page: Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want.

Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired

Add or remove a bookmark: To add a bookmark, tap the ribbon button. You can have multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You dont need to set a bookmark

when you open the PDF again. Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap

icon instead.

Changing a Books Appearance To change the appearance of a book, access the controls by tapping near the center of a page. Change the font or type size: Tap reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting. Change the brightness: Tap

Change the page and type color: Tap the color of the page and type. This setting applies to all books.

, then turn the Sepia option on to change

, then in the list that appears, tap to or

Chapter 19 iBooks 127 Searching Books and PDFs You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf.

other related resources. Search for a book: Go to the bookshelf. Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the magnifying glass. Enter a word thats in the title of a book, or the authors name, then tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf. Search in a book: Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a search result to go to that page in the book. To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia. Safari opens and displays the result. To quickly search for a word in a book, touch and hold the word, then tap Search.

Look up a word: Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages. Having a Book Read to You If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See VoiceOver on page 138. Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver. Printing or Emailing a PDF You can use iBooks to send a copy of a PDF via email, or to print all or a portion of the PDF to a supported printer. Email a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap and choose Email Document. A new message

message. Print a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap and choose Print. Select a printer and the page range and number of copies, then tap Print. For information about supported printers, see Printing on page 40. You can only email or print PDFs. These options arent available for ePub books. 128 Chapter 19 iBooks

, then select a sort method from Organizing the Bookshelf Use the bookshelf to browse your books and PDFs. You can also organize items into collections. Sort the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap the choices at the bottom of the screen. Rearrange items: Touch and hold a book or PDF, then drag it to a new location on the bookshelf. Delete an item from the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book or PDF that you want to delete so that a checkmark appears, then tap Delete. When

again from Purchases in iBookstore. If youve synced your device with your computer, the book also remains in your iTunes Library. Create, rename, or delete a collection: Tap Collections to display the collections list. Tap New to add a new collection. To delete a collection tap Edit, then tap and tap Delete. You cant edit or remove the built-in Books and PDFs collections. To edit the

Move a book or PDF to a collection: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book or PDF that you want to move so that a checkmark appears, then tap Move and select a collection. An item can be in only one collection at a time. When you add a book or PDF to your bookshelf, its put in the Books or PDF collection. From there, you can

school, for example, or for reference and leisure reading. View a collection: Tap Collections, then tap an item in the list that appears. Chapter 19 iBooks 129 Game Center 20 About Game Center You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world in Game Center.

opponents. Check leaderboards to see who the best players are. Earn bonus points by

Note: Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available games may vary by country or region. To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with Game Center. If you dont already have an Apple ID, you can create one in Game Center, as described below. Setting Up Game Center

Center events, even if youre not using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a friend has invited you to play a game.

Tap OK.

130

Switch (see Side Switch on page 160).

In Settings, choose

Set up Game Center information for your Apple ID:

1 Enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. You may be asked to provide additional information. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one by tapping Create New Account. 2 Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions. 3 Enter a nicknamethe name others will see and know you by. 4

To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned

need to respond to the email that will be sent to that address. To add other email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center, tap Add Another Email. 5 Change Game Center settings for your Apple ID:

1 Tap Me, then tap your account banner. 2 Tap View Account. 3 Make your changes, then tap Done.

1 Tap Me, then tap the account banner. 2 Tap Sign Out. 3 Enter the new Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. Chapter 20 Game Center 131 Games Purchasing and Downloading Games Games for the Game Center are available from the App Store. If you havent entered credit card information for your Apple ID, youll be prompted to enter that information before you can purchase and download games. Purchase and download games: Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games. The Game Center section of App Store displays games that work with Game Center. You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it. See Chapter 18, App Store, on page 119. If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friends info screen to go directly to that game in the App Store. Playing Games The Games screen displays the games you download from the App Store. For each of the games, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the games players are displayed. Get information about a game: Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can

whos recently played the game. Play a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play. Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend

about making friends in Game Center, see Friends on page 134. For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen. Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen:

1 Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen. 2 Choose a friend. 3 Choose a game and tap Play. If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite, then tap Next. 4 Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept. 5 Start the game. If a friend isnt available or doesnt respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match

some other friend. 132 Chapter 20 Game Center Other players may invite you to play the game. Respond to an invitation to play a game: Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that appears. You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See Restrictions on page 158.

Game Invites in Game Center settings. See Your Status and Account Information on page 135. Return to Game Center: Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the Home screen. You can also press the Home button twice quickly and choose Game Center from your recent apps. Leaderboards Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the games players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the players success. See a games leaderboard: Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard. You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game. If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations. The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able

Rotate iPad to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation. Start playing a game from the leaderboard: Tap Play in the upper-right corner. Chapter 20 Game Center 133 Achievements

See the possible achievements for a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Achievements. For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded, and whether youve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your

only once. You may also be able to view achievements from within a game. Recently Played Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game. See whos recently played a game: Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played. Get information about a player: Tap a players name in the list. Friends Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player. Add a friend to Game Center:

1 Tap Friends or Requests. 2 Tap

, then enter a friends email address or Game Center nickname. Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact to include that person in your request. Tap To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts. to browse your contacts. 3 Enter a message for your request, then tap Send. To become a friend, a person must accept your request. Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request screen. A badge on the Requests button displays the number of outstanding friend requests. Respond to a friend request: Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem. When a player accepts another players request, they each become the others friend. Friends names appear on the Friends screen. Get information about a friend: Tap the friends name. 134 Chapter 20 Game Center Search for a friend: Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the

A friends info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the

friend has completed. The info screen may also show:

The games youve played together The games you have in common Other games your friend has You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friends position on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game. Invite a friend to play a game: Tap Friends, tap the friends name, tap a game, then tap Play. See Playing Games on page 132. Remove a friend: Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove.

Report a problem with a friend: Tap Friends, tap the friends name, then tap Report a Problem. Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report.

play games. See Restrictions on page 158. Your Status and Account Information The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your achievements.

Your status appears along with your nickname in other players Friends screens. Change your status: View your account information: Tap the account banner, then tap View Account. You can change or update the following settings:

Nickname Allow game invites Find Me By Email Your email address for Game Center Additional email addresses

Chapter 20 Game Center 135

Sign out: Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out.

Enter the username and password, then tap Sign In. Create a new account: Tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. Parental Controls

multiplayer games in Game Center. Set up Game Center parental controls: Choose Settings > General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions. Enter a four-digit passcode, then reenter the passcode. You can enable restrictions for the following settings:

Multiplayer games Adding friends For more information, see Restrictions on page 158. 136 Chapter 20 Game Center Accessibility 21 In addition to the many features that make iPad easy to use for everyone, iPad includes universal access features. Universal Access Features Universal access features make iPad easy to use for people who have a vision impairment, are deaf or hard of hearing, or have a physical or learning disability. The accessibility features on iPad include:

Support for playback of closed-captioned content VoiceOver screen reader

White on Black Large Text Mono Audio Speak Auto-text Support for braille displays Zoom, White on Black, and Mono Audio work with all apps. Large Text works with Mail and Notes. VoiceOver works with the built-in iPad apps, and with some third-party apps you can download from the App Store. Closed-captioning works with videos and podcasts that support it. For more information about the iPad accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility/ipad.

iPad to your computer. 137

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 4 Select the accessibility features you want to use and click OK. The features you select are available immediately on iPad when you click OK. VoiceOver VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPad without seeing it. VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as you select it. When you select

screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor.

with items on the screen, such as buttons and links, use the gestures described in VoiceOver Gestures on page 140. When you select text, VoiceOver reads the text. If you turn on Speak Hints, VoiceOver may tell you the name of the item. When you select a control (such as a button or switch), VoiceOver provides instructions for you for example, double-tap to open. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and automatically selects and

VoiceOver also lets you know when the display changes to landscape or portrait orientation, and when the screen is locked or unlocked. Note:

but not all. 138 Chapter 21 Accessibility Setting Up VoiceOver VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. Once you turn VoiceOver on,

and resume standard operation.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar. In the Options

click OK.

Triple-Click Home on page 150. Note: You cannot use VoiceOver and Full-screen Zoom at the same time. VoiceOver Settings You can set VoiceOver to give spoken hints, increase or decrease the speaking rate, or give typing feedback.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver,

Set the VoiceOver speaking rate: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

You can choose what kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word when you enter a space or punctuation. Choose typing feedback: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver >

Typing Feedback. You can choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing for software keyboards and for Apple Wireless Keyboards. Use phonetics Use pitch change In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics switch to turn it on. Use this feature when you type or read character-by-character, to help make clear which characters were spoken. When Use

speaks a word beginning with the character. For example, if you type the character f, VoiceOver speaks f, and then a moment later, foxtrot. In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change switch to turn it on. VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering a letter, and a lower pitch when deleting a letter. VoiceOver also uses a higher pitch

and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Chapter 21 Accessibility 139

language for VoiceOver. Change the language spoken by VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General >

International > Language, then select a language and tap OK.

General > International > Region Format, then select the format. Set the rotor options for web browsing: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an item in the list, touch Select the languages available in the Language rotor: In Settings, choose General

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a language in the list, touch The Language rotor is always available when youve selected more than one language. next to the language and drag up or down. next to the item, then drag up or down. VoiceOver Gestures When VoiceOver is turned on, it changes the gestures you use to control iPad, so that you can hear descriptions without activating buttons. These VoiceOver gestures let you move around the screen and control the individual elements that you select. Some

space between them.

If your gestures dont work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and

Practice gestures: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Practice Gestures, then tap the Practice VoiceOver Gestures button. Practice the gestures described in VoiceOver Settings

140 Chapter 21 Accessibility Heres a summary of VoiceOver gestures:

Navigate and Read

Tap: Speak item.

Flick right or left: Select the next or previous item.

Flick up or down: Using VoiceOver on page 143.

Stop speaking the current item.

Read all, from the top of the screen.

Read all, from the current position.

Scroll one page at a time.

Go to the next or previous page (for example, on the Home screen or in Safari).

Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).

Go to the next or previous section (for example, on a webpage). Select and Activate

Double-tap: Activate selected item.

Activate item.

Double-tap and hold (1 second) + standard gesture: Use a standard gesture. The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPad to interpret the subsequent gesture as standard. For example, you can double-tap and hold, and then without lifting your

You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping

gestures resume.

Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, or Photos. Start or stop the stopwatch.

Mute or unmute VoiceOver.

Chapter 21 Accessibility 141 Rotor Control The rotor is a virtual control that acts like a physical dial when VoiceOver is turned on. Use the rotor to change VoiceOver settings and to access additional commands and features. Operate the rotor: items on the rotor. Flick up and down to use the selected item.

text in an email, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text spoken word-

browse a webpage, use the rotor to choose whether you hear text word-by-word or

links, or links not yet visited), hear form elements, or hear descriptions of images. You

certain type (such as headers or links) to another. Reading text Select and hear text by:

Character Word Line Browsing a webpage Select and hear text by:

Character Word Line Heading Link Visited link Non-visited link In-page link Form control Table Row (when navigating a table) List Landmark Image Static text Zoom in or out 142 Chapter 21 Accessibility Entering text Move insertion point and hear text by:

Character Word Line Select edit function Select language Using a control Select and hear values by:

Character Word Line

Using VoiceOver Unlock iPad: Select the Unlock button, then double-tap the screen. Select items on the screen: each element as you touch it. You can also move systematically from one element

previous element. Tap a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Double-tap anywhere on the screen. Speak the text of an element, character-by-character, word-by-word, or line-by-line:

word-by-word or line-by-line. Adjust a slider:

Scroll a list or area of the screen:

range of items displayed (for example, showing rows 5 through 10). Scroll continuously through a list: Double-tap and hold. When you hear a series of

Chapter 21 Accessibility 143 Use an index: Some lists have an alphabetical index along the right side. The index

Rearrange the Home screen: On the Home screen, select the icon you want to move. Double-tap and hold, then drag the icon. VoiceOver speaks the row and column position as your drag the icon. Release the icon when its in the location you want. You can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen to move

the Home

VoiceOver speak the entire screen. button. Mute VoiceOver Stop speaking an item

VoiceOver sounds, set the Side Switch to silent.

resume speaking. Speaking automatically resumes when you select another item.

VoiceOver

on again. Speak the entire screen from the top

Speak from the current item to the bottom of screen

You can hear iPad status information by tapping the status bar at the top of the screen. This includes the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Entering and Editing Text

Note: Safari doesnt support copying webpage content. The editing features work only

Enter text:

1

insertion point is placed at the beginning or at the end of the text. Double-tap again to place the insertion point at the opposite end. VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point. 144 Chapter 21 Accessibility The insertion point and onscreen keyboard may appear automatically when you

rotor setting. 2 To type, do one of the following:

the character.

tapping to enter the character.

VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when its entered. Enter an accented character: Double-tap and hold, until you hear a sound indicating that the alternate characters have appeared, then drag left or right to select and hear

Move the insertion point: Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character that the insertion point moved across. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by characters, words, or lines. Select text: Use the rotor to choose edit. Flick up or down to choose between the Select and Select All functions, then double-tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, all the text is selected. Pinch to increase or decrease the selection. Cut, copy, or paste: down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Undo: Change the pitch: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change button. Then, when you delete a letter, its spoken with a lower pitch. Speak keys phonetically: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics button. Then, when you pause on a key, VoiceOver speaks the letter of that key phonetically (for example, alpha for a, bravo for b, charlie for c, and so on). Chapter 21 Accessibility 145 Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard You can control VoiceOver using an Apple Wireless Keyboard paired with iPad. See Using Bluetooth Devices on page 43. The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read

commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table below as VO. VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key combinations. VoiceOver Keyboard Commands VO = Control-Option Read all, starting from the current position Read from the top Move to the status bar Press the Home button

Select the next or previous item

Tap an item

Choose the next or previous rotor item

Choose the next or previous speech rotor item Adjust speech rotor item Mute or unmute VoiceOver

Turn on VoiceOver help

VoiceOver help Right Arrow

Down Arrow

Escape Quick Nav

Select the next or previous item

by the rotor setting

Right Arrow or Left Arrow Up Arrow or Down Arrow 146 Chapter 21 Accessibility

Tap an item Scroll up, down, left, or right

Change the rotor

Using Maps Use VoiceOver to zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about locations. Zoom in or out: in or out. Select a pin: Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the

information page. Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver Setting Up a Braille Display You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille. In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control iPad when VoiceOver is turned on. iPad works with many of the most popular wireless braille displays. For a list of supported braille displays, see www.apple.com/accessibility/voiceover/devicesupport. Set up a braille display:

1 Turn on the braille display. 2 On iPad, turn on Bluetooth. In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch. 3 In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the braille display.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch. Choosing a Language The braille display uses the language thats set for Voice Control. By default, this is the language thats set for iPad in Settings > International > Language. You can use the

Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International >

Voice Control, then choose the language. If you change the language for iPad, you may need to reset the language for VoiceOver and your braille display. Chapter 21 Accessibility 147 Announcement History contains an unread message The current Announcement History message has not been read VoiceOver speech is muted The iPad battery is low (less than 20% charge) iPad is in landscape orientation

The current line contains additional text to the left The current line contains additional text to the right Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system status and other information:

Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right. See an expanded description of the status cell: On your braille display, press the status cells router button. Zoom The Zoom accessibility feature lets you magnify the entire screen to help you see whats on the display.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > Zoom, then tap the

Triple-Click Home on page 150). Zoom in or out:

the screen. Move around the screen:

screen, Zoom always goes to the upper-center of the screen. While using Zoom with an Apple Wireless Keyboard (see Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard on page 146), the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. 148 Chapter 21 Accessibility Large Text Large Text lets you make the text larger in Mail and Notes. You can choose 20-point, 24-point, 32-point, 40-point, 48-point, or 56-point text. Set the text size: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap the text size you want. White on Black Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPad display, which may make it easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a photographic negative. Invert the screens colors: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then tap White on Black. Mono Audio Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both sides. This lets users with hearing impairment in one ear hear the entire sound signal with the other ear.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then tap the Mono Audio button. Speak Auto-Text Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPad makes when you type.

In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, then tap the Speak Auto-text button. Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom. Chapter 21 Accessibility 149 Triple-Click Home

quickly pressing the Home button three times. You can set Triple-click Home to turn

the Home button to:

Set the Triple-click Home function: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >

Triple-click Home, then choose the function you want. Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features Many standard features available on iPad also help make it accessible to all users, including those with disabilities. Widescreen Keyboards All the built-in iPad apps show a larger onscreen keyboard when you rotate iPad to landscape view. You can also type using an Apple Wireless Keyboard. Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages To increase readability, set the minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra Large, or Giant. See Mail on page 164. Universal Access in Mac OS X Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes to sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPad. In the Finder, choose Help > Mac Help, then search for universal access. For more information about iPad and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility. Closed Captioning You can turn on closed captioning for videos in Video settings. See Video on page 168. 150 Chapter 21 Accessibility Settings 22 About Settings

connection, and change other iPad settings. Airplane Mode Airplane Mode disables the wireless features of iPad to comply with airline regulations.

appears in the status bar at the top of the When airplane mode is on, a small

disabling many iPad features. You wont be able to:

Send or receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks Stream YouTube videos Get weather reports Get map locations Use the iTunes Store, iBookstore, or the App Store Use Game Center If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can continue to use iPad to:

Listen to music or watch videos Check your calendar View photos 151

Take notes Read email messages stored on iPad Where allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on, so you can:

Send and receive email Browse the Internet Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks Stream YouTube videos Use the iTunes Store, iBookstore, or the App Store Use Game Center You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPad. VPN

VPN Access on page 172.

Choose General > Network > VPN. Wi-Fi Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPad uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the

the Internet over your cellular data network (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G).

Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPad detects networks in range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock

recently used. icon.)

screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal. Set iPad to ask if you want to join a new network: Choose Wi-Fi, then turn Ask to

icon in the status bar at the top of the 152 Chapter 22 Settings When you try to access the Internetby using Safari or Mail for exampleand you arent in range of a Wi-Fi network youve previously used, this option tells iPad to look for another network. iPad displays a list of available Wi-Fi networks that you can choose from. Networks that require a password show a lock icon. If Ask to

Forget a network, so iPad doesnt join it automatically: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap

Join a closed Wi-Fi network: of networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter the password. To connect to a closed network, you must know the network name, password, and security type. Some Wi-Fi networks may require you to provide additional information, such as a client ID or static IP address. Ask your network administrator what settings to use. Adjust settings to connect to a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap next to a network.

This setting appears when you open an app, such as Game Center, that uses the Apple

Side Switch on page 160.

Location Services Location Services allows apps such as Maps to gather and use data based on your location. Location Services doesnt connect the data it collects with your personally

determined using available information from local Wi-Fi networks. iPad Wi-Fi + 3G also uses cellular networks and GPS to determine your location. When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar. Chapter 22 Settings 153 Every app that uses location services appears on the Location Services settings screen,

appears for each app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. If you dont want to use

use the feature.

Choose General > Location Services,

Choose General > Location Services,

Carrier This setting appears on iPad Wi-Fi + 3G when youre outside of your carriers network and other local carrier data networks are available to use for cellular network Internet connections. Select a carrier: Choose Carrier and select the network you want to use. Cellular Data

lock the micro-SIM card (on some models).

Choose Cellular Data, then turn cellular data

View your account information: Tap View Account to view or change your account information. Add a SIM PIN (on some models): Tap SIM PIN and add a PIN to lock your micro-SIM card. Brightness & Wallpaper

Wallpaper settings to personalize iPad. Adjust the screen brightness: Choose Brightness, then drag the slider. 154 Chapter 22 Settings Set whether iPad adjusts the screen brightness automatically: Choose Brightness,

brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. To

on page 17. A wallpaper background picture is displayed on the Lock screen and on the Home screen. You can choose one of the images that came with iPad, an image youve saved to iPad, or a photo in your Photo Library. An image thats at least 1024 x 1024 pixels

Set wallpaper: Choose Wallpaper, then choose an image and then do one of the following:

To use the image as the background for the Lock screen, tap Set Lock Screen.

To use the image as the background for the Home screen, tap Set Home Screen.

To use the image as the background for both the Lock screen and Home screen, tap Set Both. Picture Frame Picture Frame mode turns iPad into an animated picture frame. Choose which transitions and photos to display. Choose whether to zoom in on faces and whether to

Activate Picture Frame: Tap on the Lock screen. General

reset iPad to its original state. About Choose General > About to get information about iPad, including:

Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Total storage capacity Space available Software version Model and serial numbers Cellular data number (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G), and Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses

IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) and ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card

Legal and Regulatory information

Chapter 22 Settings 155 Usage Show battery percentage: Turn Battery Percentage on to display the percentage of battery charge next to the battery icon in the upper-right corner. See cellular network data: On iPad Wi-Fi + 3G, see the amount of data sent and received using a cellular data network. Reset your usage statistics: Tap Reset Statistics to clear accumulated data and statistics. Sounds Adjust the ringer and alert volume: Choose General > Sounds and drag the slider. If Change with Buttons is turned on, use the volume buttons on the side of iPad. The volume buttons dont change the ringer and alert volume if a song or video is playing. Use the volume buttons to adjust the ringer and alert volume: Choose General >

Sounds, then tap Change with Buttons. Set the ringtone: Choose General > Sounds > Ringtone, then choose a ringtone.

turned on. You can set iPad to play a sound whenever you:

Get a new email message Send an email message Have an Calendar event that youve set to alert you Lock iPad Type using the onscreen keyboard Network

access your Wi-Fi settings.

Choose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN

VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information

to access your work email on iPad. iPad can connect to any VPN that uses the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocol. VPN works over both Wi-Fi and cellular data network (iPad Wi-Fi + 3G) connections. Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if youve set up VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPad. Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu, which you

156 Chapter 22 Settings

Using

on page 171.

Choose General > Network > VPN and tap the

icon in the status bar at the top of the screen.

Choose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue arrow

Bluetooth iPad can connect wirelessly to an Apple Wireless Keyboard for wireless typing or to Bluetooth headphones for wireless listening. See Using Bluetooth Devices on page 43.

When Bluetooth is on, you see the Bluetooth the screen. icon in the status bar at the top of Spotlight Search You can specify the content areas you want to search on iPad using Spotlight. Set the content areas Spotlight searches: Choose General > Spotlight Search and tap an item to select or deselect it. Set the search result order: Choose General > Spotlight Search, touch item, and drag it up or down to rearrange the search order. next to an Auto-Lock

Set the amount of time before iPad locks: Choose General > Auto-Lock and choose a time. Passcode Lock Initially, iPad doesnt require you to enter a passcode to unlock it. For security, you can create a passcode. Set a passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock > Turn Passcode On. Enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPad then requires you to enter the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings. Set how long before your passcode is required: Choose General > Passcode Lock, then enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode and select how long iPad can be idle before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it.

enter your passcode. Chapter 22 Settings 157 Change the passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, then tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your new passcode. If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPad software. See Removing a Backup on page 182.

Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple

and use a longer passcode that has a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters.

Choose General > Passcode Lock and turn Picture Frame

When Picture Frame is on, iPad displays your photos from the locked screen. See Picture Frame on page 155. Erase all data after ten failed passcode attempts: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on. After ten failed passcode attempts, your settings are reset to their original values, all your information and media are erased, and the encryption key is removed. iPad Cover Lock/Unlock You can automatically lock or unlock iPad 2 when you use it with the iPad Smart Cover

(available separately). Use the cover to lock or unlock iPad: Choose General > iPad Cover Lock/Unlock, then tap On. iPad automatically locks and goes to sleep when you close the cover, and then wakes and unlocks when you open the cover. If you have a passcode set, you have to enter it when you open the cover to wake iPad. Restrictions You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPad. For

Turn on restrictions:

1 Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions. 2 Enter a four-digit passcode. 3 Reenter the passcode.

Choose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode. If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPad software using iTunes. See Removing a Backup on page 182. 158 Chapter 22 Settings Set app restrictions: Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or

Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web browsing even if Safari is disabled. YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. The Camera app is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot take photos or videos with iPad. You cannot make or receive FaceTime video chats. The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot preview, purchase, or download content. Ping is disabled. You cannot follow artists or other people. Installing apps is disabled and the App Store icon is removed from the Home screen. Deleting apps from iPad is disabled. customize the Home screen. doesnt appear on app icons when you Location Services settings cannot be changed. Mail account settings cannot be changed. Safari YouTube Camera FaceTime iTunes Ping Installing Apps Deleting Apps Location Accounts Restrict purchases within apps: allows you to purchase additional content or features within apps downloaded from the App Store. Chapter 22 Settings 159 Set content restrictions: Tap Ratings For, then select a country in the list. You can set restrictions using that countrys ratings system for the following categories of content:

Music & Podcasts Movies TV Shows Apps In the United States, for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies, then select PG from the list. Note: Not all countries or regions have a rating system. Restrict multiplayer games:

invitations to play games or add friends in Game Center. Restrict adding friends:

Center. You can continue to play with existing friends if Multiplayer Games is turned on. Side Switch

Lock the screen in portrait or landscape orientation: Choose General > Use the Side Switch, then tap Lock Rotation.

Choose General > Use the Side Switch, then tap Mute. The Side Switch doesnt mute audio or video playback. Date and Time These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and in world clocks and calendars. Set whether iPad shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time: Choose General > Date

countries or regions.) Set whether iPad updates the date and time automatically: Choose General >

Set the date and time manually: Choose General > Date & Time, then turn Set

Tap the Date & Time button, then tap Set Date & Time and enter the date and time. 160 Chapter 22 Settings Keyboard

Choose General > Keyboard, then turn Auto-

Normally, iPad automatically capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a return character.

Choose General > Keyboard and turn Auto-Correction

Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPad automatically suggests corrections or completed words as you type. Check spelling as you type: Choose General > Keyboard and turn Check Spelling

Enable caps lock: If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift all letters you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on.

The . shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space when youre typing. Its initially on. Add international keyboards: Choose General > Keyboards > International Keyboards

> Add New Keyboard, and tap the keyboards you want to add. Change a keyboard layout: Choose General > Keyboards > International Keyboards and select a keyboard. For some languages, you can change the both the onscreen keyboard layout and the external hardware keyboard layout. key on the onscreen keyboard, International

languages, and set the date, time, and telephone number formats for your region. You can also choose a calendar format. Set the language for iPad: Choose General > International > Language, choose the language you want to use, and tap Done.

Choose General > International > Keyboards, and add the keyboards you want to use. If more than one keyboard is turned on, press and hold menu of keyboards. See Appendix B, International Keyboards, on page 174. Set date, time, and telephone number formats: Choose General > International >

Region Format, and choose your region. The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that appear in built-in iPad apps. Set a calendar format: Choose General > International > Calendar and select the calendar format you want to usefor example Gregorian, Japanese, or Buddhist. on the keyboard to see a Chapter 22 Settings 161 Accessibility To turn on accessibility features, go to Accessibility settings and choose the features you want. See Chapter 21, Accessibility, on page 137. Resetting iPad Reset all settings: Choose General > Reset > Reset All Settings. Enter your passcode if you have one. All your settings are reset. Information (such as your contacts and calendars) and media (such as your songs and videos) arent deleted. Erase all content and settings: Choose General > Reset > Erase All Content and Settings. Enter your passcode if you have one. This resets all iPad settings to their original values and erases all your information and media. Reset network settings: Choose General > Reset > Reset Network Settings. Enter your passcode if you have one. When you reset network settings, your list of

youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on.

Reset the keyboard dictionary: Choose General > Reset > Reset Keyboard Dictionary. Enter your passcode if you have one. You add words to the keyboard dictionary by

add the word to the keyboard dictionary. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words youve added. Reset the Home screen layout: Choose General > Reset > Reset Home Screen Layout to reset your Home screen to its original settings. Reset the location warnings: Choose General > Reset > Reset Location Warnings, and enter your passcode if you have one. Location warnings are the requests made by an app (such as Maps) to use Location Services with that app. iPad stops presenting the warning for an app the second time you tap OK. Tap Reset Location Warnings to resume the warnings. 162 Chapter 22 Settings Mail, Contacts, Calendars Use Mail, Contacts, Calendars settings to set up and customize accounts for iPad:

Microsoft Exchange MobileMe Google email Yahoo! Mail AOL Other POP and IMAP mail systems LDAP accounts for Contacts CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars Accounts

appear depend on the type of account youre setting up. Your service provider or system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter. For more information, see:

Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts on page 31

Change an accounts settings: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then make the changes you want. Syncing and Adding Contacts on page 92 Subscribing to Calendars on page 88 Changes you make to an accounts settings on iPad are not synced to your computer,

settings on your computer. Stop using an account: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then

from or sync other information with that account, until you turn it back on. Adjust advanced settings: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, tap Advanced, then do one of the following:

To set whether drafts and deleted messages are stored on iPad or remotely on your email server (IMAP accounts only), tap Drafts Mailbox or Deleted Mailbox. If you store messages on iPad, you can see them even when iPad isnt connected to the Internet.

To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or Internet service provider for the correct settings. Chapter 22 Settings 163 Delete an account from iPad: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, choose an account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account. Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account on iPad. All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the account are removed from iPad. However, deleting an account doesnt remove the account or its associated information from your computer. Fetch New Data

Mail, and any other push accounts on iPad. Push accounts automatically deliver new information to iPad when new information appears on the server (delays may occur).

suspend delivery of email and other information, or to conserve battery life.

the server to see if new information is available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested. For optimal battery life, dont fetch too frequently. Turn Push on: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn Push on. Set how often to fetch data: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Fetch New Data, then choose how often you want to fetch data. To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently. Setting Push to OFF or setting Fetch to Manually in the Fetch New Data screen overrides individual account settings. Note: When Push is set to OFF, Find My iPad doesnt work. Mail The Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts youve set up on iPad.

Set the number of messages shown on iPad: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars >

Show, then choose a setting. Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional messages when youre in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More Messages. Note: For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then choose the Exchange account. Tap Mail days to sync and choose the number of days of mail you want to sync with the server. Set how many lines of each message are previewed in the message list: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Preview, then choose a setting. 164 Chapter 22 Settings or Cc next to each message in a list indicates whether

messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about. Set a minimum font size for messages: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Minimum Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant. Set whether iPad shows To and Cc labels in message lists: Choose Mail, Contacts,

If Show To/Cc Label is on, the message was sent directly to you or you received a copy.

Choose Mail,

Set whether iPad automatically loads remote images: Choose Mail, Contacts,

Set whether iPad sends you a copy of every message you send: Choose Mail,

Add a signature to your messages: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Signature, then type a signature. You can set iPad to add a signatureyour favorite quote, or your name, title, and phone number, for exampleto the bottom of every message you send. Set the default email account: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Default Account, then choose an account. This setting determines which of your accounts a message is sent from when you create a message from another iPad appfor example, by sending a photo from Photos or tapping the email address of a business in Maps. To send the message from

Contacts Set how contacts are sorted: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Contacts tap Sort Order and do one of the following:

tap First, Last.

tap Last, First. Set how contacts are displayed: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:

tap First, Last.

tap Last, First. Chapter 22 Settings 165 Calendars Set alerts to sound when you receive meeting invitations: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Calendar tap New Invitation Alerts to turn it on. Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPad: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Sync, then choose a period of time. Turn on Calendar time zone support: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars > Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping

When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time

in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time. Important: If youre traveling, iPad may not display events or sound alerts at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see Date and Time on page 160. Set alerts to sound when you receive a meeting invitation: Choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then under Calendar tap New Invitation Alerts to turn it on. Safari Safari settings let you select your Internet search engine, set security options, and for developers, turn on debugging. General To perform Internet searches, you can set the default search engine to Google, Yahoo!, or Bing. Select a search engine: Choose Safari > Search Engine and select the search engine you want to use.

and passwords you previously entered, or both. Enable AutoFill: Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:

To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, choose My Info, and select the contact you want to use.

on web forms.

To use information from names and passwords, turn Names and Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you

To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All. 166 Chapter 22 Settings Security By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation, and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPad from possible security risks on the Internet. Change security settings: Choose Safari, then do one of the following:

To set whether youre warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, turn Fraud

Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you visit a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesnt load the page.

To enable or disable JavaScript, JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the pagefor example, a page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked page to appear in a new pop-up page.

To block or allow pop-ups, pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It doesnt block pop-ups that open when you tap a link.

To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, From visited, or Always. A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPad so the website can remember you when you visit again. This way, webpages can be customized for you based on information you may have provided. Some webpages wont work correctly unless iPad accepts cookies.

To clear the history of webpages youve visited, tap Clear History.

To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.

To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache. The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next time you visit them. If a page you open doesnt show new content, clearing the cache may help. Developer The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If this feature is turned on, the console appears whenever a webpage error occurs.

Choose Safari > Developer, then turn Debug

Chapter 22 Settings 167 iPod

Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level: In iTunes, choose iTunes >

Preferences if youre using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if youre using a PC. Then click Playback and select Sound Check. Set iPad to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check): Choose iPod and turn

Use EQ to customize the sound: Choose iPod, tap EQ, and choose an equalizer setting. Set a volume limit: maximum volume. Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed. Get song lyrics and information about podcasts: Choose iPod and turn Lyrics &

Share your iTunes library: Enter your Apple ID and password, then use Home Sharing to

WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Video Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning

Set where to resume playing: Choose Video > Start Playing, then select whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from the

youre playing is in widescreen format, turning this on preserves the widescreen aspect ratio. Set the TV signal to NTSC or PAL: Choose Video > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL.

Americas, NTSC is probably the correct choice. Elsewhere, try PAL. If youre not sure,

Use TV Out settings to set up how iPad plays videos on your TV. 168 Chapter 22 Settings

Apple Digital AV Adapter and an HDMI cable Apple Component AV Cable Apple Composite AV Cable Apple VGA Adapter If you use the Apple Digital AV Adapter or the Apple Component AV Cable, high-

resolution videos are shown in HD quality. Apple cables are available for purchase in many countries. Go to www.apple.com/store.

automatically mirrored on the external display in up to 1080p resolution, and videos play at a maximum resolution of 720p. Some apps such as Keynote may use the external display as a second video monitor. With previous iPad models, only certain applications (including YouTube, Videos, and Photos) use the external display. Photos Use Photos settings to specify how slideshows display your photos. Set the length of time each slide is shown: Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For, and select the length of time. Set whether to repeat slideshows: Set photos to appear randomly or in order: FaceTime Use FaceTime settings to turn on FaceTime or change your address. Enter your Apple ID and password to enable FaceTime. If you dont have an Apple ID, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. The email address you specify when creating the account will be your FaceTime address.

FaceTime calls. Specify additional FaceTime addresses: To add an email address so that others can use it to call you with FaceTime, tap Add Another Email. Chapter 22 Settings 169 Notes Use Notes settings to choose the font used to display your notes. Choose a font: Choose Notes and select a font. Store Use Store settings to create or change an Apple ID. By default, the Apple ID youre signed in to when you sync iPad with your computer appears in Store settings. You can

dont have an Apple ID, you can create one in Store settings. Create a new account: Choose Store and tap Create New Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. Sign in to an account: Choose Store and tap Sign in, then enter your Apple ID and password. View your Apple ID information: Choose Store, sign in using your Apple ID, and tap View Apple ID.

Choose Store and tap Sign out, then tap Sign in and enter your username and password. 170 Chapter 22 Settings iPad in the Enterprise A A x i d n e p p iPad at Work With support for secure access to corporate networks, directories, and Microsoft Exchange, iPad is ready to go to work. For detailed information about using iPad in business go to www.apple.com/ipad/business.

If youre in an enterprise environment, you may be able to set up accounts and other

administrator set up your iPad to use the information systems at your company, school,

the Microsoft Exchange servers at work, so iPad can access your Exchange email, calendars, and contacts.

and enter a passcode for using iPad.

on a secure webpage, or by installing them directly on iPad for you. Your administrator

1 website your administrator provides. 2 3 Enter passwords and other information thats requested. Important:

171

with the new settings.

Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts Microsoft Exchange provides email, contact, and calendar information that you can automatically sync wirelessly to iPad. You can set up an Exchange account directly on iPad. Set up an Exchange account on iPad:

1 On the iPad Home screen, tap Settings. 2 Tap Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 3 Tap Microsoft Exchange. 4 Enter your account information, then tap Save. Your service provider or administrator can provide the account settings you need. Exchange accounts: Enter your email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a description. iPad supports Microsofts Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the server address cant be determined, youre asked to enter it. Once you connect to the Exchange server, you may be prompted to change your passcode to meet server requirements. 5 When setting up a Microsoft Exchange account, tap the items you want to use on iPadmail, contacts, and calendars. VPN Access VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings on iPad

For more information, see on page 171 or contact your administrator. 172 Appendix A iPad in the Enterprise LDAP and CardDAV Accounts When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your company or organizations LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts. Because LDAP contacts arent downloaded to iPad, you must have an Internet connection to view them. Check with your administrator for account settings and other requirements (such as VPN). When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPad over the air. You may also be able to search for contacts on your company or organizations CardDAV server. Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account:

1 In Settings, tap Mail Contacts, Calendars, then tap Add Account. 2 Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account. 3 Enter your LDAP account information, then tap Next to verify the account. 4 Tap Save. Appendix A iPad in the Enterprise 173 International Keyboards B A x i d n e p p

Asian languages and languages written from right to left. Adding Keyboards

only the keyboard for the language youve set is available. To make keyboards for other languages available, use Keyboard settings. Add a keyboard:

1 In Settings, choose General > Keyboard > International Keyboards. The number before the arrow indicates the number of keyboards currently enabled. 2 Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available. For a list of keyboards supported by iPad, go to www.apple.com/ipad/specs. Edit your keyboard list: Choose General > Keyboard > International Keyboards, then tap Edit and do one of the following:

To delete a keyboard, tap

To reorder the list, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.

, then tap Delete. Switching Keyboards

Switch keyboards when youre typing: Tap

. When you tap the symbol, the name of You can also touch and hold to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a

Many keyboards provide letters, numbers, and symbols not visible on the keyboard. 174 Type letters, numbers, or symbols that arent on the keyboard: Touch and hold the

Thai keyboard, for example, you can choose native numbers by touching and holding the related Arabic number. Chinese

characters on the screen.

Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for Chinese characters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Pinyin to see more options. If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Entering Chinese Cangjie

As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a character to choose it, or

writing sequence: from left to right, top to bottom, outside to inside, and from inside to the closing stroke (for example, the Chinese character (circle) should begin with the vertical stroke ). As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear (the most commonly used

If youre not sure of the correct stroke, enter an asterisk (*). To see more character options, type another stroke, or scroll through the character list. Tap the match () key to show only characters that match exactly what you typed. For example, if you type (one one) and tap the match () key, the more commonly used (two) appears as an exact match. Entering Traditional Chinese Zhuyin Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Zhuyin letters to see more options. After you type an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show more letters. If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Appendix B International Keyboards 175

strokes, iPad recognizes them and shows matching characters in a list, with the closest match at the top. When you choose a character, its likely follow-on characters appear in the list as additional choices. You can get some complex characters by writing two or more component characters. For example, enter (bristle), to get (partial name of Hong Kong International Airport), which appears in the character list with an arrow next to it. Tap the character to replace the characters you entered.

Select the character or characters you want to convert, then tap Replace. Drawing Chinese Characters

176 Appendix B International Keyboards Japanese

Entering Japanese Romaji

the keyboard; tap one to enter it. Entering Japanese Fifty Key Use the Fifty Key keyboard to input code for Japanese syllables. As you type, suggested syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it. Korean Use the 2-Set Korean keyboard to type Hangul letters. To type double consonants or compound vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to choose the double letter. Vietnamese Touch and hold a character to see the available diacritical marks, then slide to choose the one you want. You can also type the following key sequences to enter characters with diacritical marks:

aa aw (a caron)

ee

oo ow (o hook) w (u hook) dd (d dash)

as (a acute)

(a grave)

ar
(a question mark)

(a rising accent)

(a drop tone) ax aj af Appendix B International Keyboards 177

Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin) Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin)

Japanese (50 Key) Creating Dictionaries When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a dictionary of word and input pairs. When you type a word from the dictionary while using a supported keyboard, the associated input is substituted for the word. The dictionary is available for the following keyboards:

Add a word to the dictionary: In Settings, choose General > Keyboard > Edit User Dictionary. Tap

You can have multiple inputs for each word, based on which keyboards are turned on. Delete a word from the dictionary: Tap the word in the User Dictionary list, then tap Delete Word. 178 Appendix B International Keyboards Tips and Troubleshooting C A x i d n e p p Tips and Troubleshooting Apple iPad Support Site Comprehensive support information is available online at www.apple.com/support/ipad. You can also use Express Lane for personalized support (not available in all countries). See expresslane.apple.com. Low-Battery Image or Not Charging Message Appears iPad is low on power and needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. For information about charging iPad, see Charging the Battery on page 33.

When charging, make sure youre using the 10W USB power adapter that came with iPad or the USB port on a recent Mac. The fastest way to charge is to use the power adapter. See Charging the Battery on page 33.

iPad may not charge when connected to the USB port on an older Mac, a PC, a keyboard, or to a USB hub. If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. To charge iPad, disconnect it from your computer and connect it to a power outlet using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable and 10W USB power adapter. iPad Doesnt Respond

iPad may be low on power. Connect iPad to the 10W USB power adapter to charge. See Charging the Battery on page 33. Press and hold the Sleep/Wake for a few seconds until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app you were using quits.

179

Sleep/Wake button until a red slider appears, then drag the slider. Then press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. If that doesnt work, reset iPad. Press and hold both the Sleep/Wake button and the Home If the screen doesnt rotate when you turn iPad, hold iPad upright, and make sure that the screen rotation lock is not engaged. button for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. This accessory is not supported by iPad Appears The accessory you attached may not work with iPad. Make sure the Dock Connector to USB Cable is free of debris, and refer to the documentation that came with the accessory. Connect-to-iTunes Screen Appears

iTunes if it doesnt open automatically, then follow the onscreen instructions. An App Appears Too Small Most apps for iPhone and iPod touch can be used with iPad, but they might not take advantage of the large screen. In this case, tap return to the original size. to zoom in on the app. Tap to Look in the App Store to see if theres a version of the app thats optimized for iPad, or a universal version thats optimized for iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad. Onscreen Keyboard Doesnt Appear If iPad is paired with a Bluetooth keyboard, the onscreen keyboard doesnt appear. To

can also make the onscreen keyboard appear by moving the Bluetooth keyboard out

iTunes and Syncing iPad Doesnt Appear or Syncing Doesnt Work If iPad doesnt appear in iTunes on your computer or is unable to sync content, contacts, calendars, or bookmarks, try the following:

Recharge the battery if iPad is low on power. See Charging the Battery on page 33.

USB 2.0 port on your computer (not on your keyboard or a USB hub). Unlock iPad if its locked with a passcode. Restart your computer and reconnect iPad to your computer. Restart iPad.

180 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting

Download and install (or reinstall) the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. For push accounts, make sure iPad has an Internet connection. See the Internet on page 29. Connecting to Backing Up iPad Backing Up iTunes creates a backup of settings, app data, and other information on iPad when you:

Sync iPad with iTunes on your computer Update iPad using iTunes Restore iPad using iTunes, if you choose to back up when asked You can restore backup information to iPad after updating or restoring iPad software, or you can use a backup to copy your current iPad information to another iPad. See Updating and Restoring iPad Software on page 182. Backups dont include synced items, such as songs and videos from your iTunes library, or information such as contacts and calendars from your computer. To restore synced items, you must sync iPad after restoring backup information. If iPad is set to sync automatically, synced items are restored immediately after a software restore or update. See Syncing with iTunes on page 24.

For extra security, you can set iTunes to encrypt your backups. Encrypt iPad backups:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPad in the sidebar. 3 In the Summary pane, select Encrypt backups. 4 Select a password, then click Set Password. If the backup is encrypted, youll need to enter your password before restoring your backup information to iPad. Encrypted backups are shown with a lock icon in the list of backups in the Devices pane of iTunes preferences. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 181 Removing a Backup You can remove an iPad backup from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone elses computer. Remove a backup:

1 In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.

Mac: Choose iTunes > Preferences.

Windows: Choose Edit > Preferences. 2 Click Devices (iPad does not need to be connected). 3 Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup. 4 5 Click OK. Updating and Restoring iPad Software About Updating and Restoring Software You can use iTunes to update or restore iPad software.

If you update, the iPad software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings, and

Note: In some cases, an update may also include restoring iPad. If you restore, the latest version of iPad software is reinstalled, settings are restored to their default, and all data stored on iPad is deleted, including downloaded apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If youve backed up iPad with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from the backup at the end of the restore process. Deleted data is no longer accessible through the iPad user interface, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. If you use a Bluetooth headset or keyboard with iPad and you restore settings, you must pair the Bluetooth device with iPad again to use it. For more information about updating and restoring iPad software, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1414. Updating iPad Make sure your computer has an Internet connection and that youve installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. 182 Update iPad:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 2 Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, then click the Summary tab. 3 Click Check for Update. iTunes tells you if theres a new version of the iPad software available. 4 Click Update to install the latest version of the software. Restoring iPad Make sure your computer has an Internet connection and that youve installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Restore iPad:

1 Connect iPad to your computer. 2 Select iPad in the iTunes sidebar, then click the Summary tab. 3 Click Check for Update. iTunes tells you if theres a new version of the iPad software available. 4 Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPad when prompted. When the iPad software has been restored, you can choose to set up iPad as a new iPad, or restore your music, video, app data, and other content from a backup. After restoring from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the iPad user interface, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Restoring from a Backup You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use this feature to copy these items to another iPad. Make sure your computer has an Internet connection and that youve installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Important: Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPad from the Summary pane in iTunes. Restoring from a backup doesnt fully restore iPad software. Also, restoring iPad from a backup restores all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring it could replace the app data with data that isnt current. For more information, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Restore iPad from a backup:

1 Connect iPad to the computer you normally sync with. 2 In iTunes, Control-click iPad in the sidebar, then choose Restore from Backup from the menu that appears. 3 Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore. If the backup is encrypted, youll need to enter your password. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 183 After restoring from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the iPad user interface, but it isnt erased from iPad. For information about erasing all content and settings, see Resetting iPad on page 162. Safari, Mail, and Contacts Cant Send Email If iPad is unable to send email, try the following:

In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, then select the account youre trying to use. Tap Account Info, then tap SMTP under Outgoing Mail Server. You can set up additional SMTP servers, or select one from another mail account on iPad. Contact

Set up your email account directly on iPad instead of syncing it from iTunes. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap Add Account and enter your account information. If iPad is unable to locate your service providers settings when you enter your email address, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1277 for help setting up your account.

seconds until a red slider appears, then drag the slider. Then press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears. For additional troubleshooting information, go to www.apple.com/support/ipad. If you still cant send email, you can use Express Lane (not available in all countries). Go to expresslane.apple.com. Cant Receive Email If iPad cant receive email, try the following:

If you use one or more computers to check the same email account, it may create a lock-out. For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/TS2621. Set up your email account directly on iPad instead of syncing it from iTunes. In Settings, choose Mail, Contacts, Calendars, tap Add Account, then enter your account information. If iPad is unable to locate your service providers settings when you enter your email address, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1277 for help setting up your account.

seconds until a red slider appears, then drag the slider. Then press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the Apple logo appears.

to the Internet through the cellular data network. In Settings, choose Wi-Fi and turn

184 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting For additional troubleshooting information, go to www.apple.com/support/ipad. If you still cant send email, you can use Express Lane (not available in all countries). Go to expresslane.apple.com. Email Attachment Wont Open

email attachments:

.doc

.docx

.htm

.html

.ics

.key

.numbers

.pages

.pdf

.ppt

.pptx

.rtf

.txt

.vcf

.xls

.xlsx Microsoft Word Microsoft Word (XML) webpage webpage Calendar item Keynote Numbers Pages Preview, Adobe Acrobat Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft PowerPoint (XML) Rich Text Format text contact information Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel (XML) Sound, Music, and Video No Sound

Volume Buttons on page 11. Make sure the iPad speaker isnt covered. Make sure the Side Switch isnt set to silent. See If youre using a headset, unplug it, then plug it in again. Make sure you push the plug all the way in. Make sure the volume isnt turned all the way down. Music on iPad might be paused. If youre using a headset with a play button, try pressing the play button to resume playback. Or from the Home screen, tap iPod, then tap

.

Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 185

Check to see if a volume limit is set. From the Home screen, choose Settings > iPod >

Volume Limit. For more information, see iPod on page 168. If youre using the line out port on the optional iPad Dock, make sure that you turn on the external speakers or stereo, and that theyre plugged in correctly and working properly. Use the volume controls on the the external speakers or stereo, not on iPad. If you're using an app that works with AirPlay, check to see if the AirPlay device you're sending the sound to is turned on and the volume is turned up. If you want to hear sound through iPad's speaker, tap and select it from the list. A Song, Video, or Other Item Wont Play The song, video, audiobook, or podcast may be encoded in a format that iPad doesnt

www.apple.com/ipad/specs. If a song or video in your iTunes library isnt supported by iPad, you may be able to convert it to a format iPad supports. For example, you can use iTunes for Windows

open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. and select iPad in the list. No Video or Sound when Using AirPlay To send video or audio to an AirPlay device such as an Apple TV, iPad and the AirPlay device must be connected to the same wireless network. If you don't see the button, iPad isnt connected to the same Wi-Fi network as an AirPlay device, or the app youre using doesnt support AirPlay.

When sound or video is being sent to an AirPlay device, iPad doesnt display video or play audio. To direct the content to iPad and disconnect iPad from the AirPlay device, tap Some applications play only audio over AirPlay. If video isn't working, make sure that the app you're using supports both audio and video. If the Apple TV has been set up to require a passcode, you must enter it on iPad when asked, in order to use AirPlay. Make sure the speakers on the AirPlay device are turned on and turned up. If youre using an Apple TV, make sure the TVs input source is set to Apple TV. Make sure the volume control on iPad is turned up. When iPad is streaming with AirPlay, it must remain connected to the Wi-Fi network. If you take iPad out of range, playback stops. Depending on the speed of your network, it may take 30 seconds or more for playback to begin when using AirPlay.

For more information about AirPlay, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4437. 186 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting No Image on TV or Projector Connected to iPad

the iPad screen. Some apps may support using the attached display as a second monitor. Check the apps settings and documentation.

Go to Settings > Video and make sure the settings are correct for your TV or

cable or the Apple Digital AV Adapter.

supported cable. If iPad is connected to an A/V switchbox or receiver, try connecting

Make sure that your TV has the proper video input selected, such as HDMI or component video.

If no video appears, press the Home button, disconnect and reconnect the cable, and try again. FaceTime Cant make or receive FaceTime calls

7, FaceTime, on page 63.

Make sure the person calling you is using an email address thats associated with FaceTime. This is normally your Apple ID, but you can add other email addresses too. See Sign in to FaceTime: on page 64. To use FaceTime, iPad must be connected to the Internet via Wi-Fi. When you make a FaceTime call, allow enough time for the connection to be established, which may take many rings.

Improving FaceTime quality For best results with FaceTime, try these tips:

are connected to the fastest Wi-Fi network available. If your image is grainy, the camera needs more light. If the incoming image is grainy,

The person youre talking with might also need to rotate their device to send you a bigger image. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 187 iTunes Store and App Store iTunes or App Store Isnt Available To use the iTunes Store or the App Store, iPad must have an Internet connection. See Connecting to the Internet on page 29. To purchase content from the iTunes Store or the App Store, you need an Apple ID. You can set up an Apple ID on iPad. From the Home screen, choose Settings > Store >

Create New Apple ID. See Store on page 170. You can also set up an account on your computer by opening iTunes and choosing Store > Create Account. Note: The iTunes Store and the App Store arent available in some countries. Restarting and Resetting iPad If something isnt working right, try restarting iPad, force quitting an app, or resetting iPad. Restart iPad: Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button until the red slider appears.

hold the Sleep/Wake until the Apple logo appears. Force quit an app: Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button on top of iPad for a few seconds until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits.

Reset iPad: Press and hold the Sleep/Wake button and the Home button at the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. iPad Still Doesnt Respond After Reset

Reset iPad settings. From the Home screen choose Settings > General > Reset >

Reset All Settings. All your settings are reset, but your data and media arent deleted. If that doesnt work, erase all content on iPad. See If that doesnt work, restore the iPad software. See Resetting iPad on page 162. Removing a Backup on page 182.

Safety, Service, and Support Information The following table describes where to get more iPad-related safety, software, and service information. 188 Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting To learn about Using iPad safely iPad service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads Do this See the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad for the latest safety and regulatory information. Go to www.apple.com/support/ipad. The latest information about iPad Go to www.apple.com/ipad. Managing your Apple ID account Go to appleid.apple.com. Using iTunes MobileMe Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. For an online iTunes tutorial (not available in some areas), go to www.apple.com/support/itunes. Go to www.apple.com/mobileme. Using iPhoto on Mac OS X Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help. Using Address Book on Mac OS X Using iCal on Mac OS X Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book, Adobe Photoshop Album, and Adobe Photoshop Elements Obtaining warranty service Battery replacement service Open Address Book and choose Help >

Address Book Help. Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help. See the documentation that came with those apps. First follow the advice in this guide. Then go to www.apple.com/support/ipad or see the iPad Important Product Information Guide at support.apple.com/manuals/ipad. Go to www.apple.com/batteries/replacements.html. Using iPad in an enterprise environment Go to www.apple.com/ipad/business. Disposal and Recycling Information Your iPad must be disposed of properly according to local laws and regulations. Because it contains a battery, iPad must be disposed of separately from household waste. When your iPad reaches its end of life, contact Apple or your local authorities to learn about recycling options. For information about Apples recycling program, go to www.apple.com/recycling. Apple and the Environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, go to www.apple.com/environment. Appendix C Tips and Troubleshooting 189 Index x e d n I 3G 13 10W USB power adapter 10 12-hour time 160 24-hour time 160 A accessibility features 137 Large Text 149 Mono Audio 149 settings 162 Speak Auto-text 149 Triple-click Home 150 VoiceOver 138 White on Black 149 Zoom 148 accounts 163, 172 push 164

17, 154, 155 Adobe Photoshop Elements 28, 29 airplane mode status icon 13 AirPlay about 45 music playback 108 Photos 73 troubleshooting 186 videos from the camera roll 73 Videos 80 AirPrint 14 about 40 printers 40 See also printing album tracks 109 alerts

11, 156 calendar 90 alternate audio language 79 anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning App Store about 119 browsing 120 deleting apps 123 Genius 120 store account 119, 170 syncing 24, 25 syncing purchased content 123 updating apps 122 verifying purchases 118 Apple Component AV Cable 168 Apple Composite AV Cable 168 Apple Digital AV Adapter 168 Apple ID 23 Apple VGA Adapter 168 Apple Wireless Keyboard 20 apps 14 deleting 123 attachments email 57 audio alternate language 79 Mono Audio 149 audiobooks, syncing 25 Auto-Brightness 155 AutoFill 50, 166 B backups backing up iPad 27 removing 182 restoring from 180, 183 badge, numbered 40 battery charging 33 low on power 34, 179 maximizing life 34 replacing 34, 189 status icon 13 Bluetooth

155 headphones 43 headset 79, 83, 182, 185 pairing headphones 43 status icon 13

157 unpairing device 44 190 bookmarking iBooks 126 map locations 100 webpages 51 YouTube videos 83, 84 bookmarks, syncing 25, 28, 51 books accessibility 128 annotating 126 brightness 127

128 deleting, rearranging 129

125 iBooks 124 purchasing 125 reading 126, 127 searching 128 syncing 25, 125 syncing books 25 text size 127 braille, using displays with VoiceOver 147 brightness

154, 155 iBooks 127

17 browser cache, clearing 167 browsing App Store 120 iTunes Store 114 button sleep/wake 10 C cable, Dock Connector to USB 10, 24 cache, clearing browser 167 CalDAV 88 Calendar about 85

88

90 searching 88 syncing calendars 25, 27, 85 views 86 See also events Camera Connection Kit 70 Camera back camera 61 deleting photos 61 exposure 61 front camera 61 seeing photos and videos youve taken 61, 62 taking photos 61 upload photos to your computer 62

175 caps lock, enabling 161 Cc 165 Index cellular data

154 cellular data plan 30 cellular network 30 charging battery 33 Chinese keyboard 175, 178 cleaning iPad 35

168 computer requirements 23

171 connecting to Internet 29 Contacts about 91 adding and editing 93 adding from Maps 104 assigning photo to 75 display order 165 GAL (Global Address List) 54, 92 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 92 photos 93 seeing location of 98 send info by email 54 sort order 165 syncing 25, 27, 92 Yahoo! Address Book 27 controls, using 17, 36

186 cookies 167 copying, text 21 cover 11 current location 102 cutting and pasting text 21 D data plan 30 data protection 46 Data Roaming 30

154 data, erasing 31, 46, 158, 162 date and time, setting 160 date format 161 debug console, Safari 167 deleting all content and settings 162 apps from the App Store 123 contacts 93 email account 164 email messages 59 notes 95 photos 61, 67 playlists 110 removing 182 songs from a playlist 110 videos 80 developer settings, Safari 167 dictionary 178 191 directions, getting 102 directories (LDAP) 173 disconnecting iPad from computer 33 display freezes 188 Dock Connector to USB cable 10, 24 downloading apps 121 podcasts 117 E editing videos 62 editing text 21 email accounts, syncing 25 enterprise, using iPad 189 ePub books 125 equalizer 168 erasing data 31, 46, 158, 162 events, calendar 86 Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange exposure 61 external keyboards 20 F FaceTime 63 making a call 65 phone number format 65 signing in 64 using other apps while talking 65 Fetch New Data 164 Fifty Key 177

57, 185, 186

28, 44 Find My iPad 31, 46 force quitting an app 188 format, date and time 161 forwarding messages 54 G GAL (Global Address List) 54, 92 Game Center about 130 account information 135 achievements 134 downloading games 132 friends 134 inviting friends 132 leaderboards 133 parental controls 136 playing games 132 recently played games 134 restricting friend requests 160 restricting multiplayer games 160 restrictions 136 setting up 130 status information 135 Genius Mixes 106, 111 Genius playlists 110 Genius, App Store 120 gestures, VoiceOver 140 getting help 188 getting started 23 Google contacts 27 search engine 166 searching the web 51 grab points 21 H hardware keyboards 20 headset, center button 79, 83, 185 help, getting 188 Home screen 13, 36, 37 adding web clips 52 customizing 38 Home Sharing 112, 168 hybrid view 101 I iBooks 124 iBookstore 25, 124 iCal 27, 189 ICCID number 155 icons app 14 status 13 IMAP accounts 53 searching email 58 IMEI number 155 installing apps 121

171 international keyboards 161, 174 Internet, connecting to 29 iPad Smart Cover 11, 158 iPhoto 28, 29, 189 iPod controls 37 iPod Genius Mixes 111 Genius playlists 110 playlists 110

107 searching 109 transferring content 112 iTunes Store about 113 account 115, 116, 119, 170 browsing 114 checking download status 117 purchasing songs and albums 115 streaming or downloading podcasts 117 192 Index syncing purchased content 118 verifying purchases 118 iTunes U syncing 25, 28 iTunes getting help 189 Home Sharing 112 iPad doesnt appear in 180 settings panes 27 J Japanese keyboard 177, 178 K keyboards Apple Wireless Keyboard 20 hardware 20 international 161, 174 layouts 22 switching 174 switching languages 20 typing on 18 Korea keyboard 177 L landscape orientation 16 languages, switching keyboard 20 Large Text 149 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 92, 173 links in email 57 on webpages 49 location. See Maps location services using with Camera 60 Location Services 153 location warnings 162 locking iPad 10, 13 M Mac system requirements 23 Mail account setup 53, 163 attachments 57, 185 Cc 165 checking for new messages 55, 59 deleting email account 164 deleting messages 59 forwarding messages 54 links 57 load additional messages 56 marking messages as unread 57 organizing email 59 password settings 163 printing messages and attachments 59 problems opening an attachment 185 reading messages 56 replying to messages 54 resizing text column 57 saving drafts 54 searching 58 seeing recipients 57 sending messages 54 sending notes 96 sending photos 54 sending webpage addresses 49 sending YouTube video links 83, 84 settings 155, 163 share contact information 54 signatures 165 storing email on iPad or server 155, 163 syncing email account settings 25 zooming in a message 57 managing photos 67 Maps adding location to a contact 104 bookmarking location 100 classic view 101 current location 99, 102 dropped pin 100

103

98 getting directions 102 hybrid view 101 satellite view 101 seeing location of a contact 98 share location 104 street view 101 terrain view 101

103 zooming 98 Microsoft Exchange 14, 31, 54, 92, 171, 172 meeting invitations 89 searching email 58 setting up account 172 syncing 85, 172 Microsoft Internet Explorer 28, 51 Microsoft Outlook 27, 85 mirroring video 169 MobileMe 14, 31, 92 getting help 189 searching email 58 security features 31, 46 sending photos to a gallery 74 syncing 51, 85 model number 155 Mono Audio 149 Index 193 movies rented 28, 80 syncing 24, 25 multitasking 37 music managing manually 27 previewing 115 purchasing 115 searching 109 settings 168 syncing 24, 25, 28 See also iPod music videos syncing 24 mute audio and video playback 11

11 VoiceOver 141, 144 N navigating. See panning, scrolling Network activity status icon 13 networks 152 Notes 95 emailing 96 searching 96 syncing 25

153 numbered badge 40 O onscreen keyboard 18 orientation, changing 47 Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook overview, iPad apps 14 P pairing Bluetooth headphones 43 Bluetooth keyboard 43 removing 43 panning maps 98 webpages 48 parental controls. See Restrictions passcode 157 pasting text 21 PC system requirements 23 PDF books 125 Photo Booth back camera 67 front camera 67 seeing photos youve taken 67 taking photos 66, 67 upload photos to your computer 68 photos 69 albums 71 assigning photos to contacts 75 contact photos 93 emailing multiple photos 74 emailing photos 73 events 71 faces 71 geo-tagged 71 importing from camera or iPhone 70 picture frame 76 places 71 printing 75 saving from web or email 74 sending in email messages 54 settings 169 slideshow 73 syncing 25, 28, 29 taking 61, 66, 67 upload to computer 74 using photos as wallpaper 75 zooming photos 72 Photos streaming with AirPlay 73 Picture Frame 76 pictures. See Camera, Photos Pinyin 175, 178 playlists 110 creating 109 Genius 110 Genius Mixes 111 podcasts downloading 117 streaming 117 syncing 24, 25, 28 pop-ups 167 portrait orientation 16 power adapter, 10W USB 10 power, low 34 previewing, music and videos 115, 116 print AirPrint printers 40 Print Center 42 printing cancelling 42 email messages and attachments 59 overview 40 photos 75 setting up 40 status 42 problems. See troubleshooting purchased content syncing 118, 123 194 Index purchasing apps 119 music 113, 115 videos 116 push accounts 164 Q Quick Nav 146 R rate a song 109 reading email 56 rechargeable batteries 34 removing backups 182 renting movies 28, 80 videos 116 repeating 107 replacing battery 34, 189 replying to messages 54 requirements for using iPad 23 reset iPad 188 resizing webpage columns 48 restarting 188 restoring iPad software 182 restoring settings and information 180, 183 restrictions, setting 158

177, 178 rotor control 142 S Safari AutoFill 50, 166 bookmarking webpages 51 clearing cache 167 cookies 167 debug console 167 Debug Console 167 developer settings 167 fraud warning 167 Home screen web clips 52 navigating 49 opening webpages 47, 49, 50 pop-ups 167 reloading webpages 49

48 saving images to your Photo Library 49 searching 50 searching the web 51 security 167 sending webpage addresses in email 49 settings 166 stopping webpages from loading 49 syncing bookmarks 25, 28

50 zooming webpages 48 satellite view 101 screen 154, 155 brightness 17

155 using 17, 36 screen orientation 16. See Side Switch lock 16, 37 lock icon 16 lock status icon 13, 16 screenshot, taking a 61 scrolling about 37 maps 98 webpages 48 SD Card Reader 70 search engine 166 searching App Store 120 calendars 88 global 42 iTunes Store 114 Mail messages 58 music 109 notes 96 the web 51 using Spotlight 43 webpage text 50 Wikipedia 43 YouTube videos 82 security erase data after ten failed passcode attempts 158 features 46 Find My iPad 46 setting passcode 157 web 167 selecting text 21 sending email 54 photos from Photos 73

155 service and support information 189 set up iPad 24 settings accessibility 162 accounts 163 alerts 90 auto-capitalization 161 auto-correction 21, 161 Bluetooth 157 brightness 154 Calendar 90 date and time 160 developer 167 email server 155 Fetch New Data 164 international 161 Index 195 iPad cover lock 158 language 161 location services 153 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 163 Mail 163 music 168 passcode lock 157 Photos 169 Picture Frame 155 resetting 162 restrictions 158 Safari 166 screen brightness 154 security 167 sound 90 Store 170 usage statistics 156 video 168 VoiceOver 137 VPN 156 wallpaper 75, 155 Wi-Fi 152 sharing photos in email messages 54

107 Side Switch 11 signatures, email 165 SIM PIN

154

176 sleep/wake button 10 slideshows settings 169 smart cover 11 software getting help 189 updating and restoring 182 version 155 sound

156

156

11 no sound 185 setting limit 168 Sound Check 168

11 sounds calendar alert 90 Speak Auto-text 149 SSL 163 status icons 13 storage capacity 155 Store, settings 170 subscribing, calendars 88 subtitles 79

47 switching between cameras 61, 67 syncing calendars 85 Google Contacts 27 iTunes library contents 24, 25 Microsoft Exchange 85, 172 MobileMe 31, 85 preventing 29 purchased songs 118 Sync in progress message 33 webpage bookmarks 51 system requirements 23 T taking photos 61, 66, 67 telephone number format 161 Ten Key 178 text cutting or copying 21 increasing size 149 pasting 21 typing 18 typing in webpages 50 time format 161 time zone support 88, 166 time, setting 160 touchscreen, using 17, 36 Traditional Chinese 176

103 transfer settings and information 181 transferring purchased content 112, 113, 118, 123 transferring settings and information 180, 183 trimming videos 62 Triple-click Home 150 troubleshooting backing up 181 cant open an attachment 185 cant purchase music or apps 188 display freezes 179 iPad doesnt appear in iTunes 180 iPad doesnt respond 179 iPad doesnt turn on 179 no sound 185 problems playing songs or other content 186 restarting 188 software update and restore 182

10 TV shows syncing 24, 25, 28 typing international keyboards 174 keyboard 18

50 word substitution 178 196 Index U undoing edits 22 unlocking iPad 10 unpairing Bluetooth device 44 unread messages, marking 57 updating iPad software 182 usage statistics battery percentage 156 resetting 156 seeing 156 USB cable 10, 24 port 24 user dictionary 178 V VGA connector 84 video settings 168 videos 77 alternate audio language 79 deleting 80 editing 62 playback controls 78 playing 78 previewing 116 purchasing 116 rented 80 subtitles 79 syncing 28 trimming 62 watching on a TV 80, 84 YouTube 81 See also iPod, Music, YouTube Vietnamese keyboard 177 View Account changing account information 154 virtual private network. See VPN VoiceOver about 138 braille displays 147 entering and editing text 144 gestures 140 keyboard control 144 Quick Nav 146 rotor control 142 volume

11

156 setting limit 168 VPN accessing networks using 172

156

171

157 W waking iPad 10 wallpaper settings 75 using photo as 75 warranty service 189 watching videos on a TV 80, 84 web. See Safari web clips, adding to Home screen 52 webpages bookmarking 51 syncing 25, 28 White on Black 149 Wi-Fi addresses 155 forgetting a network 153

29, 152 settings 152 status icon 13

151, 152 Wikipedia, searching 43 Windows Address Book 27 Windows XP 23

186 Wubi Hua 175 Y Yahoo!

Address Book 27 search engine 166 searching using 51 Yomi 178 YouTube bookmarking videos 83, 84 emailing video links 83, 84

84 playing videos 83 rating videos 84 searching for videos 82 subscribing to videos 84 Z Zhuyin 175, 178 Zoom (Accessibility feature) 148 zooming camera 61 email messages 57 maps 98 photos 72 webpages 48 Index 197

Apple Inc. 2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirPlay, AirPort, AirPort Express, AirPort Extreme, Aperture, Apple TV, FaceTime, Finder, iBooks, iCal, iPhone, iPhoto, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keynote, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Safari, and Spotlight are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

of Apple Inc. Apple, Apple Store, iDisk, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store, iBookstore, and MobileMe are service marks of Apple Inc. Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S. and/or other countries. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license. Ping is a registered trademark of Karsten Manufacturing Corporation and is used in the U.S. under license. 2011 Google. Map data 2011 Google, Tele Atlas, INEGI, Transnavicom, ZENRIN, MapLink/Tele Atlas, Europa Technologies. Google. Map data 2011 Tele Atlas. 2011 Google. Map data 2011 Google. 2011 Google.

change. Airplane! 1992 Paramount Pictures. All rights reserved. Back to the Future 1985 Universal Studios. All rights reserved. Dear John 2010 Dear John, LLC. All rights reserved. Eat Pray Love 2010 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. All rights reserved. Iron Man 2, the movie, 2010 MVL Film Finance LLC. Iron Man, the character, TM and 2010 Marvel Entertainment, LLC and subs. All rights reserved. The Karate Kid 2010 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. All rights reserved. Salt 2010 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. and Beverly Blvd. LLC. All rights reserved. Tangled will be available on iTunes beginning March 29, 2011. Tangled 2010 Disney. Toy Story 3 Disney/Pixar. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Mention of third-party products is for informational purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility with regard to the performance or use of these products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties, if any, take place directly between the vendors and the

that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. 019-2019/2011-03-07

 

 

PHOTO 1 WIFI / BLUETOOTH MODULE - TOP SIDE PHOTO 2 WIFI / BLUETOOTH MODULE - BOTTOM SIDE PHOTO 3 CELLULAR RADIO BOARD TOP SIDE PHOTO 4 CELLULAR RADIO BOARD TOP SIDE INSULATION REMOVED PHOTO 5 CELLULAR RADIO BOARD BOTTOM SIDE PHOTO 6 CELLULAR RADIO BOARD BOTTOM SIDE SHIELD REMOVED PHOTO 7 WIFI / BLUETOOTH ANTENNA FLEX TOP SIDE WITH ADHESIVE PHOTO 8 WIFI / BLUETOOTH ANTENNA FLEX TOP SIDE WITH ADHESIVE REMOVED PHOTO 3 CELLULAR RADIO BOARD TOP SIDE SHIELDS REMOVED PHOTO 9 WIFI / BLUETOOTH ANTENNA FLEX BOTTOM SIDE WITH ADHESIVE PHOTO 10 WIFI / BLUETOOTH ANTENNA FLEX BOTTOM SIDE WITH ADHESIVE REMOVED PHOTO 11 CELLULAR TRANSMIT/RECEIVE ANETNNA TOP SIDE PHOTO 12 CELLULAR TRANSMIT/RECEIVE ANETNNA BOTTOM SIDE PHOTO 13 CELLULAR RECEIVE DIVERSITY ANTENNA AND GPS ANETNNA TOP SIDE PHOTO 14 PHOTO 11 CELLULAR RECEIVE DIVERSITY GPS ANTENNA BOTTOM SIDE ANTENNA AND GPS ANETNNA BOTTOM SIDE

 

 

PHOTO 1 TOP GLASS REMOVED PHOTO 2 TOP SIDE TOUCHPAD/

DISPLAY PHOTO 3 BOTTOM SIDE TOUCHPAD/

DISPLAY PHOTO 4 INSIDE BACK HOUSING PHOTO 5 MAIN BOARD REMOVED PHOTO 6 MAIN BOARD TOP SIDE PHOTO 7 MAIN BOARD TOP SIDE SHIELDS REMOVED PHOTO 8 MAIN BOARD BOTTOM SIDE PHOTO 11 PHOTO 9 MAIN BOARD BOTTOM SIDE MAIN BOARD BOTTOM INSULATING TAPE REMOVED SIDE-INSULATION REMOVED PHOTO 10 30 PIN I/O FLEX CABLE TOPSIDE PHOTO 11 30 PIN I/O FLEX BOTTOM SIDE

 

 

PHOTO 1 - A1397 TOP SIDE / BOTTOM EDGE PHOTO 2 - A1397 LEFT SIDE PHOTO 3 - A1397 RIGHT SIDE PHOTO 4 - A1397 TOP EDGE PHOTO 5 - A1397 BOTTOM EDGE

 

 

iPad MODEL A1397 LABEL LOCATION MARKINGS ETCHED INTO!

ALUMINUM HOUSING 30 PIN I/O CONNECTOR BACK HOUSING

 

 

Date: February 16, 2011 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Attn:

Ref:

Office of Engineering and Technology FCC ID: BCGA1397 Applicant: Apple Inc. To whom it may concern:

|, the undersigned, hereby authorize Ms. Claire Hoque/Application Examiner of Compliance Engineering Services, Inc., d.b.a. Compliance Certification Services and hereafter referred to as CCS, to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Ms. a e Hoque of CCS on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own.

|, the undersigned, hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 853(a). In authorizing CCS as our agent, we still recognize that we are responsible to:

a) b) comply with the relevant provisions of the certification program;

make all necessary arrangements for the conduct of the evaluation, including provision for examining documentation and access to all areas, records

(including internal audit reports) and personnel for the purposes of evaluation

(e.g. testing, inspection, assessment, surveillance, reassessment) and resolution of complaints;

make claims regarding certification only in respect of the scope for which certification has been granted;

do not use our product certification in such a manner as to bring the Certification Division into disrepute and not make any statement regarding our product certification which the Certification Division may consider misleading or unauthorized;

upon suspension or cancellation of certification, discontinue use of all advertising matter that contains any reference thereto and return any certification documents as required by the Certification Division;

k) use certification only to indicate the products are certified as being in conformity with specified standards;

endeavor to ensure that no certificate or report nor any part thereof is used in a misleading manner;

ensure that any reference to our product certification in communication media such as documents, brochures or advertising, complies with the requirements of the Certification Division;

keep a record of all complaints made known to the us relating to the product's compliance with requirements of the relevant standard and to make these records available to the Certification Division when requested;

ite action with respect to such complaints and any deficiencies es that affect compliance with the requirements for take approp found in products or ser certification;

document the actions taken. This authorization is valid until further written notice from the applicant. Sincerely, Rot Dips Robert Steinfeld EMC & Wireless Compliance Manager Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop, Mail Stop 26A Cupertino, California USA Phone: (408) 974-2618 Fax (408) 862-5061 Email: steinfel @apple.com

 

 

February 16, 2011 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046-1609 Re: Request for confidentiality regarding application for certification of FCC ID: BCGA1397. To Whom It May Concern:

Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions rules (47 CRF 0.457, 0.459), Apple Inc. hereby requests confidential treatment for documents filed with the Commission in connection with the application for certification referenced above as follows. Short Term Confidentiality Apple requests that the Commission withhold the following documents from public viewing for forty-five days after the date certification is granted:

* Test Setup Photographs

* External Photographs

* Internal Photographs

* User Manual

* Part 15 Subpart B Test Set Up Photos Although Apple has begun to market the device publicly, these documents reveal technical and design information that has not been publicly disclosed in such marketing and that is protected by Apple as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality, and is not customarily disclosed publicly prior to the commercial release of a device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission prior to the commercial release would harm Apple by giving competitors an unfair market advantage. Apple believes the period of confidentiality requested is necessary to protect the information until the commercial release of the device. Permanent Confidentiality Apple requests that the Commission withhold the following documents from public viewing indefinitely:

Block Diagram Qperational Description

* Main Board Schematic

* WiFi and Bluetooth Schematic

* Antenna Specifications

* Tune up procedure These documents reveal detailed technical and design information that is protected by Apple as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality, and is not customarily disclosed to the public even after commercial release of a device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission would harm Apple by giving competitors an unfair market advantage even after commercial release of the device. Sincerely, Robert Steinfeld EMC & Wireless Compliance Manager Cupertino, California USA Phone: (408) 974-2618 Fax (408) 862-5061 Email: steinfe1@apple.com

 

 

Date: February 16, 2011 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Di n Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046-1609 Ref: FCC ID Numbers: BCGA1397 To Whom It May Concern:

This letter verifies the fact that the Apple Inc., iPad model A1397 with the FCC ID: BCGA1397 have the FCC ID number permanently affixed and prominently visible on the back of the device. The FCC ID is embedded in the rear cover of the device. If you would like ad undersigned. onal information on this matter please direct your comments to the Sincerely, Rho po Robert Steinfeld Apple Inc. iPod and iPhone EMC and Wireless Compliance Manager 1 Infinite Loop M/S 26A Cupertino, Ca. 95014 408-974-2618 steinfel @apple.com

 

 

February 23, 2011 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 Subject: Request permission to use Bluetooth / WiFi test reports from model A1395 in our applications for model A1396 and model A1397 FCC IDs: BCGA 1395, BCGA1396, BCGA1397 To Whom It May Concern:

Pursuant to KDB 996369, we request permission to use Bluetooth and WiFi test reports from model A1395 (FCC ID: BCGA1395) in our application for model A1396 (FCC ID: BCGA1396) and model A1397 (FCC ID: BCGA1397). Models A1395, A1396 and A1397 shares same enclosure, main logic board, display, battery and I/O design. They also use the same Bluetooth /

WiFi card and antenna and operate using the same transmit power levels. Because of the similarities between the three systems, the test reports from model A1395 accurately reflect the Bluetooth and Wifi emissions from models A 1396 and A1397. Model A 1395 is a tablet device with an 802.1 1a/b/g/n radio, and Bluetooth radio card. Model A1396 is identical to A1395 except it also includes a cellular data module and antenna. The cellular radio in A1396 provides GPRS, EGPRS, UMTS, HSDPA) radio functions and supports the GPS receiver. The UMTS Bands I, II, V, VI, and VIII are supported. Model A 1397 is identical to A1395 except it also includes a different cellular data module and antenna and GPS receiver. The cellular radio in model A1397 provides CDMA2000 1xRTT, EV-

DO Rev. A radio functions. Best Regards Mike Kriege EMC and Wireless Engineer Apple Inc. February 23, 2011 T 408 996-1016 F 468 998-0276 www apple com

 

 

March 3, 2011 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046-1609 Re: Signature Authority for FCC ID: BCGA1395, FCC ID: BCGA1396, and FCC ID: BCGA1397 To Whom It May Concern:

Along with myself as signatory for FCC ID: BCGA1395 , FCC ID: BCGA1396 and FCC ID: BGGA1397, |

authorize;

Robert Steinfeld EMC & Wireless Compliance Manager Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop, Mail Stop 26A Cupertino, California USA Phone: (408) 974-2618 Fax (408) 862-5061 Email: steinfel@apple.com To sign all letters and correspondence. Sincerely, Mike Kriege Wireless Compliance Engineer Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop, Mail Stop 26A Cupertino, California USA Phone: (408) 974-0560 Fax (408) 862-5061 Email: kriege@apple.com